Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Barnhart-Reese Construction Inc; 2017-02-28; PWS17-41PKS
DOC# 2018-0464915 1111111111111111111111 llll llllll lllll lllll lllll lllll 111111111111111111 RECORDED REQUESTED BY CITY OF CARLSBAD Nov 06, 2018 03:27 PM OFFICIAL RECORDS Ernest J. Dronenburg, Jr, SAN DIEGO COUNTY RECORDER FEES $0 00 (SB2 Atkins $0 00) AND WHEN RECORDED PLEASE MAIL TO: City Clerk City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 PAGES 1 Space above this line for Recorder's use. PARCEL NO: NOTICE OF COMPLETION Notice is hereby given that: 1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described. 2. The full names of the undersigned are City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation. 3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008. 4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee. 5. A work or improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on Aug. 8, 2018. 6. The name of the contractor for such work or improvement is Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. 7. The property on which said work or improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as follows: Project No. 4603 (PWS17-41PKS), Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Project. 8. The street address of said property is 3209 Harding St., in the City of Carlsbad. ~ CITI &:j_ ~✓ City Manag VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK I, the undersigned, say: I am the City Clerk of the City otjarlsqpd, ~ Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008; the City Manager of said City on U 1 , 20.)5?_, accepted the above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on 9-c_.::r, ,,g5, 20/ '6, at Carlsbad, California. Q \Public Works\PW Common\CAPITAL-ACTIVE\4603 Pine Av Park Project\NOC doc ~K-mc~ k BARBARA ENGLESON U~ City Clerk CITY OF CARLSBAD ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS COMPLETION OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. has completed the contract work required for Project No. 4603 (PWS 17-41 PKS), Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Project. City forces have inspected the work and found it to be satisfactory. The work consisted of: IMPROVEMENTS VALUE Build community center & gardens $9,118,878 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS ,o lz. z.-lz.o, <t(' Da'te / CITY MANAGER'S ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS The construction of the above described contract is deemed complete and hereby accepted. The City Clerk is hereby authorized to record the Notice of Completion and release the bonds in accordance with State Law and City Ordinances. The City of Carlsbad is hereby directed to commence maintaining the above described improvements. Date APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA BREWER, City Attorney ByJ2g)_~ Deputy City Attorney Q \Public Works\PW Common\CAPITAL-ACTIVE\4603 Pine Av Park Project\APl.doc Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens • Change Order No. 07 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 07 PROJECT: Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens CONTRACT NO. 4603 P.O. NO. P133857 ACCOUNT NO. 32070009060 46032-9066 CONTRACTOR: Barnhart-Reese Construction ADDRESS: 1805 Thornmint Rd, Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92127 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement these changes. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: Item 2: Item 3: Item 4: Item 5: Replace one Holly Oak tree and two Lagerstroemia trees at gardens. (COR 63) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 10,238.97 Modify welding and connectors at the steel entrance canopy connection per ASI 07 and RFI 60.1. (COR 80.1) Increase to contract cost.. ............................................................... $ 3,016.37 Revise photovoltaic system design per ASI 20. (COR 91) Increase to contract cost.. ............................................................... $ 2,138.68 Revise garden water feature concrete mix design to add cementitious admixture per CCD 20. (COR 107) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 1,874.26 Add one pendant fire sprinkler at east stair vestibule per plan check review. (COR 120) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 993.23 Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens • Change Order No. 07 Item 6: Item 7: Item 8: Item 9: Retrofit the voice over internet protocol audio conference system to accommodate analog phone lines. (COR 151, R1) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................. $ 5,583.38 Grout joints at zinc divider strips on first floor entry and hallway. (COR 152) Increase to contract cost.. ................................................................ $ 4 79.12 Complete landscape irrigation revisions per WCD 17, WCD 18, and RFI 240. Add two Jacaranda trees adjacent to public art. (COR 153 R1) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................. $15,352.91 Add curb at community center DCDA; concrete collars at monument sign up-lights; and mow curb at northwest corner of community center. (COR 156) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 2,577.52 Item 10: Add one (1) fire sprinkler hydro test. (COR 158) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................. $ 1,099.89 Item 11: Extend Landscape Maintenance Period from 90 days to 120 days. Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 0.00 Item 12: Decrease contract for Contractor's use of City paid electrical utility at community center during construction. Decrease to contract cost.. ........................................................... $ (2,871.84) Item 13: Decrease contract for Contractor's use of City paid electrical utility for construction trailers. Decrease to contract cost.. ........................................................... $ ( 476.71) Item 14: Decrease contract for construction related damage to two Jacaranda trees at community center parking lot entrances. Decrease to contract cost. ............................................................ $ (3,000.00) Item 15: Decrease to contract for construction related damage to pre-cast barbeque units at gardens. Decrease to contract cost.. ........................................................... $ (1,000.00) Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens , Change Order No. 07 Item 16: Decrease to contract for multiple re-inspections landscape architect fees. Decrease to contract cost.. .......................................................... $ (4,012.50) Item 17: Add 61 work days to final acceptance date of August 8, 2018. Increase to contract cost.. ............................................................ $ 0.00 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST .................................................. $ 31,993.28 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY SIXTY ONE (61) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. RECOMMENDED BY: S:=-->z:,~z---c-~I/;/- MUNICIPAL PROJECTS MANAGER (AtE) ~) J/~i,u1S' APPROVED AS TO J~~ 't-y ATTORNEY qi (DATE) q/ttf /tf> (DATE) APPROVED BY// ;z:4-/~ CONTRACTOR,C /~~ FINANCE DI ,EC1 R 4':> ~ 2'1 i DISTRIBUTION: PROJECT FILE (ORIGINAL}, PURCHASING, CONTRACTOR (DATE) qf7/1r (DATE) tJ, .J/ , e (DATE) Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Change Order No. 06 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 06 PROJECT: Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens CONTRACT NO. 4603 P.O. NO. P133857 ACCOUNT NO. 32070009060 46032-9066 CONTRACTOR: Barnhart-Reese Construction ADDRESS: 1805 Thornmint Rd, Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92127 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement these changes. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: Item 2: Item 3: Item 4: Furnish and install approximately 500 linear feet of Z-metal galvanized jamb flashings at curtain walls, windows and storefronts to achieve a watertight installation per RFI 151, RFI 151.1; and ASI 34 and ASI 36. (COR 64R1) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 28,952.60 Add 476 linear feet of stucco control joints at exterior wall locations per RFI 201. (COR 75) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 5,722.00 Furnish and install elevator steel guide rail supports, framing bent plate, and concrete decking per RFI 198 and RFI 207. (COR 77) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 11,510.36 Install historic photo vinyl graphic wall feature at Hallway 107. (COR 83R1) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 19,482.23 Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Change Order No. 06 Item 5: Item 6: Item?: Item 8: Item 9: Install hard lid ceiling and additional light fixture in elevator machine room. (COR 86) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 3,986.27 Reroute and/or add pumps at condensate lines to Split Air Conditioning Units 1, 9 and 10 per RFI 204 and RFI 205. (COR 88) . Increase to contract cost .................................................................. $ 4,859.06 Reroute second floor HVAC control conduits for concealed appearance. (COR 89) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................. $ 8,414.97 13 hours premium time on Friday evening, Jan. 26, 2018 and 40 hours premium time on Saturday, Jan. 27, 2018 to perform SDG&E Phase II Senior Center metering switchover. (COR 90) Increase to contract cost .................................................................. $ 1,804.26 Procure four SO3 lighting fixtures for the existing art planters. (COR 92) Increase to contract cost ................................................................. $ 2,570.85 Item 10: Adjust installed communication pull box to match the grade of the newly constructed Senior Center walkway. (COR 94) Increase to contract cost ................................................................. $ 376.63 Item 11: Replace the existing electrical vault at abandoned Senior Center transformer. (COR 96) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 9,311.29 Item 12: Furnish and install 8" axiom and provide custom radius cut outs for acoustical ceiling clouds where in conflict with fire sprinkler main. (COR 105) Increase to contract cost.. ............................................................... $ 1,111.00 Item 13: Provide and install additional KeeGuard Counter Balance railing system where mechanical equipment is within 1 O' of roof edge; provide and install additional walk pads under new railing for roof protection. (CORs 106, 116, and 131) Increase to contract cost.. ............................................................... $ 18,085.12 Item 14: Provide and install cane bolts at both sets of double swing garden gates. (COR 109) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 838.18 Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Change Order No. 06 Item 15: Remove 12 previously installed regular duct smoke detectors and replace with programmable/remote duct smoke detectors. (COR 110) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 1,199.98 Item 16: Add interior thresholds at interior doors 101A, 102A, 110A, 112B, and at the first floor elevator entrance. (CORs 112, 122, and 143) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 2,499.25 Item 17: Remove type L 1 sinks and install type L2 sinks in Women's 104 and 206, and men's 106; match faucet and plumbing fixtures. (COR 113R 1) Increase to contract cost.. ............................................................... $ 1,979.37 Item 18: Provide and install underlayment and resilient vinyl flooring in the elevator cab to match second floor landing. (COR 115) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 370.74 Item 19: Install one 4' x 8' sheet of plywood backer board at the IDF Room. (COR 118) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 217.76 Item 20: Provide temporary toilets at Pine Avenue Park ball fields during performance of water line relocation work. (COR 119) Increase to contract cost. ................................................................ $ 144.43 Item 21: Install mosaic tiles in the two new monument sign "Bird of Paradise" insets to match existing monument signs. (COR 121) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 6,666.00 Item 22: Change Arizona cobble to Beach Pebble cobble for all drainage swales. (COR 124) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 4, 173.17 Item 23: Re-frame window 107 A header to align with the adjacent framing. (COR 125) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 947.83 Item 24: Provide additional framing and drywall to conceal unsightly interior conduits at various locations per CCD 18. (COR 126) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 2,937.08 Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Change Order No. 06 Item 25: Change electrical breakers to the Carrier Roof Top Units from 80A/3P to 1 00A/3P; includes all disconnects, fuses, conduit wire, and terminations. (COR 127) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 3,244.12 Item 26: Remove exterior light in conflict with the Community Center's south elevation signage. (COR 129) Increase to contract cost ................................................................ $ 1,072.61 Item 27: Relocate fire sprinkler line from the elevator hoist way to stairwell per CCD 23. (COR 130) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 14,217.09 Item 28: Add lateral supports at all raised planter boxes and lid supports at all garden storage boxes. (COR 134) Increase to contract cost ................................................................ $ 5,379.75 Item 29: Furnish and install five 36-inch box Holly Oak trees along Madison St. to replace removed pine tree. (COR 135) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 13,246.08 Item 30: Install safety netting system including ten HSS 6 poles with footings and 2,745 square feet of #36 rope bound treated netting at the west end of Pine Avenue Park's synthetic sports field. (COR 136) Increase to contract cost.. .............................................................. $ 43,603.79 Item 31: Furnish and install Electrical Vehicle Charging Station. (COR 137R2) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 6,085.50 Item 32: Install structural wood framing for TRX Fitness Band Mounts. (COR 138) Item 33: Item 34: Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 4,204.02 Install wood trim at the base of the east and west stairs and along stair stringers and landings, sand, prime, paint and caulk all joints. (COR 139) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 17,987.09 Furnish and install 20 Gorilla 012 skate deterrents at portions of the garden water feature and adjacent seat walls. (COR 144) Increase to contract cost.. .............................................................. $ 1,859.81 Project Name: 4603 Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens Change Order No. 06 Item 35: Provide security services to prevent vandalism and or theft for one week prior to the grand opening event on May 19, 2018. (COR 145) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 2,799.72 Item 36: Provide power to the HVAC energy management system in the computer room. (COR 148) Increase to contract cost.. .............................................................. $ 549.95 Item 37: Relocate baby changing stations in the first floor men's and women's restrooms to meet ADA clearance requirements. (COR 149) Increase to contract cost. ............................................................... $ 744.37 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST ................................................. $253,154.33 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY ZERO (0) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. RECOMMENDED BY: ~~-ifsf;, uNiciPAi.PRoJEiTi MANAGER (DATE) (DATE) ~-~ 7/lo/18 FINANCE DIRECTOR (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: APPRO~~ CONTRACTOR IL Cl T~ G-zz-11 (DATE) (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: £Wrr~v fDATE) INSPECTION FILE (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING, CONTRACTOR, DEPUTY DIRECTOR DESIGN TABLE OF CONTENTS Notice Inviting Bids ....................................................................................................................... 8 Contractor's Proposal ................................................................................................................. 13 Bid Security Form ....................................................................................................................... 21 Bidder's Bond To Accompany Proposal ...................................................................................... 22 Guide For Completing The "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form ............................................. 24 Designation Of Subcontractor And Amount Of Subcontractor's Bid Items ................................... 26 Bidder's Statement Of Technical Ability And Experience ............................................................ 27 Bidder's Certificate Of Insurance For General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability And Workers' Compensation ...................................................................................................... 28 Bidder's Statement Re Debarment. ............................................................................................. 29 Noncollusion Declaration To Be Executed By Bidder And Submitted With Bid ............................ 32 Contract Public Works ................................................................................................................ 33 Labor And Materials Bond .......................................................................................................... 39 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond .......................................................................................... 41 Optional Escrow Agreement For Security Deposits In Lieu Of Retention .................................... 43 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 --TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 Terms ......................................................................................................................... 46 1-2 Definitions ................................................................................................................... 46 1-3 Abbreviations .............................................................................................................. 50 1-4 Units Of Measure ........................................................................................................ 53 1-5 Symbols ...................................................................................................................... 54 SECTION 2 -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 Award And Execution Of Contract. .............................................................................. 55 2-2 Assignment.. ............................................................................................................... 55 2-3 Subcontracts ............................................................................................................... 55 2-4 Contract Bonds ........................................................................................................... 56 2-5 Plans And Specifications ............................................................................................ 57 2-6 Work To Be Done ....................................................................................................... 61 2-7 Subsurface Data ......................................................................................................... 61 2-8 Right-Of-Way .............................................................................................................. 61 2-9 Surveying .................................................................................................................... 61 2-10 Authority Of Board And Engineer ................................................................................ 66 2-11 Inspection ................................................................................................................... 67 l'\ •f' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 2 of 158 Pages SECTION 3-CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 Changes Requested By The Contractor. ..................................................................... 68 3-2 Changes Initiated By The Agency ............................................................................... 68 3-3 Extra Work .................................................................................................................. 69 3-4 Changed Conditions ................................................................................................... 71 3-5 Disputed Work ............................................................................................................ 73 SECTION 4-CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 Materials And Workmanship ....................................................................................... 76 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling And Storage ......................................................... 80 SECTION 5-UTILITIES 5-1 Location ...................................................................................................................... 81 5-2 Protection ................................................................................................................... 81 5-3 Removal ..................................................................................................................... 82 5-4 Relocation ................................................................................................................... 82 5-5 Delays ........................................................................................................................ 83 5-6 Cooperation ................................................................................................................ 83 SECTION 6-PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work ................................................ 84 6-2 Prosecution Of Work ................................................................................................... 88 6-3 Suspension Of Work ................................................................................................... 89 6-4 Default By Contractor .................................................................................................. 89 6-5 Termination Of Contract. ............................................................................................. 90 6-6 Delays And Extensions Of Time ................................................................................. 90 6-7 Time Of Completion .................................................................................................... 91 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, And Warranty ...................................................................... 91 6-9 Liquidated Damages ................................................................................................... 92 6-10 Use Of Improvement During Construction ................................................................... 92 SECTION 7-RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 Contractor's Equipment And Facilities ........................................................................ 93 7-2 Labor. ......................................................................................................................... 93 7-3 Liability Insurance ....................................................................................................... 93 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance ............................................................................. 93 7-5 Permits ....................................................................................................................... 94 7-6 The Contractor's Representative ................................................................................ 94 7-7 Cooperation And Collateral Work ................................................................................ 94 7-8 Project Site Maintenance ............................................................................................ 95 7-9 Protection And Restoration Of Existing Improvements .............................................. 101 7-10 Public Convenience And Safety ................................................................................ 102 ., ~+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 3 of 158 Pages 7-11 Patent Fees Or Royalties .......................................................................................... 1 09 7-12 Advertising ................................................................................................................ 1 09 SECTION 8-FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 General ..................................................................................................................... 110 8-2 Field Office Facilities ................................................................................................. 110 8-5 Removal Of Facilities ................................................................................................ 111 8-6 Basis Of Payment ..................................................................................................... 111 SECTION 9-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 Measurement Of Quantities For Unit Price Work ...................................................... 112 9-2 Lump Sum Work ....................................................................................................... 112 9-3 Payment ................................................................................................................... 112 9-4 Bid Items ................................................................................................................... 115 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 -ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 Rock Products ................................................................................................................ 117 200-2 Untreated Base Materials ............................................................................................... 118 SECTION 201-CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 Portland Cement Concrete ........................................................................................ 119 201-3 Expansion Joint Filler And Joint Sealants ................................................................. 121 SECTION 203-BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 Asphalt Concrete ............................................................................................................ 122 203-11 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (Arhm) Wet Process ............................................................... 123 SECTION 204-LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES 204-1 Lumber And Plywood ...................................................................................................... 123 SECTION 206-MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS 206-7 Traffic Signs .............................................................................................................. 124 206-8 Light Gage Steel Tubing And Connectors ................................................................. 126 206-9 Portable Changeable Message Sign ......................................................................... 127 SECTION 207-PIPE 207-2 207-9 207-10 Reinforced Concrete Pipe ......................................................................................... 128 Iron Pipe And Fittings ................................................................................................ 128 Steel Pipe ................................................................................................................. 129 207-25 Underground Utility Marking Tape ................................................................................ 129 SECTION 209-ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 209 Electrical Components .............................................................................................. 131 SECTION 86-SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS l' •+i' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 4 of 158 Pages 86-6 Lighting ..................................................................................................................... 131 SECTION 210-PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 Paint. ........................................................................................................................ 132 210-3 Galvanizing ............................................................................................................... 132 SECTION 212-LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS 212-2 Irrigation System Materials ........................................................................................ 133 212-3 Electrical Materials .................................................................................................... 133 SECTION 215-FENCING 215-1 Environmental Fencing ............................................................................................. 134 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 -EARTHWORK 300-1 Clearing And Grubbing ............................................................................................. 135 300-2 Unclassified Excavation .................................................................................................. 135 300-3 Structure Excavation And Backfill ............................................................................. 136 300-4 Unclassified Fill ......................................................................................................... 136 300-5 Borrow Excavation .................................................................................................... 137 300-9 Geotextiles For Erosion Control ................................................................................ 138 300-12 Rock Slope Protection Fabric .................................................................................... 138 300-13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ..................................................................... 139 SECTION 301-TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 Subgrade Preparation ............................................................................................... 142 SECTION 302-ROADWAY SURFACING 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement. .................................................................................... 144 302-11 Asphalt Pavement Repairs And Remediation ........................................................... 145 SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303-1 Concrete Structures ........................................................................................................ 146 303-2 Air-Placed Concrete .................................................................................................. 146 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways ................................................................................................ 146 303-6 Stamped Concrete .................................................................................................... 147 SECTION 306-UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-1 Open Trench Operations .......................................................................................... 147 306-5 Abandonment Of Conduits And Structures ............................................................... 151 SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION 308-7 Guarantee ................................................................................................................. 151 ('\ • ., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 5 of 158 Pages 308-8 Measurement And Payment. ..................................................................................... 154 SECTION 310-PAINTING 310-5 Painting Various Surfaces ......................................................................................... 154 310-7 Permanent Signing ................................................................................................... 155 SECTION 313-TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES 313-2 Temporary Traffic Signing ......................................................................................... 156 313-4 Measurement And Payment. ..................................................................................... 156 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS PART 6, MODIFIED ASPHALTS, PAVEMENTS AND PROCESSES Rubberized Emulsion -Aggregate Slurry .................................................................................. 157 PART 4 CSI FORMATTED PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Note: Refer to the Table of Contents in the Technical Specifications PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & COMMUNITY GARDENS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Volume 1 .............................................. pgs. 1 -738 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Volume 2 .............................................. pgs. 1 -704 APPENDICES: APPENDIX A: Geotechnical Investigation -Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens, Southern California Soil & testing (SCST}, dated August 7, 2015. APPENDIX B: Infiltration Feasibility Assessment -Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens, SCST, dated May 17, 2016. APPENDIX C: Review of Plans and Specifications -Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens, SCST, dated August 22, 2016. APPENDIX D: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) -Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens, BergerABAM, dated October 2016. APPENDIX E: Storm Water Quality Management Plan (SWQMP) -Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens, BergerABAM, dated May 20, 2016. APPENDIX F: Commissioning Plan for Pine Avenue Park, AGR Consulting, LLC, dated September 26, 2016. APPENDIX G: SDG&E Carlsbad Pine Avenue Community Center Phase 1 and Phase 2 Project Plans APPENDIX E: Storm Water Quality Management Plan (SWQMP) -Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Gardens, BergerABAM, dated May 20, 2016. •'\ f.+r Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 6 of 158 Pages APPENDIX F: Commissioning Plan for Pine Avenue Park, AGR Consulting, LLC, dated September 26, 2016. APPENDIX G: SDG&E Carlsbad Pine Avenue Community Center Phase 1 and Phase 2 Project Plans l' •f' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 7 of 158 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS UNTIL 2:00P.M. ON DECEMBER 8, 2016, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 Pine Avenue Park is located at 3209 Harding Street, Carlsbad, CA 92008. The City desires to develop certain areas of the park, as defined in the Pine Avenue Park Community Center & Community Gardens Construction Documents and Specifications. The project plans include community gardens and a new two-story community center with gymnasium, climbing wall, activity room, staff offices, restrooms, and a teen center with homework room, computer lab, lounge/gaming area, kitchenette, and associated parking and landscape improvements. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (1 0) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 1 0263}, appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Public Works Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Parts 2 & 3, current edition at time of bid opening and the supplements thereto as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., all hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. l' •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 8 of 158 Pages The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Noncollusion Declaration 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $8,708,945. TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A-General Engineering Contractor or B -General Building. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE Contractor and his designated subcontractor(s) shall demonstrate, providing proof of their experience and technical ability for construction in the disciplines of construction required to complete this project. Proof of the Contractor's technical ability and experience (as outlined below) shall be attached to The Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience to be included with the Contractor's bid. The statement and listing of information shall include but not be limited to the successful construction of a minimum of the following: The City will only consider Contractors that demonstrate they have the experience and ability to manage, construct, and staff the project. l' •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 9 of 158 Pages 1. Submit no more than three projects fully completed by the Contractor within the last 10 years that are comparable in size, scope, complexity,. building, type, technically sound and aesthetically distinctive projects constructed for public owner or institutional clients. The City will not give additional consideration for submitting more than three projects. Projects presented for consideration must be attached to the Bidders Statement of Technical Ability and Experience form. 2. The lead personnel including superintendent, the foreman, and lead crew personnel for the Contractor and designated subcontractors must have a minimum of three (3) years of total experience and must have demonstrated competency and experience to perform the scope of work contained in this contract. Please provide the name and experience of each lead individual performing work on this contract. Please attach responses to the Bidders Statement of Technical Ability and Experience. Personnel replaced by the Contractor, on this contract, shall have similar, verifiable experience as the personnel originally submitted for the project. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $255 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and l' •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 10 of 158 Pages Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1 , of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. PRE-BID MEETING A MANDATORY pre-bid meeting will be held on November 17,2016 at 8:00a.m. Prospective bidders shall meet at the Carlsbad Senior Center, Activity Room, 799 Pine Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. BIDDER'S INQUIRIES Questions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via email, solely to: Steven Didier, Municipal Projects Manager steven.didier@carlsbadca.gov Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, details or specification sheets. The cutoff date to submit questions regarding this project is 5:00 p.m. on November 22, 2016. No questions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provided to those bidding on the project by November 30, 2016. ADDENDA Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (1 00%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one l' •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 11 of 158 Pages hundred percent (1 00%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety Insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2016-219, adopted on the 251h day of October, 2016. October 27, 2016 Date Deputy City Clerk l'l •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 12 of 158 Pages .. 1~/ts/t~ CITY OF CARLWD c PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 CONTRACTO~SPROPOSAL The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and ad- denda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 4603 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE "A" PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT BID ITEMS ("S" denotes specialty items for the purpose of subcontractor calculation) Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Division 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Mobilization I Demobilization: ~\~,Mo ~ 101000 Note: Unit Price Cannot Exceed 1. 5% of Bid Total 1.A. Ten """\\-.. 0\1~~(\J bh" 1\-f\.IJ L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) General Conditions I General Requirements: \\1, 1~1., """ 't,t ~1., 'ill, 1.8. Note: Paid in Equal Increments for Contract Duration L.S. Of'le 1\AI~~~tt"N ON& ""t-'bJ\.6b Tk\(1-!:!l ~~· "'\l:to"~b (Lump Sum Price in Words) ~1\16 ~U~bn.Eh t; I ¥'t""\ t; I)L ~~ Survey: & 'Z--1-'1oo f~"f,"l.:7t1 1.C. 56\lofo-l 1-hl 1-li;Jlli)b I I \1\Ji 4'-'T"\ T~-to"C, Jt.l-.1> ll..hf-l6 L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) \)01111~ Traffic Control: i l)oov l ?"oJ 1.0. F•v& TltOv~~b bo'-viU\1, L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) Temporary Constru~n Fencing w/ Windscreen: ~ s.ob ~\\I\)~~ 1.E. ~\~\JU\ ~0\J'?"' }JOvv~ L.F. (Linear Foot Price in Words) l'\ •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 8 of 157 Pages Div. No. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST Fulltime Third Party Roofing System Inspection: Provide Third Party Inspections and Reports for duration of 1.F. roofing system and flashing installation. 1.G. 2. (S) Thirty Thousand Dollars (Allowance Price in Words) Erosion Control/ SWPPP: Note: Paid in Equal Increments for Contract Duration T!IV,I"C"i IVI"'D "["lW",I\.+ab ~1)'-~..INt>l\.tb t.tC.I.Iof"t (Lump Sum Price in Words) bolNM4 Division 2 SITEWORK All Work Under This Division Fol\.r') it-t-o\J~ ~b bow~ (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 3 CONCRETE Allow- ance L.S. L.S. $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 All Work Under This Division: 4 5tf\1 ~~o 3. I1tfHni \WI'lbltb ~\~\tt t'-llt'o ,\t-ovC, f\+.!"b fovll.-L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) ~lit-lOMb v\~HT") t>ow/1.1 c; 4.A. (S) 4.8. (S) 5. (S) Division 4 MASONRY All Work Under This Division: (.;{l\1, Q~~ ll{-O\Jt,~b (Lump Sum Price in Words) Smooth Skim Coat and Color to Match Existing Wall: Note: Smooth Skim Coat and Color at Resident Side of Pro- posed Block Wall from Top of Footing to base of Mortar Cap. L.S. f;,\'f 1 \lr""~Af'lb '?e.v'N \~..J~C,(t.t.b [)ou..lklt$ (Lump Sum Price in Words) All Work Under This Division: bo~;~~~ --·-· ,1>...1\_=.1...-""'"'""~ _,..;). __ "'A-...~ ... .....~.::--. ;.J/.. ~~L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) ~ bo ~ Division 6 WOOD AND PLASTIC All Work Under This Division: 6. 1ltM~ IW,_.t>Mb 1~&~;-vJ t"ovl?~!? Nl,_,fl l.hlt-Jbllf.t>L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) i....,o bO~A.-1\;~ Division 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE ll .:l.A -""-•~ All Work Under This Division: 41 "313, ~ 7. ~J\..if, \WI-'bll-tb lltJ\.66 1\4o"~f!~~ Tv-Jo l-I:"'N~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) F,vc, bo~,.~,~ {'\ •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 9 of 157 Pages Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Division 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS All Work Under This Division: 130&, 1"t,t; oK 3~'0, "t~ 8. 1t-A.-oe \WNbM~ 6LC.LH'1 ftt ~l-tT 11HII4i\.N~ (,.,tJ6,N L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) l-w.-. b (l.E,.b ~t)tt"\ fLul> Division 9 FINISHES All Work Under This Division: ~ \1 ~~4, (,l1 il/ 2ft'\, (,ll 9. Qf'lt MliNLOt.l r~o '""' fu b lt6 b 1\ltr->H"\ tv IN' TltO\J~/\.1' b L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) ~l,r; l·HINbltOb 5 thli, Nt"li. & N ~1.4-~ Division 10 SPECIALITIES All Work Under This Division: l40,'1•1t ~ Ltfl, t;\11 10. & ""'~ f;LG,Wt' Tll-0 114 ~tJ f•"o \.to..,t-~t>Mt> T~~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) bo~ Division 11 EQUIPMENT All Work Under This Division: i 111, ~'VI ~ "':J (I I {?1,( 11 . ~Pv~Nr~ t;L~ 1 ~o\)5/vNb M,,,u· H-li!Vhlli b 1 v-JE.Nt ~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) O~'~E-bOUIJ\J4 Division 12 FURNISHINGS All Work Under This Division: ~ ll~, ,.,,. " 11~, ,.,,. 12. 01-Jo t·hll-i f>l\.o t~ S&"'at-t~ ~fl..6~ t"lt'OVI;J\..Nij 01"~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) 1-\-ll,...t>M~ ~~f. r., -r.,..,., bou-1\. ~ Division 13 WATER FEATURE All Work Under This Division: ~ l<JI-t, 01\~ A:lt o~. o"tJ 13. OtJc '~",...b4'-6b FoJl\-"f~ ... aJc,(w-Jb IVtNf.('1 btf7lH L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) bo~NA-11.4 Division 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS All Work Under This Division: & 1:t, 14fl 1t 1-r, rot; 14. 2ovll<tur~ ~ftl..li.N Tt4-o \1'7 J\,..,Jb ~il"fiN \-lvtJ~b L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) '6lb1tT ~OL(,~ Division 21 FIRE PROTECTION All Work Under This Division: ~1'3/ O~J 41"3,ooo 21. S•vof-11'~ \t"/\.-&1!1 "Hto "t, ,a..N b boi-\,AA~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 22 PLUMBING All Work Under This Division: « l~(1 OO,J j l'tt, vo.; 22. oJ.Jt. 1-tui"~O.t.~ ~ol\-r~ 0,..,(; 11 bO "5JI.t-l b b9~ ~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) ., f.;;' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 1 0 of 157 Pages Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Division 23 HVAC All Work Under This Division: ~ ~tc;, onlo ~ ~tr; tl(J,j I 23. T~A..H ~UNblt.Ob ftFT6DtJ ii~V~~f'JI) boiNMl.~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 26 ELECTRICAL All Work Under This 'f~~~'l~ f't\JC: n-~:ouC,~b bou. ~(ll; ~ '6 j8, ~if:<~ ~~·>~~~*I 26. ~C!"'t 1.\:"4\Jb(lH ~ .)t't\;~·;·t' j{,\ ~. f""L~ "' 6 v; 1 QQ.() .., f:-1,.1) I 41~17 (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) ~P:..~ ~ Division 27 COMMUNICATIONS All Work Under This Division: 41~4,~ I t~4,'0l7V' 27. l2t!t ~ll"'bn.i~ t:!•~V;, r~ fo.,a., 'Tl.!.O\I'J 1\+.1 h &1t.lH' L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) \4""' t>f\.ob bo~ Division 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY All Work Under This Division: '\1-' ltt1o in, l?c?o 28. ;.;vo~Vi'Hf'.l 11 ~0" c; 1\f'J b ~I )C. ~.JNt>fl-Ob bo~.N~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 31 -EARTHWORK All Work Under This Division: ~~;/ c1c;l'.;7 ~~'3, 0<30 31. {Ya~lH'1 ~4\.Gi; Tl+o\}~J\,.,...~ boCA, Me, L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 32-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS All Work Under This Division: i\1 0~/JOO lt,o&&,~~ 32. OM /tA """' ON f.,l~\t~ ~~~l ... i T\~ollr,Wb I\&1N~ ""Nbll.lib L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) \1lt.Ht'1 &"~t botM\.11.~ Division 33-UTILITIES . n 1"11\ Ol'l ~ ,..~17\ t; 1\..1-) b ~ ~t" ~ Dt-lG bo~ w4 All Work Under This Division:lv-/11 ~III"DI'-~~'v .. Jf_ ,14) .. -A "'-~ .. -,, .. v ., 33. ~~~~ , .a. '2.~1, 01[.1 {J 'Z-~ l, 017 \ .... L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) MISCELLANEOUS Note: This line item is for any item(s) shown on the drawings but not associated with a listed division. ~Q 4o 34.A 11-61\d bow~ L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) 90 Day Landscape Maintenance Period: '(,1111 (] 4 (,&?o.7 34.8 ~ . ., 'rt·t-?115 ~ b bUIAI~~ L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) ." f.., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 11 of 157 Pages Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "AD: f7l'-lH Ml"''-l.oN F'.:?tJ(l U..\J~b(\.£b '5'~i ON() 11\-o\JSI\,.t=Jb iwO lWNt>CUb '"fll"t-Nf'tl\ fou{L bou-~; Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "N: $ ~ ~"' 'Z..--z,-\-• 00 The basis of award will be the lowest sum of Schedule "A" ONLY. Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). __ --=-1._, 2=-z..., 3.:.-___ has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number 912130 , classification B. A which expires on 3/31/2018 , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally inter- ested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no repre- sentation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is Bond (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before com- mencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 12 of 157 Pages and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State---------------------------- (4) Zip Code ________ Telephone No.-------------- (5) E-Mail ___________________ _ IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted _________________ _ (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business----------:-=--------::-:----:----:------------ (Street and Number) City and State--------------------------- (4) Zip Code--------Telephone No.-------------- (5) E-Mail ____________________ _ ., f.;; Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 13 of 157 Pages IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted Barnhart-Reese Construction. Inc. ~~ (2>----~~~~~~"L-~------------------------------------(Signature) ' West Reese. CEO (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of California (4) Place of Business 10805 Thornmint Road. Suite 200 (Street and Number) City and State __ .....;;;,S,;;,a __ n_D......;;..;;ie"""g&,;o'"",_C;;..;A;....;;.... ______________ _ (5) Zip Code ___ __.;;,.,;92;;;;..1;,;;;2;;,;;,7 __ Telephone No. _ __.(1,;;8...;;;,5..;:;,8)L-5;;;;..;9=2;;,_-6.,;;.,5;;;;,;0:;..;;0;,._ __ _ (6) E-Mail ___________ w_r""""e""""e __ s...;;,e ..... @ ..... b,;;,a,;,.,r--n--h""""a __ rt,;;,r...;;e""""e--s...;;,e_.c--o;,;;m-------- NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 14 of 157 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of $' <::t"' 1/iecao On ~ce~~r-J '!>, -;(() J ~ before me, ~E'-"'--'Ic...,.a....._i<.Lo.s.e_.C:~'-rt1.._r---"&""""'"~.........,'!'\---_,\d,._,_i l.,.so"'n_._,,._.M.......,.ot.....,~ ... r:~si----L-Et~b'-L!II._,·c __ Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer peffion~~ appeared ~~~~~~!~e~s~t~~~~~~e~s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Place Notary Seal Above Signature __ ~----""'::..:=:..=.~·~~~""'""·~~-----~ Signature of Notary Public ------------------------------OPTIONAL------------------------------ Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document /J Title or Type of Document: Coofracfbd ~~ Document Date: ___L_I_.!<]'2'L_~_LI __ .5~-~I'--'6"'---- Number of Pages: 8' Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ~------------ Capacity(ies} Claimed by Signer(s} Signer's Name: \,Ve.st f?eese ~Corporate Officer -Title(s): __,_C..._,£'<=--"'0::___ __ ~ ':: Partner -r~ Limited lJ General D Individual D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: --------=-=-----=---- Signer Is Representing: P".a,..,.,Jta,.t· fi'ee.sl:! c..:,l'1 .1± Signer's Name:~------------ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ D Partner -D Limited D General n Individual D Attorney in Fact lJ Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: ~-------------- Signer Is Representing: ~-------- ©2014 National Notary Association • www.NationaiNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Douglas E. Barnhart, Chairman West Reese, CEO Tamela Barnhart Reese, President Nancy J. Barnhart, Secretary ft \.J Revised 5/10116 Contract No. 4603 Page 20 of 158 Pages BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF CARLSBAD, in the sum of ________________________ _ -:-:------------:-:-:-------:-------::----dollars ($ ), this amount being ten percent (1 0%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. BIDDER *Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (1 0%) of the total amount of the bid.) {'\ • ., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 21 of 158 Pages BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. , as Principal, and Federal Insurance Comoanv , as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (1 0%) of the bid amount) Ten Percent (10%) of the Total Amount Bid for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above- bounden Principal for: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. {'\ • ., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 22 of 158 Pages In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this 21st PRINCIPAL: Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. (name of Principal) By: 'hif lZ (sign h,er~) f (} We!J !<ttse. (print name here) (Title and Organization of Signatory) day of _ ___:N~o;;;..v.:....:e~m:..:.:b::.:e:..:;_r ____ , 20.!.§__. Executed by SURETY this 21st day of November , 20l..Q_. SURETY: Federal Insurance Company (name of Surety) 555 S. Flower Street, 3rd Floor Los Angeles, CA 90071 (address of Surety) By:---....:.'-----------(213) 612-5574 (sign here) (telephone number of Surety) -By'~L\ff~l \(Cl\JW'\00 (print name here) (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Heather Saltarelli (title and organization of signatory) (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By:~ Deputy City Attorney l' •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 23 of 158 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange On --~Nw0"-LV....,2~-.JL-.Ia.20lt..!1~6 _ before me, Date personally appeared ~,~~-~,~-~~~~ Rhonda C. Abel, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Heather Saltarelli Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(~ whose name(s) is/am subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/tirue)l. executed the same in hls/her/hlt authorized capacity(~). and that by ros/her/m~rt signature(-6) on the instrument the person~). or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENAL TV OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature -:~~CCZo~_U~ G2ls_ / Signature of Notary Public ----------------------------oPTIONAL---------------------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: -~-~----·~-~~---Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ~-·----- Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ___ , Signer's Name: Corporate Officer -Title(s): ·-··-~----.. --~--Corporate Officer -Title(s): ----- Partner -Limited General Partner -Limited General Individual x Attorney in Fact Individual Attorney in Fact Trustee Guardian or Conservator Trustee Guardian or Conservator Other:-------------Other: ----------------------- Signer Is Representing: ----·-----Signer Is Representing: -------- ~.og,..~"'O>~~"Q."Y..g,~~~~~~v.,...,....~...,...~~~~~"Q;.,-Q<;.-100«,~~~~ ©2014 National Notary Association • www.NationaiNotary,org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 Chubb Surety POWER OF ATTORNEY Federal Insurance Company Vigilant Insurance Company Pacific Indemnity Company Attn: Surety Department 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 <now All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation. and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin comoration. do each hereby constitute and sPlh:lie~~~o~~!~o~~:~;~rb!fffo~~fa8 ' -~~~--~~~~-~~~=~~~~~!~~~-~:~~:'~:~~:~~-~-:'-~~~~!--~-~~~~~~~~~~-:~-~~-~ A. each as their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to execute under such designation in their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds} given or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations. In Witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents and affixed !heir corporate seals on this 11th day of July, 2013. Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary STATE OF NEW JERSEY ss. County of Somerset On thls 11th day of July, 2013 before me. a Notary Public of New Jensey. personalty came Dawn M. Chloros, to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY. and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said Dawn M. Chloros, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that the seals affixed to the foregoing Power of Attorney are sucll corporate seals and were thereto affiXed by authority of the By-Laws of said Companies; and that she signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authorrty; and that she is acquainted with David B. Nonris. Jr., and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies, and that the signature of David B. Norris, Jr., subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in handwriting of David B. Norris, Jr., and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By· Laws and in deponent's presence. Notarial Seal KATHE~INE J. ADElAAR NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JfRSEY No 2316685 Commission &prre$ July 16, 2014 CERTIFICATION Extract from the By-Laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY: "All powers of attomey for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President. jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed The signature of eacll of the following officers Chairman, President, any Vice President. any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary. any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any sucll power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to whicll it is attached.· I, Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the 'Companies) do hereby certify that (i) the foregoing extract of the By-Laws of the Companies Is true and correct, (ii) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of Columbia and are authorized by the U.S Treasury Department; further. Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Federal is licensed in American Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico, and each or the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and (iii) the foregoing Power of Attorney is true, correct and in full force and effect. Glven under my hand and seals of said Companies at Warren, NJ this NOV 2 1 2016 Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATIER. PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS LISTED ABOVE, OR BY Telephone (908) 903-3493 Fax (908) 903-3656 e-mail: s~;ret chubb.com Form 15-10-02259-U (Ed. 5-13) CONSENT CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of 5~ 0 '17,· ego On 1.12-ceM-/,er 1-5; -;/CJ/6 before me, Date E/~;/)e (?. ;ff.c'.!Jurn!tff-'vl,"/$()"' ilofa--rff {t6/;c, Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared ____ _J[MX-"e~s.Lf+--___._,f8'-".e"""'e,.,.,s--===e:......_ ____________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Sea/ Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature~ Signature of Notary Public ------------------------------oPTIONAL----------------------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: .li:;/o/£A-s Bon~ Document Date: _CZI<_'r<?=c-'-. ---'1--=S'-"'"--=~~J=£ __ Number of Pages: 2 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _.._~_._e...>:,.'""';r/z{e~"-""'-'r-L___...M"-""-'AL-<nu.~"'-""..,..._' __ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: J.Le.:d flee.se l] Corporate Officer :::_ Title(s): _____,c;:...=e=---=o ___ _ L Partner-n Limited D General C_l Individual n Trustee 'J Attorney in Fact u Guardian or Conservator D Other: --------------=---- Signer Is Representing: 'frc::a.N~.~t • t'Cell'.s~ C:::::oV\$±. Signer's Name: ___________ _ D Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ U Partner -D Limited D General []Individual D Trustee D Attorney in Fact n Guardian or Conservator D Other: _______________ ___ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ ©2014 National Notary Association· www.NationaiNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 BARNHART REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC. RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS BE IT RESOLVED THAT: Douglas E. Barnhart West A. Reese Tamela Barnhart Reese "Whose signatures appear below, of this corporation are hereby authorized, from time to time, in the name of this corporation to execute Contract Documents as often as may seem advisable to such persons." "The authority herein conferred shall continue in full force and effect until written notice of its revocation shall be received by said holder of the above described executed prior to any such revocation." Authorized to Sign: Douglas E. Barnhart. Chairman West A. Reese Tamela Barnhart Reese Directors 4t /~ llOd1_> Douglas E. Barnhart Date ~~ /(,~-~13 West A. Reese Date 7, AiC7? //-Z-:J.tJI:J Tamela Barnhart Reese Date GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 75 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 1 00 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the work with its own forces. Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. l'\ • ., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 24 of 158 Pages Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. l' • ..,-Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 25 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* IJ6rh6Ut{o\y VJ~ 10000- Concrete -lj1"1""V 5.,;.,...,c." t,..o,..,eA.~r, 10000-o~ou ~ t.\~IU't6tr1Jilfl.11 G~->IIA. \l,t,rA C,/l. Ahffi~ctU r.\1 )\j\.. 10000- ~~r£tteV v (\.~ r., II). t' 1\.C. \ f-\ (, '\{Gu" ~!\4'"'1' I ~oaoO'"f"tt\q ~A#'J bttC,p CA Page _1_ of ___1L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." ft \.J Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* ~M··~.rl. '~ ltJf.. 10000-v Masonry il\-111.1,...., {V\f'..l,QNA-'1 110000-01,~~~ 51\-I'J bLii r,., t/1. Steel t7t-...., C-ol"r au r-,ll'l & 10000-Ol'i~ f J\..\l\..f31l00lt-cA Page _2_ of _g_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the dead line for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids.• 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 41 00 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed vvork will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification"' in Dollars"' Steel Decking M' INt'"\ 1\.6 10000-0_5_~~t; Col\.,,.., A. CA fi/'o'C,\N~ ~lt!UHt~OF-INlL-tojQj!r:Jii116li~S ~"" ·.n,. ... J>,A \01100 31.01\" ~·~ l~CI QUA~~Ibfi, ~ Metal Framina & ;t flrNb/\.l.b t>\Vl,"" /'uv.; 110000-OOU,4 Drywall ;w !:n~r," tA lt1111C." C,J\.ll-hl"tA.~ toM to,...tr n. 1\.C,t, '"'" I "0"-' I 1,\ ~ '1 'll~tA CA Architectural F~lt \f'l'h)~lo&, ~Ot)I»J~ 10000-o~&.\-1"', Woodwork ;AN f;llMM t-A Page _L of __.12.__ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) C&lifomia Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids.• 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 41 00 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed \IVOrk will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* .,,.£, Ll _fl-1__,._ VJ~ 10000- \o./1-~ Jlllll1U W.'i'llfJJ'V 10000- D .• r.. (l~op Cotvr, CJl\IC.t \OtJ 10000-ot~vt v; c,.J ~b \ £>o CA Page _4_ of___!!__ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) C&lifomia Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5/10116 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* Sheet Metal j-\A.t\l\ ~ t\"b S~o1" M~tft.v 10000-O'lOl~ v/lr!'-t-1) I b& t}l. ~ . .4-.LL.IJ. JJr, I ~" 110000- tla r1J l,qcJ;'e II II li r Glass & Glazina ~IIC,ro/\1\ hJ\.44 ~f"6C,tJ\,1,f~ 10000-,g -z,<tlf f"J M L 0"' """' tli""l tA Page _s_ of__!!_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." ft Q Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* Plasterina ON~): 10000-0~'l~i \;1, CI\~Df,J tA. Acoustical ~0 Cf'vtJ 1'-_~o\9? f'e /1-v 10000-010~0 Ceilings 4 t'Al"tv t:o N\ 1\-N-A cA j II.M..f" tfJ(.¥-'.b 1 ~ylFfvJ ltlfr ~ ,,...\lo)r/f/JJNv ~ ill" ~[e./~ 11A~~4( c,(i. \OP0Dl~01/~ IP.bM l\'-i v 0 C,t, i\N~ t b t1 t-A Wood Sports l)olt....,411"' f.wo ltl~-t & 10000-0'2-111\'1, Floor ltl\rlt.£ ; I bi> CA Page _6_ of _jL pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours alter the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids.• ft '-J Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal} PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* ..UJL/Ll./1 WI-110000- Paint& "'/vi~ 1\.. \ e. JI.N Vflri>4\.ANC, 110000-~tlltA Coatin_g_s IIA Jo\.1/A tA t:'A1~1t-i' ~dufh4 1/Jf-10000- fiQIM~ImVt Page _7 __ of ___!L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained In the "Notice Inviting Bids." ft ~Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification"' in Dollars"' siW/7 A /IJI-110000-f{l/r(:L J..r'-{ t4:. Water Feature i\A~c;,'i,,N f>gou, 110000-0~1'\? \>&,CoNb\ bo tA Elevators ;e~t ,...,b~~ &wvi\-T~ll.. 10000-\1--flLl~ ~1\.N blGGI<~ C-A Page _8 _ of __1L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the infonnation preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 41 00 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* Fire SU!nnro.,.c;ion ~· ft~ 10000-0~~10 c, 1\,,.. b~ i-"4 fA Plumbing \l.OHlt~ PtNr'\A ~u·J~ 10000-1,'2.-l% t;ll C,Mot.l, tA HVAC ~Q.iMil t;l\t.l !>·~~0 P.t-t-o. 10000-~ 1111 f,(\.N bti:-t,o CA. Page _9 _ of __!L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours alter the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* Electrical l~ttt~rvr£ -,~-uu NP-10000-~J ~ ~..a.,$.-.CA. P..t6 &..&trR.~ I "POoOtli 1'\ ~ bu~r,o M d6~ L'l. 'I /l,,..'t//9 Jfl.., 110000- A11 ~"\l,f6Ji\t, tr"'Ol.1.b ~1\..l{:)~, \.,DOo0'3&~11 t~o41-•lo ,..,. "-t, M~ t)JI.t-lt'i,i CA. bl\1 I~LO,.., 'UJ E~~o~c .& ~1Mt'~,c fo"-li')N~w 10000-001:,111 Sa~ty\& \ V"'' ;(1,~ btij.f,Q u .. Sect:ui~ \.flk ~" 1!-t.M Page___!!!_ of _g_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed mrk will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* Earthwork ~ .b~ .; t~(llt.~ &:'At I flt IN~C '10000-1>~11~3 \J~C,iA CP. «l~,.t'l/\/:, M 110000-., Landscaoe& P4\.. M \~ll-LN6f,'C 10000-~a.J~'il Irrigation "'-' J\-1,f'J Vi CA. Page _11_ of __1L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) C&lifomia Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 41 00 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars* Utilities jp, 1:!&·1·1~1 h1 181 ( ~p, ,..,_ fill I liill p Li"Rl\1 J/4 ~ 10411?001#1 ~t filAtf' ~t, C,Otvl,rllutr. of') l!Jt..,f)QI ~A4t eA 110000- 110000- Page __1L of _u_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours alter the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." ft ~J Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifiCations and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%} of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), 'Nhichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed 'NOrk v.ill be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration Ucense No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. ClaHification* in Dollars* aumo.~-.. ~ 110000- /' Concrete -ij\'Ci l!>•,...e,, f,D,.OC,A.0t'' / 10000-01\ ou 937969 t, AMilllif,r"JJ." C'-\.JvA v.~rA t,A ]cs I 1$102,110 r-- ct 1 t. u/t'k aL.Co ""Jril ""' 110000- 'r"'W''~v \J {\.i~M-fJI\,.C.\fo\(. ~fvh 'tl-t"r ./ ~9-f~ 1997880 I 1$95,3241 t;A~o~ "' i!.t,Q eA IC50 I \~t.HOl tl.)l~lll~ ' Page _j__ of _lL. pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pureuant to sedlon 4104 <•X2)(A) CaitDrnla Public Contract COde, receipt of the Information preceded by an nterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours ahr the deadline for eubmltting bide c:ontalned In the "Notice Inviting Bld1s. • 0 Revised 5110/16 Contract No. ~ Page 26 of 158 Pages / / DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the follo-wing listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Aa." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor "WiH be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars {$10,000), whichever Is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed VJOrk will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor / No. Classification* ln Dollars* Steel DeckinG M,~<t~f'1M ./ 11oooo.. or;~~ 1590332 I $159,000 fla&\.o,_,A CA IC51 I ~/~{ /tY fil"' e.~.-..t, ~ "., f ,. 'bi=-.,.. l'WU9t~S ~~ l$37,6401 D.. • I\.. .. • ~A 10~031-0il!f 1985100 ~~-\~ ~f,l.~\bfi. ~ ,/ jB, C13, C17, C29 .:rt"S-u r .J- Metal Framino & ~'i -1\1\tb(\.U, t>J..t\ VJMA, ..,/ 10000-00~1 Drywall l)-1\.N ~~t,Q CA J444328 L ..J$550,0001 jB, C9, C35, C2[ ~I~\ lJ"l-lU""" CAA-PiM1'1 t-oM ~( n.l\.e•c '"'" r/ (GO.W t"f,\1] \IL~fJ\ C,A. j905751 l i$82,8521 / tB I ,1'\{~\ /1-:l- Arch::.... ..... -· F411t \f'l'l'i~ta&, \ro.IN.._ •. t.aJ, lftl\ntl_ 0~~ 779168 L Woodwork I)AN txMM t-A lc6 I I I l$39,9401 SJ~I /\'[ I Page ___L_ of _.12_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pur&lant to ~n 4104 (aX2XA) C&llfomla Public: Contract Code, nteelpt ofthe Information preceded by an uterlak may be submitted by the Bidder up to 241'101.1Ta after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids. • 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages / / / / / DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the follo'IMng listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subContractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifiC8tions and section 4100 et seq. of the PubliC Contract Code, "Subletting and SubCOntracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one!ercent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the ease of bids or offers for construction of streets an highways, including bridges, in excess of one-ha\f of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work vAll be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* in Dollars• •• .a.. Ll . .L' • ...t.....t. ~I-j_QQQ_O- -....... 10000- / ........ (L,.ap CQ~t,fl\.vf.t\OtJ _..( jDOOO-0\~v\ 1647,203 ~e-4~bl~Q tA. IC39 I $205,765 .:.rl ~ l \"() ' ' Page_!___ of _!L pages of this Subcontractor Designation fonn • Pursuant to eectlon 4104 (a)(2XA) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an esteri8k may be tubmitted by the Bidder up to 24 hounlafter the dead tine for submitting bide contained in the "Notice lrwltlng Bide." 0 Revised5110/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 15S Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the fott<M;ng listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perfonn the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certiftes that no additional subcontractor will be aUowed to perfonn any portion of the Work In excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no Changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business No. Classification* Subcontractor L in Dollars* Sheet Metal -~~A.C.\l·(~~b ;lriit M~rft4, 110000-O'=tOI!Ci 1896379 lift..~; l b£. tJ.. lC43,c;,39 I i$69,0001 ~~~ f\q. t I ~ ..f:..Q...Gl./l ' ~~ 110000- lla '"l MV" / / Glass & Glazina ll/~~tt,ro/1.\ t!IM4 ;t',t-th"f"' ,,.ftft""-t.l(1All 11016435 1$340,0001 foJ M L {)f'J (<.,; ti.t"'\ t-A iC17 -:¥/~1 us Page _s_ of__!!__ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2){A) Califorrn. Public Contract Code, 11tCelpt of the Information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hOUr8 alter the deadline for submitting bida contained In the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5110/16 Contrad No. ~ Page 26 of 158 Pages / DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR•s BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub--bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contratt Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Ad.." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perfonn any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and .highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Nama and Registration License No. and WOrk by Work location of Business Subcontractor / No. Classification• In Dollars• Plasterina 'JON"\~ 1100110-0~':\''14 1~57645 ~It tA~ItJ tA. C9,C35 l$296,0001 I '1-~ffi I Acoustical ./ r;o D~ j\.&0\ft,'C,t/I.N 110000-011-'\11 738787 J$92,000l Ceilings ' rw41 FoN\~A eA C2, C61/Dl2, C61/D34, C61/D5 0 \/~tLl~ 1\t.tH" tfoJ<.~.b / f:Jf\tC.tFJ'W lt'l¥r t l'"tl~v'IJJNY lr' Ill' $124,500 1649587 I ~ fa:' .. L ttA..tf.fi¥. Ul. t "'""~f;e1-~ ..; ~~ ''"' OC.'A~tb•.tA C54 l?\/~0/11- Wood Soorts I/ t\OI\4'14HJ M,.,oll.&,t.~ t. 110000-ot.lt~ ?90233 Floor ltll.u.£;tbi CA C15 : l$79,5001 , <'I~\ \~ Page_.§..__ of __12_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • PUI'IUint to uctlon 4104 (a)(2)(A) Cellfomla Public Centrad Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asteri3k may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hourS after the daadBne for sWnitting bida contained In the "Notice Inviting Bids. • 0 Revised 5110116 Contract No. !§21 Page 26 of 158 Pages / DESIGNAnON OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perfonn any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars {$10,000}, whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed '\NOrk will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration Ucense No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification• in Dollars• .NJ..I...lL 1A ,..,... 10000- L/ ,I ,/: Paint& ./ t\~ill..lf.A.N VU.>MN~ 110000-~lltiA Jl1007719 Coatinas IIA Jo\.4/A tA ~~li'I'Cttol ' C33 i$78,7501 e.Jj} '11 -~1\7 I ---~A J. Ll_ , IAif-110000- """'-u rr vr Page _]___of _jL pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pursuant to aection 4104 (aX2)(A) California Public Contnlct Code, receipt of the Information preceded by an nter181< may be aubmllted by the Bidder up to 24 houl'11 after the deadline for submlttlng blda contained In the "Notice Inviting Bids. • 0 Revised5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 P• 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNAnON OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors wi" be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Ad." The Bidder further certiftes that no additional subcontractor wilt be allowed to peTfonn any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, includinq bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever 1s greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* In Dollars* sii4J? ... AJI. 110000- !oi'J..iL / / / Water Feature r\Al~\#I'J t>4(1t.; / .1oooo~ oy;"fi? {326760 {)S,CoNbl bo eto. B, C53 ' LS99,098i -iUIJU 1~\1\1 I ' ;;- / / Elevators_ lif'~~·,..,b~l-&wvMoA-!1ooM.: \~4aa 1375733 ~ 1\.N bli "4 tA Cll I $77,7081 {JJ I J to /'.If l ", ' Page .JL_ of _1!_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation fonn • Punauant to section 4104 (a)(2XA) C&lifomla Publie Comact Code, reeelpt of the information preceded by an asteriGk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline tor submitting bidt corulneclln the "Notice Inviting Bids.• 0 Revised 5110116 Contract No.~ Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Wort< and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perfonn the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Ad." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Wor1t in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work location of Business Subcontractor / No/ Classification* In Dollars* Fire~•' . ~· ft~ \/ t 10000-IC51A ID 388358 I f,l\,~ t:nt-~ 1 .A C16 I \ / 1$73,0001 1-Al..o 1..1 /~fN' / / 7 Plumbing \lOUtt~ ,.~~(1'-1~ ./ 10000-1. "Ll'W/ 847078 l 6v eNDt-l, CA C36 I I I l$141,0001 ~v··~. Ill T I / / v / HVAC .I 'Q.iiWil ;l'oi'J f>tl-U At.-t-4. 110000. (;)1\U"V 437153 ~ 1\rN b\~(,o CA. ' ( 1$315,0001 C20 f?ZjT I I r,.;,. L-Tf Page _s __ of___:!!__ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pw.uant to aectlon 4104 (aX2)(A) Califomia Public eontnr.ct Code, receipt of the information preceded by an aaterlsk may be aubmitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for aubmltting bkla contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." 0 Revised 5110/16 Contract No.~ Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub--bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one/ercent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets an highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), \Mlichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Reglstra/ Ucense No. and Work by Work Location of Business No " Classification* Subcontractor / ·, In Dollars* -.... 4lb&!Mt1 ..f ~ I ~Cl.Q..I' ~P.tlf\t wMr 110000-D~~~~~ Vl~tA C/4 1597852 I l$123,0001 A, C60, C51 -f')/U ,...,, .~ ll \) l 'T T J/u ..a,JI.f\.lt M 10000-, / / ,/ land.!U!ane & f'A.'M\~Jl.. li-J~'C ~ 110000-qa.h,4\ 1 1016876 I lrriaation ~1'--v~\Jt tA C27 $600,0001 /1._/1/ J ~ '1 I Page ..1!_ of _1L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form • Pur8ulnt ID 18Ction 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Cortract Code, receipt of the Information preceded by an atteriek may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bkia contained in tha "No&e Inviting Bids. • 0 Revised 5110/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 26 of 158 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR•S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perfonn the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perfonn any portion of the Work in excess of one--half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5o/o) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), YAlichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of Subcontractor Name and Registration License No. and Work by Work Location of Business Subcontractor No. Classification* In Dollars* Utilities ~E ISIS.UI~ Ill t!Jaf ,NI.. WI l995324 .I I ,..., .. , li1Ctl 4;t. ·Jl/1.; IO#QOOqlt{l A_, 8, C36 I231.051J .; litAtf' ... &, ~(lilt-' W&iobM ~.CA. v \ -7 ~Oa\!2...\ \\ '-'> l Vl ' 10000- 110000- Page --.1L_ of ____jJ_ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Punsuant to section 4104 (a}(2XA) California Public Contract Code, ~lpt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 houra alter the deadline for submitting bids contained In the "Notice Inviting Blda." 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No.~ Page 26 of 158 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD PINE AVE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS SUB LISTING INFORMATION 12/15/2016 TRADE CONTRACTOR ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE BE NCO CONCRETE REI FORCING STEEL PACIFIC STEEL GROUP MASONRY TRULINE MASONRY STEEL SCW CONTRACTING STEEL DECKING THE MciNTYRE COMPANY FENCING HERBERT INC METAL FRAMING$ DRYWALL STANDARD DRYWALL ROUGH CARPENTRY CORE CONTRACTING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK F&R INTERIOR WOODWORKS ROOFING ROOF CONSTRUCTION SHEET METAL ARCHIBALD SHEET METAL GLASS & GLAZING CUSTOM GLASS SPECIALTIES PLASTERING ONYXX BUILDING GROUP ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS & WALL PANELS SOUTH COAST ACOUSTICAL INT. TILING RDM TILE COMPANY NORTH WOOD SPORTS FLOORING JOHNSON FLOORING PAINT & COATINGS AMERICAN VETERANS PAINTING WATER FEATURE MISSION POOLS OF ESCONDIDO ELEVATORS SCHINDLER ELEVATOR CORP. FIRE SUPPRESSION A1 FIRE PROTECTION PLUMBING ROGER'S PLUMBING HVAC GREATER SAN DIEGO AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL ACE ELECTRIC AV SYSTEMS & HORIZONTAL CABLING WORLD BRIDGE TECHNOLOGIES FIRE ALARM SIMPLEX GRINNELL DEMO & EARTHWORK SIERRA PACIFIC WEST LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION PREMIER WEST LANDSCAPE UTILITIES MACK P&S CONSTRUCTION LICENSE No 937969 997880 992159 630435 590332 985100 444328 905751 779168 647203 896379 1016435 957645 738787 649587 790233 1007719 326760 375733 388358 847078 437153 835109 848495 986047 597852 1016876 995324 Barnhart:- "fpG . ·- LIC TYPE DIRNo LOCATION BID PRICE C8 1000009020 CHULA VISTA, CA $ 102,110 cso 1000004101 SAN DIEGO, CA $ 95,324 C29 1000000742 SAN DIEGO, CA $ 41,500 A,C60,C51 1000001579 FALLBROOK, CA $ 722,000 C51 1000005985 CORONA.CA $ 159,000 B, C13, C17, C29 1000032096 OCEANSIDE, CA $ 37,610 B,C9,C35,C2 1000000269 LAKESIDE, CA $ 550,000. B 1000012197 VISTA, CA $ 82,852 I C6 1000008473 SAN DIMAS, CA $ 39,940 C39 1000001961 ESCONDIDO, CA $ 205,765 I C43,C39 1000007015 LAKESIDE, CA $ 69,000 C17 1000045244 NATIONAL CITY, CA $ 340,000 J C9,C35 1000004799 ELCAJON, CA $ 296,600 I C2, C61/D12, C61/D34,C61/D50 1000001090 FONTANA, CA $ 92,000 i C54 1000013823 OCEANSIDE, CA $ 124,500 I C15 1000002643 LAKESIDE, CA $ 79,500' C33 1000031664 LA JOLLA, CA $ 78,750 B,C53 1000003576 ESCONDIDO, CA $ 99,098. Cll 1000012845 MORRISTOWN, NJ $ 77,708 C16 1000002910 SAN DIEGO, CA $ 73,ooo I C36 1000022148 EL CAJON, CA $ 141,000 C20 1000009112 SAN DIEGO, CA $ 315,000 C10,A 1000001519 SAN DIEGO, CA $ 825,000 C7,C10,B 1000003896 SANTEE, CA $ 184,900 C10,C16 1000000576 SAN DIEGO, CA $ 27,500 A,C60,C51 1000003683 ENCINITAS, CA $ 123,000 C27 1000044351 WALNUT, CA $ 600,000 A,B,C36 1000004137 WILDOMAR, CA $ 231,051 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Name and Address Name and Phone No. Amount Contract of the Employer of Person to Type of Work of Completed Contract Contract Please see following pages for similar ex1= lerience ft ~Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 27 of 158 Pages CIVIC EXPERI ENCE Skyline Hills Branch Library 1 San Diego, CA Barnhart-Reese Construction teamed with Little Diversified Architectural Consulting for this Design-Build library in the Skyline-Paradise Hills community of San Diego, California. The project vision for the 15,000 square foot building is "Dream, Hope, Inspire"; a theme that is carried throughout the library. The library includes a multipurpose/community room, outdoor patio, offices, staff lounge, workroom, as well as special areas designated for children, juveniles, young adults, adults, and friends of the library. A family place center, study and tutoring rooms, and a computer lab are also available for patrons. The project is slated for LEED Silver Certification. Reference: City of San Diego Elif Cetin, Sr. Civil Engineer 525 B Street, Suite 750, San Diego, CA 92101 (619) 533-4640 I ecetin@sandiego.gov BARNHART-REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC. Barnhart.-~G;!G ·~······· MEDI CAL ExPERIENCE Mokena Medical Center, Escondido 1 Escondido, CA The Makena Medical Center is a three-story, 45,000 square foot, steel frame building sited just ~ mile from the new Palomar Medical Center West Hospital. Features of the building include state of the art technology, sustainable LEED registered design, futuristic design appointments in exterior, interior and common areas and outdoor plazas. Additional amenities include a stone veneer exterior and an extensive aluminum curtain wall system. The lobby includes a healing water feature to welcome visitors. Barnhart-Reese and McArdle & Associates Architects provided design- build services for the facility. The project consists of two phases, core and shell, and tenant improvements for each office suite. Tenant improvements were built-to-suit. References: Makena Medical Buildings Edward Anderson, Partner 3193 Avenida Hacienda (951) 522-17661 eandersonmred@gmail.com BARNHART-REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC. Barnhar1:-"f;§~.'-? CIVIC EXPERIENCE John D. Spreckels Center and Bowling Green 1 Coronado, CA The John D. Spreckels Center and Bowling Green broke ground in January 2016. The 8,800 square foot activity center houses the administrative offices, club room, activity room, assembly room, lounge, kitchen and restrooms, as well as storage to support both indoor and outdoor activities. The center is seeking to attain LEED Silver certification from the U.S. Green Building Council. Sharing the facility is the Coronado Lawn Bowling Club, which has jointly used the space with the Coronado Senior Center since 2010. The lawn bowling green was kept open as much as possible during construction. The new structure was built on the site of the existing senior activity center, immediately adjacent to the Coronado Public Library. References: City of Coronado Public Services & Engineering 1825 Strand Way, Coronado, CA 92118 Bill Cecil, AlA, Capital Projects Manager (619) 522-73141 bcecil@coronado.ca.us Barnhart.- BARNHART-REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC. ~~~.~ NAME Dave Christensen General Superintendent BRIEF PROFILE Dave Christensen is a seasoned construction professional with 30 years of experience. Dave has spent over sixteen years of his career with Mr. Barnhart and his companies, and enjoys an excellent rapport with owners, architects, and subcontractors. As gen- eral superintendent, Dave will have significant project involvement both during preconstruction and construction. His expertise in identifying value engineering opportunities and the de- velopment of constructible project elements is exceptional. Dave's in- volvement during preconstruction also includes phasing and schedule development and development of the quality control plan. His overall guidance during construction will ensure delivery of a safe, on time and quality enhanced project. RELEVANT PROJECT EXPERIENCE City of San Diego, Skyline Hills Branch Library, San Diego, CA Design-Build 1 2016 Barnhart-Reese teamed with Little Architecture for this 16,500 square foot library. The facility includes a multi-purpose/community room, outdoor patio, offices, staff lounge, workroom, and a computer room for patrons. The project is slated for LEED Silver Certification. Wounded Warrior Barracks, Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton * Design-Build 1 2011 Dave was the Superintendent for the new $24 million, 66,000 SF Wound- ed Warrior Barracks. This project was a fast track design-build project built in 12 months featuring 100 semi-private suites for men and women of all ranks . Injured and ill Marines and Sailors now have a recovery facility that features computer center, game area, outdoor athletic facilities, therapeutic gardens and nature trails, and other amenities. This project was the first LEED Platinum project for the entire US Navy in the country. Wounded Warrior Hope and Care Center, Camp Pendleton, CA * Design-Build 1 2011 1 $33 million This 30,000 SF structure has 38 office spaces and accommodates Wounded Warrior Family Readiness staff, Licensed Clinical Social Workers and Recovery Care Coordinators. The Center also hosts the Battalion's Warrior Athletic Reconditioning Program, which operates a state of the art physical training facility. The project received LEED Platinum Certification. Southwestern College Higher Education Center, National City * CM at Risk I 2007 Five building campus housing a number of programs including the Police Academy, Environmental Technology, Nursing, Fire Science Technology, Paramedic, Emergency Medical Technicians, and Inter- national Business. *Projects completed with Barnhart, Inc. Office Location: San Diego Qualifications/License: OSHA 30 hour Safety Program OSHA Competent Person "Excavations" program OSHA Competent Person "Scaffolding" AGC Fall Protection program Cal OSHA Riggers Card AGC All-Terrain Fork Lift Certified How long in Current Position: 6 years How long with Relevant Experience: 30 Years Education: Army Corps of Engineers EM-385 1 0-hour safety program RESUMES NAME Zane Halk Foreman BRIEF PROFILE As Foreman, Zane will coordinate operations oversee workers onsite. Zane will coordinate and schedule tasks, mon- itor attendance of crews, allocate tasks and responsibilities, supervise and train tradespeople, ensure manpower and resources are optimal, guarantee all safety precautions and quality standards are met, super- vise use of machinery and equipment, monitor expenditures, resolve issues, and report on progress to the superintendent and managers. RELEVANT PROJECT EXPERIENCE March Air Reserve Base Air Marine Operations Center (AMOC), Riverside, CA St. Demiana Egyptian Orthodox Church, San Diego, CA Stone Ranch Elementary School Site Improvements, San Diego, CA UC San Diego Spanos Athletic Performance Center, La Jolla, CA * Hawthorne Cat Dynamometer Test Center, San Diego, CA * City of San Diego Bayside Fire Station No. 2, San Diego, CA * Currently in construction phase. * Projects with previous employer Barnhart.- Office Location: San Diego How Long with Relevant Experience: 16Years RESUMES ~~AMf qRifF PROFILE Richard Toledo Construction Crew Lead Ricardo has worked with Barnhart-owned c ompanies for decades, including Barnhart, Inc. and Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. As Construction Crew Leadman he will provide leadership, guidance a nd direction of the workers onsite. Ricardo will coordinate with the Site Superintendent and trade contractor foremen to make ascertain materials and equipment are available to complete the work. He will assist in the loading and unloading of materials. Ricardo will partici- pate in safety briefings and task instruction as needed per the scope of the work. RELEVANT PROJECT EXPERIENCE Sharp Make Ready Work Parking Structure & Loop Road Poway Unified School District Prop 39 Lighting Retrofit Projects UCSD Oceanview Terrace Restaurant Renovation City of Coronado Spreckels Senior Activity Center City of San Diego Skyline Library St. Demiana Egyptian Orthodox Church, San Diego Stone Ranch Elementary School Site Improvements, San Diego Barnhart- Office Location: San Diego How Long in Current Position: 6 years How Long with Relevant Experience: 28 Years BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: lXI lXI lXI lXI Comprehensive General Liability Automobile Liability Workers Compensation Employer's Liability The required limits as stated on page 35 of the bid documents are met as shown on the following Certificate of Insurance, which includes a $5 Million Umbrella Liability Insurance Policy. 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein . All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used on site or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. ft Q Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 28 of 158 Pages ACORD® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MMIDD/YYYY) ~ 5/3/2016 I THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS ~ERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Nick Parizino NAME: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. rlJgNJo. Extl: 949-260-5055 I FAX 1301 Dove Street, Suite 200 CAlC No): Newport Beach CA 92660-2436 ~oMDA~~ss: Nick. Parizino@alliant.com ----- INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA:Oid Republic General Insurance Corp 24139 INSURED INSURER B :Great American Insurance Company 16691 Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. INSURER c: Evanston Insurance Company 35378 10805 Thorn mint Road #200 San Diego CA 92127 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER· 216798336 REVISION NUMBER· THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTIED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT VIIITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ~~~~ ~:; r~~J5Eh-~l ,~~16EiJ~~) LIMITS LTR POLICY NUMBER A ~ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY y y A1CG92821507 8/1/2015 8/1/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 =:J CLAIMS-MADE [)<] OCCUR ~~~~~~J9E~~~~~~ence) ----- f--$100,000 f--MED EXP (Any one person) $5,000 f--PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN"L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 R 0PRO-[2] LOC -- POLICY JECT PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 ""-- OTHER: Deductible $5,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY A 1 CA92821501 8/1/2015 8/1/2016 (E~~~6~~~tJINliLE LIMIT $1,000,000 -X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ --ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ f---NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE -- HIRED AUTOS AUTOS (Per accident) $ f-----$ B X UMBRELLA LIAB M OCCUR SBU 0242786 04 8/1/2015 8/1/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 f----EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 OED I I RETENTION$ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION y A 1 CVV92821507 8/1/2015 8/1/2016 X I ~ffTUTE I I OTH-ER AND EMPLOYERS" LIABILITY Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE D N/A E"L" EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) E"L" DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E L" DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 c Pollution Liability 16CPLOWE00534 5/1/2016 5/1/2017 Per claim $2,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS /VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space Is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 30 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ~ ltl~ I © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: A1CG92821507 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 2010 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED-OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS-SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations As Per Written Contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project CG 2010 0413 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section Ill -Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 2010 0413 POLICY NUMBER: AlCG92821507 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED-OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person{s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations As per written contract but only when coverage for completed operations is specifically required by that contiact. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section Ill-Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. CG20370413 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 OLD REPUBLIC GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION CHANGES ADDITIONAL INSURED PRIMARY WORDING SCHEDULE THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Name of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s): Location(s) of Covered Operations As required by written contract: Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The insurance provided by this endorsement is primary insurance and we will not seek contribution from any other insurance of a like kind available to the person or organization shown in the schedule above unless the other insurance is provided by a contractor other than the person or organization shown in the schedule above for the same operation and job location. If so, we will share with that other insurance by the method described in paragraph 4.c. of Section IV-Commercial General Liability Conditions. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. Named Insured Barnhart-Reese Construction/ Inc. Policy Number AI CG92821507 Endorsement No. Policy Period 811/2015-811/2016 to Endorsement Effective Date: see certificat Producer's Name: Alliant Insurance Services/ Inc. Producer Number: see certificate AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE CG EN GN 0029 09 06 POLICY NUMBER: A1CG92821507 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 25 03 05 09 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Construction Project(s): All of your designation construction proj ectf: where required by written contract. Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- rences" under Section 1-Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I -Coverage C, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1. A separate Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each des- ignated construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2. The Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, ex- cept damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products- completed operations hazard", and for medi- cal expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Designated Con- struction Project General Aggregate Limit for that designated construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Ag- gregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Designated Con- struction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated construction project shown in the Schedule above. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Decla- rations, such limits will be subject to the appli- cable Designated Construction Project Gen- eral Aggregate Limit. CG 25 03 05 09 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 2 D B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- rences" under Section I -Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I -Coverage C, which cannot be attrib- uted only to ongoing operations at a single des- ignated construction project shown in the Sched- ule above: 1. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- nated Construction Project General Aggre- gate Limit. C. When coverage for liability ans1ng out of the "products-completed operations hazard" is pro- vided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products-completed Operations Ag- gregate Limit, and not reduce the General Ag- gregate Limit nor the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If the applicable designated construction project has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contract- ing parties deviate from plans, blueprints, de- signs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction pro- ject. E. The provisions of Section Ill -Limits Of Insur- ance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 CG 25 03 05 09 0 POLICY NUMBER: Al CG92821507 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 OS 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Where required by writ ten contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV-Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 2404 0509 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 0 OLD REPUBLIC GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us. This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule: As required by writ ten contract. The premium charge for this endorsement is $0.00 Named Insured Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. Policy Number AlCW92821507 Endorsement No. Policy Period 8/1/2015-8/1/2016 to Endorsement Effective Date: see certificatE~ Producer's Name: Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. Producer Number: see certificate AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE we 99 o3 1s (01/07) POLICY NUMBER: A1CA92821501 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 481013 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED FOR COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage under the Who Is An Insured provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Named Insured: Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. Endorsement Effective Date: See certificate SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): As required by written contract. Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Paragraph A.1. of Section II - Covered Autos Liability Coverage in the Business Auto and Motor Carrier Coverage Forms and Paragraph D.2. of Section I -Covered Autos Coverages of the Auto Dealers Coverage Form. CA 20 481013 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: AICA92821501 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 04 44 0310 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Named Insured: Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. Endorsement Effective Date: see certificate SCHEDULE Name(s) Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Where required by written contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Oth- ers To Us Condition does not apply to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the "ac- cident" or the "loss" under a contract with that person or organization. CA 04 44 0310 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2009 Page 1 of 1 D OLD REPUBLIC GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION ADDITIONAL INSURED-PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" under the Who Is An Insured Provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. SCHEDULE Name of Person(s) or Organization(s) : where required by written contract (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement.) Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an ''insured" under the Who Is An Insured Provision contained in Section II of the Coverage Form. If the person or organization shown in the schedule qualifies as an 'insured' for Liability Coverage, and they have coverage as a first named insured under another policy, this policy is primary to and non-contributory with that other insurance. All other terms, conditions, and exclusions apply. Named Insured Bamhart-Reese Construction, Inc. Policy Number Endorsement No. A1CA92821501 Policy Period 811/2015 to 8/1/2016 Endorsement Effective Date: 8!1/2015 Producer's Name: Producer Number: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE CA EN GN 0044 02 12 Page 1 of 1 Policy Number-16CPLOWE00534 Policy Period-05/01/2016-05/01/2017 officers" and directors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. · 2. Each of the following is also an insured: a. Your "employees", other than either your "executive officers" (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company), but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of "your work". b. In the event of your bankruptcy, your trustees, and in the event of your death or incapacity, your legal representatives or executors, but only with respect to each such trustee's, representative's or executo~s vicarious liability resulting from "your work". 3. Any organization, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you newly acquire or form during the policy period and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as an insured but only with respect to "your work" rendered on or after the acquisition or formation date of such organization. However coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 90th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. 4. Any client for whom you perform or performed "your work" when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. This insurance applies only if such contract was executed: a. Prior to the commencement of "your work"; and b. Prior to the date the "pollution conditions" first commenced. Coverage for your clients under this insurance is limited to "claims" for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by a "pollution condition" for which the client is vicariously liable because of "your work." There is no coverage under this insurance for any "claims" arising out of the sole negligence of your clients. Any insurance afforded to your clients under this insurance is limited to the lesser of the Limits of Liability set forth in the Declarations or the amount required by the written contract. SECTION Ill-LIMITS OF INSURANCE AND DEDUCTIBLE 1. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; or b. "Claims" made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making "claims" or bringing "suits". 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" including supplementary payments. 3. The Each Pollution Condition Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of damages including supplementary payments because of all "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of any one "pollution condition". 4. The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Form apply to the policy period as shown in the Declarations. 5. We will pay covered "claims" or losses in excess of the Deductible amount shown on the Declarations page. 6. The Deductible amount stated on the Declarations is applicable to each "pollution condition". The Deductible amount applies once to each "pollution condition" and can be applied either for supplementary payments, settlement, compromise, or indemnification. 7. We, at our sole election and option, may either: MEEI 0002 06 12 Page 5 of 10 Policy Number -16CPLOWE00534 Policy Period-05/01/2016-05/01/2017 EVANSTON INSURANCE COMPANY ENVIRONMENTAL THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AUTOMATIC PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY INSURANCE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following, where indicated by an "X" in the checkbox below: 0 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM ~ CONTRACTOR'S POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM 0 OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM 0 PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Any additional insured to whom you agree in a written contract signed by both parties and executed prior to the commencement of operations to provide Primary and Non-Contributory status under this insurance. As respects the above scheduled person(s) or organization(s), the following is added to the Other Insurance Condition: 1. Coverage available under this Coverage Form shall apply as primary insurance. 2. Any other insurance available to the above scheduled person(s) or organization(s) under any other third party liability policy shall apply as excess and not contribute as primary to the insurance afforded by this endorsement. Coverage provided by this endorsement for the entities shown in the above Schedule shall not apply as respects any claim, loss or liability resulting from the sole negligence of the entities shown in the above Schedule. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. MEEI 2274 09 14 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance SeNices Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY NUMBER: 16CPLOWE00534 EVANSTON INSURANCE COMPANY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US WRITTEN CONTRACT LIMITATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM CONTRACTOR'S POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Any person(s) or organization(s) to whom the insured agrees, in a written contract, signed by both parties and executed prior to the commencement of operations to provide a waiver of transfer of rights of recovery. The following is added to Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV-Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a written contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. This waiver shall not apply for occurrences resulting from the sole negligence of the person or organization shown in the schedule. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. MEEI2211 08 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Page 1 of 1 BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? X yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Barnhart-Reese Construction. Inc. By: (name of c;z.,~ (sign here) West Reese. CEO (print name/title) Page --=-1 _ of 1 pages of this Re Debarment form ft Q Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 29 of 158 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the pate of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? X yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? X yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? X yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? X yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. All Subcontractors listed are licensed to do the portion of work listed to be performed. Barnhart-Reese (BRC) is unable to provide background information on the subcontractors listed until after the bid opening, at wh1ch bme we can respond to questions 3 and 4. BRC will ensure compliauce with the qaalificatious 1 eqail ed by the City of Ca1lsbad. {If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page 1 of 2 pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 30 of 158 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. N/A (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: Barnhart-Reese Construction. Inc. (nam; ~ ~o""ctor) By:~~-~-~~--~~~~-----------------(sign here) West Reese. CEO (print name/title) Page __ 2 __ of __ 2 __ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form 0 Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 31 of 158 Pages NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 The undersigned declares: B h rt R arn a -eese I am the CEO of Construction, the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on December 14, 2016 , 2016 at San Diego [city], CA [state]. Signature of Bidder West Reese, CEO 0 Revised 5110/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 32 of 158 Pages CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this ;22th day of , 2017, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, e inafter called "City"), and Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc., a California corporation, whose · cipal place of business is 10805 Thornmint Rd., Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92127 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder's Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City . . , '-+" Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 33 of 158 Pages 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall comply with California Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. l' • .., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 34 of 158 Pages Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy# 70. (A) Coverages and Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. l'\ •f' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 35 of 158 Pages (C) Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after ten (1 0) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 201 04) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 201 04.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false l"\ •+" Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 36 of 158 Pages claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. ¢ init ____ init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. l'\ •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 37 of 158 Pages NOTAR!AL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: Bttrnh Arf -Ru1e (c~"ltrvc~o'r.._, Lu . (name of Contractor) ' By: ------E.W:~:---'-'~~-(sign here) Wt~t !?toe . (ttJ (print name and title)' By: ~C2"J (sign here) '0tMII'A &kt~~ b, ?~s~ (pnnt name and title) CITY OF CAR SBAD a municipal corporation of the Stat of If "ia President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorn;y / / -~ By:~ Deputy City Attorney {'\ •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 38 of 158 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 • A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of~~~--=:!.~~~,~.-____ ) • On before me,!"~ C. t~~ ~fl~~ij~ "'1-iere Insert Name ""9J~OffiCef peffion~~ appearnd ~~~~~-~~-e-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~f~-~~~~~-~~ IAJ~ A . ~~6 ::rer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(~ whose name~ is~ subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that Aetshe/Wv executed the same in ~herdb.eir authorized capacity~, and that by ~/herARQir signature(~n the instrument the perso~). or the entity upon behalf of which the person~cted, executed the instrument. C M . PERNICANO ~ Commission# 2021171 ~ • Notary Publtc -California San Diego County My Comm. Exp1res May 1 8 201 7 Place Notary Seal Above z z )> I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. --------------------------------oPTIONAL-------------------------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _____________ Document Date: _______ _ Number of Pages: Signer(s} Other Than Named Above: ____________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ___________ _ U Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ -:-1 Partner -D Limited D General ::J Individual n Trustee ::-J Attorney in Fact ::::J Guardian or Conservator D Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer's Name: ___________ _ D Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ D Partner -D Limited D General D Individual U Attorney in Fact []Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: _____________ ___ Signer Is Representing: --------~ ~~,~~~-,~~.,~~ ©2014 National Notary Association· www.NationaiNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 BARNHART REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC. RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS BE IT RESOLVED THAT: Douglas E. Barnhart WestA. Reese Tamela Barnhart Reese "Whose signatures appear below, of this corporation are hereby authorized, from time to time, in the name of this corporation to execute Contract Documents as often as may seem advisable to such persons." "The authority herein conferred shall continue in full force and effect until written notice of its revocation shall be received by said holder of the above described executed prior to any such revocation." Authorized to Sign: Douglas E. Barnhart, Chairman WestA. Reese Tamela Barnhart Reese Directors ;(,It /~li-TJ-rlt) Douglas E. Barnhart Date ~~ tr,Jl-~13 West A. Reese Date Z A::e;?? ;J.-z--;;.o;3 Tamela Barnhart Reese Date bekr.if!-r""')u,J::. 11-J--?d 13 Nancy J. B n rt Date Executed in Triplicate Bond Number: 82447687 Premium: Included in Performance Bond LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2017-014, adopted January 24,2017, has awarded to Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc., (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, BARNHART-REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Federal Insurance Company , as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of EIGHT MILLION FOUR HUNDRED SIXTY ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED TWENTY FOUR Dollars ($8,461 ,224), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. l' •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 39 of 158 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this _l.JoGL>rt...,!_ day of ~( JlA<'{ , 2011_. CONTRACTOR: Barnhart-Reese Inc. By:_-+-----=:::_ _______ _ (sign here) _-:fo&Lp.. VAtt-!vMf-~ '"" (print name here) (ttsibvt (title :~ga~tion of signatory) By:------~--~~+--~~~---------------(sign here) w~sf Keesr (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this 1st day of February '20__ll__. SURETY: Federal Insurance Company (name of Surety) 555 South Flower St., Third Floor Los Angeles, CA 90071 (address of Surety) (213) 612-5574 (telephone number of Surety) By~-d!OrtVA \QWff&J (signature of At rney-1n-Fact) Heather Saltarelli (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorne~ By: Deputy City Attorney -~ f.., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 40 of 158 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CML CODE § 1189 A notary public or other offiCer completing this certificate verifieS only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange -) on FEB 0 1 2017 before me Lekim H. Luu, Notary Public f ·----~---·---------·-------·------·---------·----··--···------------------------------- Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared -----------------~HeaJh~L~~ltarellL _________ .. _ -------·----~---_ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person~ whose name(l) is/ant subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that belshe/tfuty executed the same in hts/her/tbeir authorized capacity(~. and that by hjs/her/tktiir signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature ~ ___ " Signature of Notary Public ----------------------------oPTIONAL--------------------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: -·---·------·-----------------··-····------···----·--···---·------------·--·-------· .. ---......... Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Signer's Name: ____ _ Corporate Officer -Title(s): . Corporate Officer -Title(s): __ _ Partner -Umited General Partner -Umited General Individual x Attorney in Fact Individual Attorney in Fact Trustee Guardian or Conservator Trustee Guardian or Conservator Other: ----------·--·-.. ·----·-··--·---·----Other: _____ _ Signer Is Representing: -----------·--·--Signer Is Representing: ------ ©2014 National Notary Association· www.NationaiNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-87&-6827) Item #5907 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 • A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of ~ 'l>ACJb ) 0 -On~ 2., 2-c> IJ before meC:,i!-MY,C. fehVJ~/Vo:lzw;i.d,4<_ ate 'Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared --r ~k ~£~= 1!. e=C8:, at b..Jt'E/:1), ~<._ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) isLare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that lole,'~~they executed the same in ~/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by bisLtJet/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. CATHY C. PERNICANO Commission # 2021171 Notary Public -California San Diego County My Comm. Expires May 18. 2017 Place Notary Sea/ Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signatur~d.~ lgnature of Notary Public ------------------------------oPTIONAL------------------------------ Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: _______ _ Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ____________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ___________ _ Signer's Name: ___________ _ =::J Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ n Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ ~ Partner -IJ Limited D General D Partner -D Limited D General D Individual U Attorney in Fact [J Individual D Attorney in Fact Ll Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator r::J Other: ______________ _ D Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ ©2014 National Notary Association o www.NationaiNotary.org o 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 Chubb Surety POWER OF ATTORNEY Federal Insurance Company Vigilant Insurance Company Pacific Indemnity Company Attn: Surety Department 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 Know All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin comoration, do each hereby constitute and fcih:lle~~o~~!~or:~:~;~rb!fifo~~fa3 ' -~~~--~~~:-~~~=~~~~~!~~_:-~~~~:~!~~~:~~-~:~-=-~~!! __ ~-~~~~:!!~~~~-~~-~~-~ A. each as their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to execute under such designation in their names and to affiX their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behalf as surely thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds) given or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending Of altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations. In Wrtness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents and affixed their corporate seals on this 11th day of July, 2013. Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Somerset ss. On thts 11th day of July, 2013 before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey. personalty came Dawn M. Chloros. to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY. and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which exetuted the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said Dawn M. Chloros. being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof. that the seals affixed to the foregoing Power of Attorney are such corporate seals and were thereto affiXed by authority of the By-Laws of said Companies; and that she signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority; and that she is acquainted with David B. Norris, Jr., and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies; and that the signature of David 8. Norris, Jr, subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in handwriting of David B. Norris, Jr., and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By· Laws and in deponent's presence. Notarial Seal KATHERINE J. ADELAAR NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY No 2316685 Commission Exprres July 16, 2014 CERTIFICATION Extract from the By· laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY. VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY: 'All powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behatf of the Company. either by the Chairman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved. printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the following officers Chairmar1, President, any Vice President. any Assistant Vice President. any Secretary. any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretanes of Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shalf be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so exetuted and certified by sud'! facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company wi1h respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. • I, Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the 'Companies1 do hereby certify that (i) the foregoing extract of the By· Laws of the Companies is true and correct, (ii) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of Columbia and are authorized by the U.S. Treasury Department; further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S. Virgin Islands. and Federal is licensed in American Samoa, Guam. Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and (iii) the foregoing Power of Attomey is true, correct and in full force and effect. Gtven under my hand and seals of said Companies at Warren. NJ this FEB 0 1 2017 Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM. VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS LISTED ABOVE, OR BY Telephone (908) 903-3493 Fax (908) 903-3656 e-mail: surety@chubb.com Form 15-10-02258-U (Ed 5-13) CONSENT Executed in Triplicate Bond Number: 82447687 Premium: $56,167 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2017-014, adopted January 24, 2017, has awarded to Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc., (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, BARNHART-REESE CONSTRUCTION, INC., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Federal Insurance Company , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, in the sum of EIGHT MILLION FOUR HUNDRED SIXTY ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED TWENTY FOUR Dollars ($8,461 ,224), said sum being equal to one hundred percent (1 00%) of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to City or its certain attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. l"\ •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 41 of 158 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this tJ day of '{~CUM( , 20 _..\1__ CONTRACTOR: Barnhart-Reese Construction, Inc. (name of Contractor) By: __ .,_/ ....... ~-==----------- By: (sign here) -[a nvL~ 6o.rrAtHt-l~ (print name here) Vrrs:\~ Cfitle and Organization of Signatory) (sign here) tJt'srf R!e S( (print name here) c.eo (Title and Organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this __ 1_s t ___ day of February 20 17 --------------' -- SURETY: Federal Insurance Company (name of Surety) 555 South Flower St., Third Floor Los Angeles, CA 90071 (address of Surety) (213) 612-5574 (telephone number of Surety) By: '-~ a-kt1t~ ,(fttttw (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Heather Saltarelli (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: Deputy City Attorney -~ f.., Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 42 of 158 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 public or other officer completing this certificate verifieS only the identity of the individual who signed the to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of ___ 0-=...::..ra:.:.:.n.:.s;;g:.::.e_______ ) On ___ F_E_B_O_l_2_01_7_before me, _____________ Le_k_im ~:__~_uu~--~-~~~:x~ubh_._c __ _ Date personally appeared Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer . __________ Heather_Saltarelli ___ -··-·--··-·-···-··- Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person{~ whose name($) is/a(ft subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that be/she/tMy executed the same in htslher/tbeir authorized capacity(~. and that by hX;/her/tkfiir signature(~ on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENAL 1Y OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ::~: my hand andlcial ~ru. Signature of Notary Public ----------------------------oPTIONAL---------------------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: .. ~·------~--.. ----~-.. -· .. --·-~--.. --............... -... - Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Signer's Name:----··· .. --......................... ~ ................ . Corporate Officer -Title(s): Corporate Officer -Title(s): ----.... -.. --- Partner -Umited General Partner -Umited General Individual x Attorney in Fact Individual Attorney in Fact Trustee Guardian or Conservator Trustee Guardian or Conservator Other: ~-------·--·----............... _ ..... ~------Other: -------· Signer Is Representing: ____ , ____ .. ,_ .............. -~-.. ·--Signer Is Representing: ©2014 National Notary Association • www.NationaiNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 Chubb Surety POWER OF ATTORNEY Federal Insurance Company Vigilant Insurance Company Pacific Indemnity Company Attn: Surety Department 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 '{now All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE .::OMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin co~oration, do each hereby constitute and ~citfi:lle~~t0~~!~o~~:~c"~r~!fit6~~faa, -~~--':~~~-~~~:!~~~~~~~~-~~~~:'!~~~:~~-~~~=-~~!! __ ~-~~~~~~~~~~-:~-~~-~ A. each as their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to execute under such designation in their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behatf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds} given or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations. In Wrtness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents and affixed their corporate seals on this 11th day of July, 2013. Dawn M Chloros, Assistant Secretary STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Somerset ss. On thiS 11th day of July, 2013 before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came Dawn M. Chloros, to me known to be Assistant Secnetary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said Dawn M Chloros, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that the seals affixed to the foregoing Power of Attorney are such corporate seals and were thereto affixed by authority of the By-Laws of said Companies; and that she signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority; and that she is acquainted with David B. Norris, Jr., and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies, and that the signature of David 8. Norris, Jr, subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in hand'Miting of David B. Norris, Jr., and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By-Laws and in deponent's pnesence Notarial Seal KATHERINE J. ADELMR NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JfRSEY No 2316685 Commission fxprre$July 16, 2014 CERTIFICATION Extract from the By-Laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY: "All powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chainman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed The signature of each of the following officers Chairman, President, any Vice Pnesident, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relaUng thereto appoir~ting Assistant Secretanes or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the r1ature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsirnile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." I, Dawn M_ Chloros, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VlGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the "Companies1 do hereby cert1fy that (i) the foregoing extract of the By-Laws ot the Companies Is true and correct, (ii) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America ar1d the District of Columbia and are authorized by the U.S. Treasury Department further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Md Federal is licensed in American Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and (iii) the foregoing Power of Attorney is true, correct and in full force and effect. Given under my hand and seals of said Companies at Warren, NJ this FEB 0 1 2017 Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS LISTED ABOVE, OR BY Telephone (908) 903-3493 Fax (908) 903-3656 e-mail: sure! chubb.com Form 15-10-02258-U (Ed. 5-13) CONSENT CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 • A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California '-• County of ~ V~o ) . On {;~ 2, 4?1) before me, Co+hf, C. Pet.N~ . Da Jl. H re Insert Name and Tttle of the Offtcf}S personally appeared ::ltrJJe /c& U:M...~V'r¥td~ i--t<Jed--1!) · 1'-e_EtS~, Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) ..ie/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that beL.sbe/they executed the same in ~/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by ~/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. 1 Place Notary Sea/ Above Signature ~e.~ nature of Notary Publtc ------------------------------oPTIONAL------------------------------ Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _____________ Document Date: _______ _ Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ____________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ____________ _ [l Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ D Partner -D Limited [J General [[ Individual lJ Trustee D Attorney in Fact ] Guardian or Conservator [l Other: _____________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer's Name: ____________ _ D Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ C Partner -[J Limited [J General . Individual D Attorney in Fact L' Trustee n Guardian or Conservator D Other: _____________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ ©2014 National Notary Association· www.NationaiNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and ~~~~-~1~0~~~·~A~~~-~~-~~~~~~~L~~~~~~~·~~~~~~~·~~~~~~~~~who~ address is :--..:....;J;i;"""'-=e....;..o"""'s-___,_l_,_h.;..::o.:....:rl\...;.oc;;~· ...... rvt..:........:::~~~~-'#L!.LLWLGl~-.... £;""--""J...L,J;il:.P..~-"r-L;A:.l..-tf..:.JoCl<....:t="-7...L.-~~-----hereinafter called "Contractor" and £ f'::.'r Q':.\.lyor 'lfAo!C whose address is ~ P t' f!) \-< C i+ t2ctJS 6a:KJ~ 3t,D~ ~~ G~~~,, rA-'fJ1(efe"inafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 in the amount of 1> 6, Lf fc, 11 2-Z '1 fltl-dated ,.::2 / ();8/d£)1 tflhereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 1 0 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. {"\ •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 43 of 158 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: For Contractor: For Escrow Agent: Title _____ ..:._F.:..:..IN.::..A...:.:.N=C=E=-=D'"'-IR=E=-=C:....:.T-=0'-'-R-=------- Name __ ~j((~l~~-~h _-.-~~~~a~n_ct_\ _____ __ Signature ---iKt-L-4"'""'""...,_.~·:....:::::..-~~~~--------- Address _..c.:16"""3""'5'-'F__,a=ra=d=a"-J.y...!.A_,_,v'""'e"-'-n=ue=,__,C=a,_,_,rl=sb=a=d,.._, -=C"-A'--'9=2=0-=-0=-8 __ Name Signab::s---7~~~~ Address!' bo W · Cwo_I()J. ~ c/ "3, ~-/7-SC.o ~cC/)j C it --r JOi7-..S At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. {'\ • ., Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 44 of 158 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City: For Contractor: For Escrow Agent: ., '-+' Revised 5/1 0/16 arlsbad Village Drive. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Title __ -=C::.._tf_o ___________ _ Name_-=k/.~~~Jt~~~<~-=~::.._~~-------- Signature ~~--ltA.:~....:....~--------- Address I tJ80C} 7 htmrt\vvt f(l( #Jzt> ~ ;}f'r,, 0 ~r-;; 12..-, u • Contract No. 4603 Page 45 of 158 Pages November 18, 2016 ADDENDUM NO. 1 (cicyof Carlsbad RE: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT, PROJECT NO.: 4603 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum-receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. GRAHAM JORDAN Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Bidder's Signature Public Works Contract Administration 1635 Faraday Avenue I Carlsbad, CA 92008 I 760-602-4677 t CITY OF CARLSBAD PINE A VENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER AND GARDENS PROJECT PROJECT NO. 4603 BID NO. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No.1 From: Steve Didier, Municipal Projects Manager Phone: (760) 602-7539 steven.didier@carlsbadca.gov 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 No. of Pages: 32 (including this page) Date: November 18, 2016 Bid Opening Date: December 8, 2016-2:00pm Note: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in full force. Contractor must acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so will subject bidder to disqualification. Addendum 1 Sheet total 32: Addendum Document-3 3rd Party Roofing Inspection Scope-1 Revised Contractor's Proposal Form - 7 8.5x11 Sketch drawings - 4 Full size drawing sheets - 3 Specifications sheets -14 CLARIFICATIONS TO GENERAL ITEMS Item 1: The contact phone number for Steve Didier, Municipal Project Manager: 760-602-7539 Item 2: Substitution requests will not be considered during the bid period. Substitutions will be considered during the submittal process after contract award. Proposers should bid to the plans and specifications. Item 3: All project documents shall be routed through the Submittal Exchange software. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 Item 4: The current plans show power for the community gardens sourced via a home run to the new community center. A future addendum will revise this to provide power to the community garden from the adjacent soccer field. There is spare conduit along Chestnut Avenue to panels near the corner of Chestnut and Harding Street. Item 5: Question: Does the project require LEED certification? Answer: The project does not require LEED certification. Some of the specifications reference LEED requirements. A future addendum will revise these specifications accordingly. Item 6: CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL: Item 1.G Erosion Controi/SWPPP is hereby revised to be a lump sum bid amount instead of an allowance. Bidders should provide a lump sum dollar amount bid for item 1.G. New Contractor's Proposal sheet is attached. Item 7: General Provisions, Section 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents is hereby revised as follows: If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2. Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3. Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 4. Contract 5. Technical Specifications 6. Carlsbad General Provisions and Supplemental Provisions. 7. Plans. 8. Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. 9. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 10. Reference Specifications. 11. Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 3) through 11) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. Item 8: CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL: Item 1.F. Fulltime Third Party Roof Inspection is supplemented with additional scope of work specification attached. Item 9: Question: Do all CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL items have to include the hand written dollar amounts at time of bid or can the hand written amounts follow after the bid deadline? Answer: All hand written dollar amounts must be included at time of bid. Item 10: Clarification: General Provisions, Section 2-3.1, paragraph 7 is hereby revised as follows to be consistent with the Guide For Completing The "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form: Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 "Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete .W 25 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of .W 25 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization ... " Item 11: Clarification: Section 2-3.2, paragraph 2 is hereby revised as follows to be consistent with the Guide For Completing The "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form: ''The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least .aQ 25 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract ... " CHANGES TO DRAWINGS Item 12: Reference sheet A-1.1: Add detail call out for typical brace frame plate condition at wood floor as shown on AD1-A 1. Item 13: Reference sheet A-1.7, HSS Schedule: Revise length of HSS 3 to read as follows: "18'-6". Item 14: Reference sheet A-2.1: Revise Keynote 210 to read as follows: "FITNESS CEILING ANCHOR HOOKS -INSTALL AT CEILING AT 6' O.C. PROVIDE BACKING PER 9/AD-1.1. Item 15: Reference sheets A4.1 to A4.3: Add General Note #4 to read as follows: "ALL EXTERIOR PORCELAIN TILE WALL COURSING SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH THE FINISH FLOOR (0'-0") AS THE VERTICAL STARTING POINT. Item 16: Reference sheet A-4.1: Revise Keynotes 403 and 404 to read as follows: "EXTERIOR PORCELAIN TILE, 3-COLOR PATTERN". Item 17: Reference sheet A-4.2: Revise Keynote 403 to read as follows: "EXTERIOR PORCELAIN TILE, 3-COLOR PATTERN". Item 18: Reference sheet A-6.5: Revise Keynote 650 and provide diagonal overhead support for the stationary wall mounted basketball goal on the North wall as shown on AD1-A2. Item 19: Reference sheet AD-9.1: Add detail 8 as shown on AD1-A3. Item 20: Reference sheet S-580: Revise detail 9/S-580 as shown on AD1-S1. Item 21: Reference sheet E-1.2: Replace with new sheet attached. Revisions include: Added location of the AT&T pedestal. Added circuit lengths and upsize circuits PA-40 & PB-30 to #6 wire. Item 22: Reference sheet E-1.3: Replace with new sheet attached. Revisions include: Added circuit length for the exterior lights in area B, also upsize circuit L-13 from #8 to #6 wire. Item 23: Reference sheet E-4.3: Replace with new sheet attached. Revisions include: Added electrical room plaque (Detail 3), as required by SDGE. CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS Item 24: Reference Section 093000 Tiling: Replace paragraphs 2.3.A to 2.3.F as shown on the attached. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 THIRD-PARTY ROOFING SYSTEM INSTALLATION INSPECTION SCOPE OF WORK The General Contractor shall retain a third-party roofing system inspection service from a mutually agreed firm. The third-party roofing system inspection firm shall provide the following services. FIELD SERVICES Roofing Inspection Firm shall provide the following field services related to the new system installations at the Pine Avenue Community Center & Gardens project. Guidelines to be utilized in monitoring the new system installation may include Project Specifications, Contractor Submittals and Material Manufacturer Guidelines, depending on the project design standards. PRE-JOB CONFERENCE Roofing Inspection Firm shall conduct an onsite meeting with the Construction Manager, Contractor and all trades related to the new system installation to: • Review material submittals. • Discuss project scheduling. • Review project site and project scope of work. • Review lines of communication and dispute resolution. At the conclusion of the conference, a written report shall be generated confirming agreements discussed within and identifying issues pending resolution prior to the start of work. Any decisions that affect or alter the existing design criteria must be approved by the Architect of Record or Consultant. FULL-TIME INSPECTIONS Roofing Inspection Firm shall provide Full-Time Inspections with a continuous daily historical record of the new system installation. Items found not to be in accordance with the project's contract documents will be identified and brought to the attention of the Construction Manager, Contractor's superintendent/foreman. Items noted for "corrective action" are the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the Subcontractor who remain liable for any items requiring correction. Additional Inspections May Be Required with Surplus of Line Item Allowance: • Elevator Pit Waterproofing Field Service Inspection Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 City Council City of Carlsbad CITY OF CARLSBAD PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4603 CONTRACTO~SPROPOSAL 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and ad- denda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 4603 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE "A" PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT BID ITEMS ("S" denotes specialty items for the purpose of subcontractor calculation) Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Division 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Mobilization I Demobilization: Note: Unit Price Cannot Exceed 1.5% of Bid Total 1.A. L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) General Conditions I General Requirements: 1.8. Note: Paid in Equal Increments for Contract Duration L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) Survey: 1.C. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Traffic Control: 1.0. L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) Temporary Construction Fencing wl Windscreen: 1.E. L.F. (Linear Foot Price in Words) l'\ •;;' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 8 of 157 Pages Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Fulltime Third Party Roofing System Inspection: Provide Third Party Inspections and Reports for duration of Allow-1.F. roofing system and flashing installation. $30,000.00 $30,000.00 ance Thirtl£ Thousand Dollars (Allowance Price in Words) Erosion Control/ SWPPP: 1.G. Note: Paid in Equal Increments for Contract Duration L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 2 SITEWORK All Work Under This Division 2. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 3 CONCRETE All Work Under This Division: 3. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 4 MASONRY All Work Under This Division: 4.A. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Smooth Skim Coat and Color to Match Existing Wall: Note: Smooth Skim Coat and Color at Resident Side of Pro- 4.8. Q.Osed Block Wall from ToQ. of Footing to base of Mortar (S) CaQ.. L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 5 METALS All Work Under This Division: 5. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 6 WOOD AND PLASTIC All Work Under This Division: 6. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE All Work Under This Division: 7. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) l" •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 9 of 157 Pages Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Division 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS All Work Under This Division: 8. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 9 FINISHES All Work Under This Division: 9. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 10 SPECIALITIES All Work Under This Division: 10. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 11 EQUIPMENT All Work Under This Division: 11. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 12 FURNISHINGS All Work Under This Division: 12. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 13 WATER FEATURE All Work Under This Division: 13. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS All Work Under This Division: 14. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 21 FIRE PROTECTION All Work Under This Division: 21. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 22 PLUMBING All Work Under This Division: 22. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) {'\ •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 10 of 157 Pages Div. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM COST No. Division 23 HVAC All Work Under This Division: 23. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 26 ELECTRICAL All Work Under This Division: 26. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 27 COMMUNICATIONS All Work Under This Division: 27. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY All Work Under This Division: 28. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 31 -EARTHWORK All Work Under This Division: 31. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 32-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS All Work Under This Division: 32. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) Division 33-UTILITIES All Work Under This Division: 33. L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) MISCELLANEOUS Note: This line item is for any item(s) shown on the drawings but not associated with a listed division. 34.A L.S. (Lump Sum Price in Words) 90 Day Landscape Maintenance Period: 34.8 L.S. (S) (Lump Sum Price in Words) l' •+i' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 11 of 157 Pages Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": __________________ _ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $ ____________ _ The basis of award will be the lowest sum of Schedule "A" ONLY. Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s)., _________ has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number , classification which expires on -----------' and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally inter- ested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no repre- sentation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is --:--:----:-----------(Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (1 0%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before com- mencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract l' •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 12 of 157 Pages and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State---------------------------- (4) Zip Code ________ Telephone No.-------------- (5) E-Mail ____________________ _ IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted, _________________ _ (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business-------------------------- (Street and Number) City and State--------------------------- (4) Zip Code ________ Telephone No.-------------- (5) E-Mail ____________________ _ l' •+' Revised 5/10/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 13 of 157 Pages IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted----------------- (2) ____________________________________________________ _ (Signature) (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of __________ _ (4) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State-------------------------- (5) Zip Code _________ Telephone No.-------------- (6) E-Mail ____________________ _ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED l' •+' Revised 5/1 0/16 Contract No. 4603 Page 14 of 157 Pages Roesling Nakamura Terada Architects 363F1fthAvenue,Swte202 San D1ego, Calrtorma P619.233.1023 F619.233.0016 wm~.mtarchltects.com WLTl PURPOSE ROOM om -~!<---------{i) -~ --------(D ---------<2]1 ----12.41 ----{2]1 -------~tfru ----{i:SI ----------@ TITLE: LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN REFERENCE SHEET: A-1.1 PROJECT NO: 692 SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" DATE: 11/14/16 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 SHEET: AD1-A1 ---------------------------------- 608 ~ ~ 650 621 645 I II I "IWill------+--"~'-'1., I j_-----'1 ·----!!r ~ -~+~ . '" \ / ! :~ I I I~ I~ - i _j __ ~ J•-U._ ~~-~·~-=-,a-~-~ -,~~L~~'o~-~~~~l~~E0~----~11y~l~~·~-,a-~.~ll~~-~Ea~.~~lc;~~ ' ~~ ~ 5 EQUAL PANEL WIDTHS I ~- 0 'P 0 ~R NT ._.. ARCHITECTS Roesting Nakamura Terada Architects 363FifthAvenue, Su11e202 San Diego,Cal!fornia P619.233.1023 F619.233.0016 www.mtarchltects.com EO 0 o '( A o,[J ,[) ,[) 0 0 ,[) I:\ \1P ----------------------------------------- ~~ 621 650 t$ ~ I 'I lr------' I ~~ r ':---~~~ - _I • :I I ·. I I __ l_ -,_ __J 1o-Ea. 1ot -Ea-. -. i)O" Ea. , ~lfl, . 4 EQUAL PANEL 'MDTHS ,c\,. 1'1', '( '( '( !'~' ~ . EO a_, >-~ ~ ~-"== >-de l ·o > ~ >-l 0 l~ li < >-~ § ~ t:J 0 "" ~ ,[) ~ ! 0 '(, '),_ '}__ ),_,[) ),_ f. ~:! ,[) ,[) 0 0 0 ,[) 'P 0 ,[) ,[)! 0 ,[) ,[) ,[) !. 0 0 0 ,[) 0 0 0~ 0 0 0 0 TITLE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS REFERENCE SHEET: A-6.5 PROJECT NO: 692 SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 11/14/16 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 SHEET: AD1-A2 ~R NT .... ARCHITECTS Roesling Nakamura Terada Architects 363FiflhAvenue,Surte202 San D1ego, Calrtorma P619.233.1023 F619.233.0016 'JNNJ.mtarchltects.com ~ \1!:1 NOTE SEESTRUCT. SHEETS-5.80FOR ADOITlONAL INFO. TITLE: STEEL PLATE AT BRACE FRAMES REFERENCE SHEET: 8/AD-9.1 PROJECT NO: 692 SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 11/14/16 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 SHEET: AD1-A3 COWMN PER PLAN ELEVATION ~WOOD FLOOR FINISH AT BF IN GYM \..: SCALE: 1Ji"•1' -o• ~R NT ~ARCHITECTS ·sling lmura Terada ... flitects 363 Fifth Avenue, Suite 202 San Diego, California P619.233. 1023 F619.233.0016 IAMW.mtarch~ects.com ~· WOOD FLOOR PER PLAN 5" SlAB ON GRADE ®SECTION TITLE: DETAIL 9-WOOD FLOOR FINISH AT BRACE FRAME IN GYM REFERENCE SHEET: S-5.80 PROJECT NO: 692 SCALE: 1-1 /2" = 1 '-0" DATE: XX.XX.16 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS SHEEAT:01 81 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 - () 0 8 ~!~;rr;LECTRICAL PLAN-PHASE II 0 '"~"~·~~'~m•~rn•~~·~ 0 .. ~,.,~~,~·~·-· ~ ;;~;;;;;;:;;~;:;;;~~;~::;;-;:;.~::_j=~~" 0 ·~"·=~·~,~=~~"·· 0 "'""-"'~·~~"~···~·· ill :::::::::~ .. ::::::::::::::.·.::,=~::: ~""' ~~i,.~,E~ENOti\25PRT<l-......,...,.,..Di1)"STR.OHIFIRERC!TYNElV!.OIIKC.O.SlESTO 0 ~·-~··~'""'" @ ~~·~~:.o~~~c~~~~~~~~~~=.'f-~~.~6:;..;~ 0 ~:;:::::..~"""~-@ "~-••c~~-""""••~-""~~ru" @ '"~"'-"'"" @ PRO\oi0E,:1):1'CTOST1!EE1'>C>I!OEO.CATEOTELE...,..EM<D(11;"CmRC,TVSER\IICES. ><-Llllllffi'SERIACESl><li.LBEHH"-LLEDf'ERT><I:UTlUTl'CWP.o>l'f REOI.IRDIENTS.\IERI""FJ<Alca<SrnLCTP<RE<llOR ..... NTSWTHUTIUTY c:aJf'»NSER\IICEPI.»><ERS CCf<T..CTTHEFOll-CMIN<lSE!MCEo>l-RSFORFU"T>ERN'OIO ... TION TI<ECONTRAC1011S>W.I.I'<Sf'ECTJ.'I;l'-"'RIFI'.'-LAELDCONJITlrnSf'RIORTO l'tSTli.LO.TIO:'<OFtmlffi'SE>MCES COORDI .... TETRENCHROUT],.,;MilEOJI .... B<TlOCATIIJI<SWTHEX>ST,.. COOOITlOI<SMil>£Ww.:>RK UTlli"NSE>MCEI!FORio";riONst«>N<ISFO" .. OOI'IG-POSES<:t<LYACTlJAL CctiS11!0CTlONOOCl.OIENfSSI-W.LRE08T"'<EDFROIIIT>£APPROPfti~TElll1CI1Y CCM'No",.REPRESENT'TM. THEOONfRACTOIO:stW.LOONT...:lTHEUTIUTYCOI<PAHYREPRESEN'f•TJVEtO ESTABUS><f>ftE-CCtiS'I!IUCTlONCOOR,...TIONOBT .... ALLNECESSARYioETEIIS N<D.,.IO'I'o>oiiALSN<DSCtEOUCElJTLIT\'II\OR~TOCoa!OINATEWT~TfE CCJiSlRUCllo:<se><E(U._E. ROOTEFJaEROP11COOI'OJITSAI<JUPROPERT\'LflETOEAC><TEl£F'tO<ESE""'DE -~ .. <>EIJIC~TEDRACEWo.TN<OSJBSTRLICT\JRES.FOLL""'THESEIMCE~CAP>MlL.OC.lTEALLCONl<XISST~. ALLCOOOJCTORSSHALI.aE.,OCOPF'ER""REo.l........_ lHECONTAAcTORSH<U.""RIFYALLEXIS"""'-"'""R<JROI..NJUTIUllES W6Sml.ICTURESE>.SEI.09<TSIOO>iTS<JF.WO.VOTCPRK>I!TOTfE coo.a.E>CEUEmOFCCO<STRUCllON. lHECONIAAcTORSHALI.VERIFYALLEO<JI,..,NTN<DDIMCELOC•ncwsv.tT><TfE AACHTECTCMC.......,.._>MlL».<JSC"'E""cttTEcrPRIORTO .. STALC~TK<'< lHECOHIAAcTORSHALI.TDENTli'YALLEASae/TSN<OGIINEXCAVATIONRI<llfTSO.S RE<l.IIREDBEFORE"""""""'Er.o3;TO.CONST"'-'CTION II. ALCEXTB<IOftOECEFTACLES-L.i.aEGFI .... OO<CLl.l>E~lHERPROOfhUSE ALLEl"TERIORDE\otCfSN>llEOI.I,..ENTSHALI.BORATEDNEU''" ALCC<HlliTSTUBSSHALCBECIO'I'EO, ..... I<EO.LOCATEO ..... O!.M!fl.CO """"'0ECO~D>W<....at.EORI'U..LilOXW£RERECiliRED §::::::::::::::::-~"""'"'"~· c;)~~a;"~,",u;:'E'~~£ .... '6'-:s.~~~~R~~=F"g;.r.'';J.~ @=~~~·~~J~~~~';:'~~=;.:;~ 8=!;"~~/t".::~~,:.-=&:."::~:,'1;\J..~O::~.::.":"~'"" 8E:cE:'W:-!r:!-'fEr~~::~'f0T .. ~-~.~~o:/k., G':Jrn•~•~""-'"'""""~' ~::~::::::::;;_,,_""'·'~ '""'"'~" E-1.2 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN-PHASE II UJ i] 0 ~ "' ffi f-iE u 1: z ::> " " 0 l) " "' <'E w :J z ~ w z n: PARTIAL SITE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PlAN-AREA B 0 ~,,,~.'i::.:":~.r.':i::;;;,og;;;~a:•·~;:"~'l'.:'"' 0 ~·-~•moo<>~~~~~•v 0 ::;.,'";:;':,=.~·.~;::;~.~~t·'"~'"'MO•o 0 ~'::.'::i:J:'"""~'-"'""""'~00·~ 0 ~"~-~·~~,-·,.~~·~·~ ® :l~~:Ci;i~""'~\.'~~~<;;::,,;:.:;~~~.7:"n~" @ ~""""""w'~~••~'"" THECONTAACTORSHALL\IERIFYOJ.LEX!STJ;Gt.NDEI'GRClNl!JnLinE55LtiSTFIUCTLO!E5 EOSEMB<TSRIGITS.O""""YETCPRIOIITOT>E~""'ENTOFCCJ<ST......OnD< THECONTR~CTOR SHAU VERI.VOJ.LEWPWENT ~O~ELOC~TIONSI!.ITHI>EARCHTECT CMLENGI!E£1\»>DL~OSC.O.PEARDflECTPRIOf\TONSIOJ.U\TKf<- THE CONTRACTOR S>iALL IOEOni.V AU E.O.SEr.ENTs ... OGAIN DCJ,.W.TION RlGITS O.S REOI.IREO aEFORECCJI&OEJiCEioENTOFCor<STIIUCnON. ... LEXTERIORtJE\.OCESioKJEO.I .... ENT9'<AI.LOERATO;(INE>.<A'R "'-LC>O,.IJUITSl\J""9'<""LBEC.0.P""""""""DLOCATEO ..... OL..,ECCO PMiTEXI'OOEDC~D..flTO!IATC><AilJ.tCENTW"'-lXEILtiGORSU"ROLNOf;G. '-"'"T<>OUUTIONREOO'JliON.<liTEROORUG>ITPOLLUTION"'-'STCOI\IPLYVIOTHC(;CSOCTP< 8 ~.~~~~L SITE LIGHTING PlAN-AREA A E-1.3 -II- SITE KEY PLAN PARTIAL SITE LIGHTING PlANS "T><EEUCTRICSEF<IACEINntSBUILt>ING.J2 .. f<O.Rct<G l. PLO.OJE"'"'-'"".TT"'f£DTOAllDOORSOI'1H ...... N ALSOSEFM"STO& ... E<HCT!IIC ..... NSEf<\AC£' ~:!:~~~:.~"f'~=~~ ORE..OX¥ 0~f'C:~~~.Jr~C:~~~~~~ALR<Xao "THEI.ETERIHJU>J<OISCOiflECT.ORTOOPf'<EIS 1-0CATEOINT>t;""'ECTRICR""""AT:UOOH.lROI..,. CAUTION: POWER TO THIS BUILDING IS ALSO SUPPLIED FROM THE FOLOWING SOURCES WITH DISCONNECTS LOCATED AS SHOWN. PL>.CIIJESIWla<C""TAlOROHSTICWITH~R·I.>EOOR W.C>*<EPIIINTEO<ETTERSORELECTftO.PftOTO"'-UI~ <'I.>.CIUES>WJ.aEREOVIIT>iiiiHTE:LETTER,.. "'-""""'S>WJ.8EATTAOIEOTOH£UTIUTYSE"""'E <OI.J""'BifWI'I><R~S,SCR£WS.ORE""'V""""'SIIIE_ ""<MDEPL.AOI.JEORS>G<Ju>;;AS,OL.I-CM.5 >,.~SE......CE"SEIMCEOISCOI'IECTTOI':t' '-LSOPI>CMOEC:..BOTHSEIMCES'WAIINJ<G·EI.ECTRIC ....X~......ZARO·OO'fOT"tOUC><T-">·TER'*"J.SON SOT><T>ELINE .... OLO.O.OSIOES"'YIIIi.,..-RGIZHliNT><E ALTERNATE POWER SOURCE PLAQUE DETAIL ( --------------------- i ~•o••l ITIIIID~ I AARIWIO. 1 Tff!l!IOC ' ' ' ' ' '·-------------------- 8 PV SINGLELINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE ffi ::~:::::::::~.,~·~·0~··~ 0 fZ:~l::~=:.:'.:::.::~~.:;;~~;;: 0 ·-""'"" E-4.3 -.,, PV SINGLEUNE DIAGRAM . -~~-·. I IG;J Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 093000 -TILING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Mosaic tile. 2. Glazed wall tile. 3. Thin Porcelain Panels 4. Thresholds installed as part of tile installations. 5. Waterproof membrane for tile installations. 6. Crack-suppression membrane for thin-set tile installations. 7. Metal edge strips installed as part of tile installations. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for monolithic slab finishes specified for tile substrates. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 3. Division 9 Section "Portland Cement Plaster" for scratch coat. 4. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for glass-mat, water-resistant backer board. 5. Division 9 Section "Anti-Graffiti Coatings". 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Module Size: Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499) plus joint width indicated. B. Facial Dimension: Nominal tile size as defined in ANSI Al37.1. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: TILING 1. 2. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. Step Treads: Minimum 0.6. 093000-I 3. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. C. Samples for Verification: I. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type and composition oftile and for each color and finish required, at least I2 inches square and mounted on rigid panel. Use grout of type and in color or colors approved for completed work. 3. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. 4. Stone thresholds in 6-inch lengths. 5. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths. D. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. E. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer. F. Qualification Data: For Installer. G. Material Test Reports: For each tile-setting and -grouting product. I.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain all tile from one source or producer. 1. Obtain tile from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section through one source from a single manufacturer for each product: I. Stone thresholds. 2. Waterproofing. 3. Joint sealants. 4. Metal edge strips. I.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING TILING 093000-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement in ANSI Al37.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store liquid latexes and emulsion adhesives m unopened containers and protected from freezing. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 2 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each tile type is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A 137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. TILING 1. 2. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements, unless otherwise indicated. For facial dimensions of tile, comply with requirements relating to tile sizes specified in Part 1 "Definitions" Article. 093000-3 Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in "Setting and Grouting Materials" Article. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. E. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where tile is indicated for installation on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance. A. Manufacturers: 1. American Olean; Div. of Dal-Tile International Corp. 2. Spec Ceramics 3. Crossville Ceramics Company, L.P. 4. Daltile; Div. ofDal-Tile International Inc. 5. Summitville Tiles, Inc. B. Unglazed Mosaic Floor Tile: Factory-mounted flat tile as follows (CT 1): 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2. Surface: Slip-resistant, with abrasive admixture. 3. Module Size: 1 by 1 inches. 4. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 inch. 5. Face: Plain with cushion edges. 6. Colors: Maximum 3-colors as selected from manufacturer's standard range 7. Pattern: Maximum 3 color pattern as provided by the Architect 8. Products: a. Dal Tile; Keystone; Unglazed Mosaic, Price Group 1 and 2. C. Glazed Wall Tile: Flat tile as follows (CT 2): TILING 1. Composition: Porcelain 2. Module Size: 3 by 6 inches. 3. Thickness: 5116 inch. 4. 5. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges. Finish: Bright, opaque and matte, opaque glazes. 093000-4 Mounting: Factory back-mounted. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Colors: Maximum 3 colors as selected from Manufacturer's standard range. Pattern: Maximum 3-color pattern as provided by the Architect 9. Products: a. Daltile; Rittenhouse Square; Wall tiles -Semi-gloss and Matte; Price Group I and 2. D. Glass Mosaic Blend Wall Tile: Factory-mounted flat tile as follows (CT 3): 1. Composition: Glass 2. Surface: Slip-resistant, with abrasive admixture. 3. Module Size: 1 by I inches. 4. Nominal Thickness: I/4 inch. 5. Face: Plain with cushion edges. 6. Colors: Multi-color blend as selected from manufacturer's standard range 7. Pattern: Multi-color blend pattern as selected from manufacturer's standard range 8. Products: a. Daltile; Illustrations Glass Mosaic Tiles E. Glazed Wall Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: I. Base for Thin-Set Mortar Installations: Straight, module size 3 by 6inches. 2. Wainscot Cap for Thin-Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, module size 3 by 6 inches. 3. Wainscot Cap for Flush Conditions: Regular flat tile for conditions where tile wainscot is shown flush with wall surface above. 4. External Corners for Thin-Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. 5. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners except with coved base and cap angle pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes. F. Thin Porcelain Panels (Exterior Porcelain Tile): I. Composition: Porcelain 2. Module Size: 12"x36" panels. 3. Nominal Thickness: 3.5mm 4. Colors: (3) three colors as specified below. a. TP34: 10% of the area b. TP08: 10% of the area c. TP07: 80% of the area 5. Pattern: Maximum 3-color and random pattern as provided by the Architect 6. Products: a. Daltile; SlimLite Panels TILING 093000-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. General: Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, aligning lower edge of bevel with adjacent floor finish. Limit height of bevel to 1/2 inch or less, and finish bevel to match face of threshold. B. Solid Polymer Thresholds: Made from homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with material and performance requirements in ANSI Zl24.3, for Type 5 or Type 6, without precoated finish. 1. Manufacturers: a. A vonite, Inc. b. DuPont Polymers. c. Formica Corporation. d. Nevamar; International Paper; Decorative Products Division. e. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc. 2.5 WATERPROOFING & CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANES FOR THIN-SET TILE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A 118.10, selected from the following. B. Chlorinated-Polyethylene-Sheet Product: Nonplasticized, chlorinated polyethylene faced on both sides with high-strength, nonwoven polyester fabric, for adhering to latex-portland cement mortar; 60 inches wide by 0.030-inch nominal thickness. 1. Product: Noble Company (The); Nobleseal TS. C. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Product: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber and fabric reinforcement. 1. Products: a. Custom Building Products; Trowel & Seal Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture Membrane. b. LA TICRETE International Inc.; Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane. c. MAPEl Corporation; PRP Ml9. d. Summitville Tiles, Inc.; S-9000. 2.6 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: TILING 1. 2. 3. Custom Building Products. LA TICRETE International Inc. MAPEl Corporation. 093000-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI Al08.1A and as specified below: 1. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15); or polyethylene sheeting, ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils thick. 2. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches by 0.062-inch diameter; comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size. 3. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed. C. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A 118.1. 1. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar that complies with Paragraph C-4.6.1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A 118.1. D. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4, consisting of the following: 1. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive to which only water must be added at Project site. a. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar that complies with Paragraph C- 4.6.1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A 118.1. E. Medium-Bed, Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: Provide materials composed as follows, with physical properties equaling or exceeding those required for thin-set mortars based on testing of medium-bed specimens according to ANSI A118.4: 1. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive to which only water must be added at Project site. a. For wall applications, provide non-sagging mortars that complies with Paragraph F -4.6.1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A 118.4. F. Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy: ANSI Al18.3. 1. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to temperatures of up to 140 deg F and 212 deg F, respectively, and certified by manufacturer for intended use. G. Standard Sanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. H. Standard Unsanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. I. Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI All8.7, color as indicated. 1. Polymer Type: Acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene rubber in liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix. TILING a. b. Unsanded grout mixture for joints 118 inch and narrower. Sanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch and wider. 093000-7 2.7 2.8 J. A. B. c. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Grout for Pregrouted Tile Sheets: Same silicone rubber used in factory to pregrout tile sheets. ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints, unless otherwise indicated. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. 1. Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786. b. GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700. c. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant. d. Tremco, Inc.; Tremsil 600 White. D. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. A. B. c. I. Products: a. Bostik; Chem-Calk 550. b. Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 245. c. Pecora Corporation; NR-200 Urexpan. d. Tremco, Inc.; THC-900. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications, stainless steel; ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. Temporary Protective Coating: Provide product indicated below that is formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; compatible with tile, mortar, and grout products; and easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile. I. Petroleum paraffin wax, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5 percent oil with a melting point of 120 to 140 deg F per ASTM D 87. TILING 093000-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. E. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. I. Products: a. Bonsai, W. R., Company; Grout Sealer. b. Bostik; CeramaSeal Grout Sealer. c. C-Cure; Penetrating Sealer 978. d. Custom Building Products; Grout and Tile Sealer. e. Jamo Inc.; Penetrating Sealer. f. MAPEl Corporation; KER 004, Keraseal Penetrating Sealer for Unglazed Grout and Tile. g. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.; Silicone Grout Sealer. h. Summitville Tiles, Inc.; SL-15, Invisible Seal Penetrating Grout and Tile Sealer. i. TEC Specialty Products Inc.; T A-256 Penetrating Silicone Grout Sealer. 2.9 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 A. TILING EXAMINATION Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. I. 2. 3. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A 108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. VerifY that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. 093000-9 B. 3.2 A. B. C. D. 3.3 A. B. C. D. E. TILING Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thin-set mortar that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces. INSTALLATION, GENERAL ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A 108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and comers without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. I. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. 093000-10 3.4 3.5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. G. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." H. Grout tile to comply with requirements of the following tile installation standards: A. B. c. A. 1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement; dry-set, commercial portland cement; and latex-portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10. 2. For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A 1 08.6. WATERPROOFING AND CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A 108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. Install crack-suppression membrane to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION General: Install tile to comply with requirements in the Floor Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A 108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A 108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors in wet areas. B. Joint Widths: Install tile on floors with the following joint widths: 1. Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch. C. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed as abutting field tile, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish. TILING 093000-11 D. E. 3.6 A. B. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer togrout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. WALL TILE INSTALLATION Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements in the Wall Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting-bed standards. Joint Widths: Install tile on walls with the following joint widths: 1. Mosaic Tile: l/16 inch. 2. Glazed Wall Tile: I/16 inch. 3. Porcelain Panles: 1/16 inch. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove epoxy and latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. B. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.8 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE TILING 093000-12 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Tile Installation: Interior floor installation on concrete; cement mortar bed (thickset) with cleavage membrane over waterproofing membrane over waterproofing membrane; TCA F111 and ANSI A108.1C. B. Tile Installation: Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA F 113 and ANSI A108.5. C. Tile Installation: Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar, epoxy grout; TCA F 115 and ANSI A108.5. 3.9 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Tile Installation: Interior wall and shower receptor installation over sound, dimensionally stable masonry or concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA B420, TCA W202 and ANSI A108.5. B. Tile Installation: Interior wall and shower-receptor installation over glass-mat, water-resistant backer board; thin-set mortar; TCA B420, TCA W245, and ANSI A 1 08.5. C. Panel Installation: Exterior wall installation per manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 093000 TILING 093000-13 TILING Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank 093000-14 November 30,2016 ADDENDUM NO. ~ {cicyof Carlsbad RE: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT, PROJECT NO.: 4603 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. Please note change in due date for the above-mentioned bid. New date for bid opening is: December 15, 2016 Time remains the same: 2:00 p.m. This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. GRAHAM JORDAN Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 Bidder's Signature Public Works Contract Administration 1635 Faraday Avenue I Carlsbad, CA 92008 I 760-602-4677 t CITY OF CARLSBAD PINE A VENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER AND GARDENS PROJECT PROJECT NO. 4603 BID NO. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No.2 From: Steve Didier, Municipal Projects Manager Phone: (760)602-7539 steven.didier@carlsbadca.gov 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 No. of Pages: 1 (including this page) Date: November 30, 2016 Bid Opening Date: December 15, 2016-2:00 p.m. Note: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in full force. Contractor must acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so will subject bidder to disqualification. Please note the following changes to the bid: 1. Change to Notice Inviting Bids, Bidder's Inquiries: The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provided to those bidding on the project by December 6, 2016. 2. The bid opening date is changed to 2:00 p.m. December 15, 2016. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 2 December 2, 2016 ADDENDUM NO. 3 ( Cicyof Carlsbad RE: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS PROJECT, PROJECT NO.: 4603 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. GRAHAM JORDAN Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 Bidder's Signature Public Works Contract Administration 1635 Faraday Avenue I Carlsbad, CA 92008 I 760-602-4677 t CITY OF CARLSBAD PINE A VENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER AND GARDENS PROJECT PROJECT NO. 4603 BID NO. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No.3 From: Steve Didier, Municipal Projects Manager Phone: (760) 602-7539 steven.didier@carlsbadca.gov 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 No. of Pages: 214 (including this page) Date: December 2, 2016 Bid Opening Date: December 15, 2016-2:00pm Note: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in full force. Contractor must acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so will subject bidder to disqualification. Addendum 3 Sheet total 214: Addendum Document-4 8.5x11 Sketch drawings-2 11 x17 Sketch drawings - 1 Full size drawing sheets-13 AV Equipment List - 5 Specifications sheets -189 CLARIFICATIONS TO GENERAL ITEMS Item 1: Appendix G -Reference to "Customer" and "Developer" in the Notes indicates work to be performed by the Contractor. Street and sidewalk repairs shall be done in accordance with City of Carlsbad standards. Item 2: Any reference to work performed "By Others" or "Others" noted in the plans and specs shall be performed by the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Item 3: This is not a LEED project. Any references on the plans and specifications to LEED requirements shall be deleted. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 Item 4: The AISC requirement noted on Specifications section 051200, may be met if the steel fabricator is certified by the City of San Diego or City of Carlsbad per Sheet S-0.04 Structural Steel Note #1. Item 5: Question: "Coax feed is noted as "future" in the A Vroom descriptions. Please confirm that no coax cable infrastructure is required." Answer: The CATV feed to the in-wall boxes mounted behind the displays are to have the capacity for a CATV feed to be provided to them, if desired in the future and as indicated. There are to be separate CATV feeds provided as a part of this project, installed by the Contractor, to the locations called out in the specifications. Item 6: Question: "Sheet E-0.2 symbols and descriptions include a symbol for data locations with an adjacent numerical value. In the description it states "provide (4) CAT6 plenum cables to /OF" while also stating "Numeral indicates quantity ... " Please clarify this description and how we should determine quantities." Answer: There are (4)Cat 6 cables required to each box. The numeral denotes the number of outlet jack. Generally there will be two spare Cat 6 cables for future use at each box. Item 7: Question: "Will all conduit pathway, sleeve, and back-box work be provided by others for communications cabling?" Answer: All conduits, pathway, cabling, sleeves and back-boxes shall be provided by the Contractor. Item 8: Question: "Are network electronics provided and installed by others?" Answer: Network equipment will be provided by the City. All infrastructures shall be provided by the Contractor. Item 9: Question: "Are patch cables required?" Answer: Contractor shall provide all patch cables. Item 10: Question: Is there an equipment list or product/vendor requirements to refer to or is this a partial design build? Answer: See attached "Audiovisual Systems Approved Equipment" list. Contractor shall procure and install all items on the equipment list. Item 11: Question: "What are the audio sources which will be utilizing the overhead paging system?" Answer: The audio sources are to be City provided, as stated on Page 8 of 15 under the FACILITY WIDE PAGING SYSTEM section, second sentence, "A facility wide paging and background music distribution system shall be provided that supports two (2) City provided music sources". The audio source devices have not yet been determined by the City. The AV Contractor should assume source devices with analog audio outputs, such as computers, satellite receivers, etc., will be used to provide audio background information to the paging system. CHANGES TO DRAWINGS Item 12: Reference sheet C-1.2: In addition to the removal of the fence and footings along the south side of the existing home as shown on the plans, remove fence and footings along the east side of the existing home and protect in place the existing wall along the north side of the home as shown on attached sheet AD3-C1. Item 13: Reference sheet C-2.1: Revise Keynote 26 and 27 as shown on attached sheet AD3-C2. Item 14: Reference sheet L 1-1 B: Replace with new sheet attached. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 Item 15: Reference sheet L 1.2: Keynote 4, revise description to read: "CMU SLUMP BLOCK WALL WI INTEGRAL COLOR PLASTER FINISH ON THE HOMEOWNER'S SIDE, TO MATCH EXISTING." Item 16: Reference sheet A-3.1: Revise Keynote 306 to read: "ROOF SCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT PER 15/AD-5.2". Item 17: Reference sheet A-7.1: Revise the floor material for Rooms 200a-Stair 1 and 211 a- Stair 2 to "CONC''. Item 18: Reference sheet A-7.3: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 19: Reference sheet A-7.4: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 20: Reference sheet A-7.5: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 21: Reference sheet AD-5.2: Add detail 15 for new scupper, conductor and downspout as shown on attached AD3-A 1. Item 22: Reference sheet E-01: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 23: Reference sheet E-0.3: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 24: Reference sheet E-1.2: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 25: Reference sheet E-1.3: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 26: Reference sheet E-3.1: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 27: Reference sheet E-3.3: Revise Keynote 10 detail reference to "3/E-6.1". Item 28: Add new sheet E-4.4 attached. Item 29: Reference sheet E-5.1: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 30: Reference sheet E-5.2: Replace with new sheet attached. Item 31: Add new sheet E-5.3 attached. Item 32: Reference sheet FA-0.1: Deleted reference to "Others" in the Fire Alarm Symbol Legend. This work is considered part of the Contractor's scope of work. CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS Item 33: Reference Table of Contents: Delete section "27300 Communication Horizontal Cabling" Item 34: Reference Section 012500: Paragraph 2.1.C, Revise "60 days" to "30 days". Item 35: Reference Section 061063: Delete paragraph 2.1.8. Item 36: Reference Section 088000 Glazing: Replace with new section attached. Item 37: Reference Section 095423: Delete paragraphs 2.1.G (Sound Absorbent Fabric Layer), 2.1.F (Sound Absorbent Pads) and 2.3.L (NRC). Item 38: Reference Section 116623: Section 2.8.A.1, revise "Everest" to "Everlast". Item 39: Reference Section 129300: Paragraph 1.2.8.1, revise to read "DIVISION 32". Item 40: Reference Section 129300: Paragraph 3.2.F, delete "[OR] [ANCHORING CEMENT]". Item 41: Reference Section 131100.1.9: In the Schedule of Values chart, revise the term "Swimming Pool" to "Water Feature". Delete items 1-3 specification sections (1311 01, 1311 02, 1311 03) referenced in the chart of values. Item 42: Reference Division 23: Add new Specification sections 230500, 230529, 230548, 230553, 230593,230713,230719,230800,230900,233113,233300,233423,233713,238119 and 238126 attached. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 Item 43: Reference Section 260500: Add new section attached. Item 44: Reference Section 263100: Replace with new section attached. Item 45: Reference Section 273000: Change all references of "NOTIFIER" to "SIMPLEX". Item 46: Reference Section 312000: Delete paragraph 1.4. Item 47: Reference Section 331000: Delete paragraph 1.5.A. CHANGES TO PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT Item 48: CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS, Section 10. Insurance, (A) Coverages and Limits is hereby modified to add new subsection d. Builders Risk Insurance with the following coverage limits and requirements: d. Builder's Risk: Throughout the construction period until final completion of the Project, a Project specific Builder's Risk (Course of Construction) insurance policy, covering all work at the Project site, while in transit and at any temporary off-site locations; all materials supplies, machinery, fixtures and equipment intended to become a permanent part of the Project or for permanent use in the Project or incidental to the construction; all temporary structures that are to be used in or incidental to the fabrication, erection, testing, or completion of the Project to the extent the cost thereof is included in the construction work upon which the contract price is based, while on or about the Project site awaiting or during construction. The Builder's Risk policy: 1. Shall be fully written on a completed value basis in an amount not less than the full replacement value of the Project ($12,000,000). 2. Shall be written on an "All Risk" (Special Perils) coverage form, including reinstatement of Limit after Loss and no coinsurance penalty provisions. 3. Shall specifically cover loss or damage arising as a consequence of faulty workmanship or materials. 4. Shall include coverage for delay costs to a maximum amount of $10,000 per day to include loss of revenue, loss of investment income, or continued payment of debt service. The City shall provide information as reasonably requested by the Contractor or insurance company, where necessary to complete insurance applications. The Builder's Risk insurance policy shall extend until the notice of completion is filed for the Project. Bid No. PWS17-41PKS Addendum No. 1 END OF ADDENDUM #3 ~R NT 'W" ARCHITECTS -'"'ing 'Tlura Terada I !eels 363 Fifth Avenue, Suite 202 San Diego, California P619.233.1023 F619.233.0016 www.rntarchrtects.com TITLE: EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN REFERENCE SHEET: C-1.2 PROJECT NO: 692 ~_.....~.,., SCALE: 1 II = 20'-0" DATE: 11/28/16 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS SHEETA:D3 C1 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 - SHEET OF ~R N T .... ARCHITECTS --~ling 'llura Terada .otects 363 Fifth AvenU\3, Suite 202 San Diego, Caifomia P619.233.1023 F619.233.0016 www.rntarchitects.oom ® P.C.C. VALLEY GUTTER, WIDTH PER PLAN. SEE DETAIL 4 @ 1.0' WIDE CONCRETE BAND AROUND CATCH BASIN, SEE DETAIL 6.0' FOOT HIGH MASONARY BLOCK WALL, REFER TO @ LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR BLOCK TYPE AND EXTERIOR FINISH, SEE DETAIL FOR CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. 3.5' FOOT HIGH MASONARY BLOCK WALL, REFER TO @ LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR BLOCK TYPE AND EXTERIOR FINISH, SEE DETAIL FOR CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. @ TRUNCATED DOMES PER LANDSCAPE PLANS, DETAIL 4, SHEET L1.4. 1-::\ CURB TRANSITION, SEE DETAIL (;;'\ TITLE: GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN REFERENCE SHEET: C-2.1 PROJECT NO: 692 ~-------;:~,.,." SCALE: 1" = 20'-0" DATE: 11/28/16 PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS SHEEAT:03 C2 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 - SHEET OF ~R N T -ARCHITECTS '!sling JC:amura Terada ,..,-chi !eels 363 Fifth Avenue, Surte 202 San DOlgo, California P619.233.1023 F619.233.0016 www.rntarchitecls.com PLAN A-A b NOTE: SOLDER ALL SHEET METAL JOINTs-- SOLDER, TYP. -----------._ 3 1/2" DIA. OUTLET TUBE- SOLDER TO CONDUCTOR HEAD GALV. METAL CONDUCTOR- HEAD CONT. SEALANT, TYP. b , ..- DEBRI DOME@ DOWN SPOUT -----+...____ <.9 tl T i I I (/) ::5 (.9 LL z 0::: -w I D.. (/) Cl.. I ··a=::;~~r :) ~ ::::rF LL () GALV. METAL SCUPPER FLASHING 3 1/2" OUTSIDE DIA. OULET --~ TUBE .-----ROOF BASE FLASHING 0/5/8" GYPSUM SHEATING ~ (/) ""'f--~-'--'--7~~· LAP 2-PL Y FLASHING 0/24 GA. o... SCUPPER FLASHING & B.U.R. N I ::::> • L -1'--4" DIA. SCHEDULE 80 GALV. ______./ rn I DOWNSPOUT. SEE 17/AD-5.0 FOR 8 ATTACHMENT TO WALL SCUPPER, CONDUCTOR & DOWNSPOUT GALV METAL SCUPPER FLASHING LAP 2 PLY FLASHING 0/SCUPPER FLASHING & B.U.R. ROOF 0/ MTL. DECK PER PLAN HSS PER STRUCT. MTL. STUD WALL PER PLAN SECTION B-B TITLE: SCUPPER, CONDUCTOR & DOWNSPOUT DETAIL REFERENCE SHEET: 15/ AD-5.2 SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS 3209 HARDING STREET, CARLSBAD CA 92008 PROJECT NO: 692 DATE: 11/28/16 SHEET: AD3-A1 Carlsbad Community Center AV Systems-Approved Equipment 3 Crestron 4 Chief 5 Crestron 6 7 Biamp 21 Crestron ustable Tilt Wall Mount DM-RMC-4K-SCALE PAC526FWP2 DM-TX-200-C-2G-W-T HDMI and VGA Wall Plate DigitaiMedia 8G+® TesiraForte AVB VI CBL-VGA-AUD-12 Transmitter 200 White Textured OFE -Cable Set DSP Fixed 1/0 Server with 12Aanalog Inputs, 8 Analog Outputs, 8 Channels Configurable USB Audio, 128 x 128 Channels of AVB, Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC) Technology (all12 inputs), and Certified HDMI® Interface Cable, 12ft Certified Computer VGA Interface Cable w/Audio, 12ft Carlsbad Community Center AV Systems-Approved Equipment h --.~~ ~ .~~~~'r ·.~Ff?;~'\.:~;:·; ~~c~ f : ~~, · •' -t .,,.,.~, .'~ .... ·~': :'·"~ ,• . .. Lobby Display, Source Equipment, and Pre-Made Cables 1 Samsung DM75E 75" 1080p Professional Display 2 Chief PAC526FWP2 In-wall Storage Box with 2 Receptacle Filter & Surge (Installed By Others) 3 Chief LTTU Large THINSTALLTM Tilt Wall Mount 4 Tightrope CAR-XD1032-PLR-BND BrightSign XD1032 Networked Interactive Digital Signage Player Bundle for Use with Carousel Servers. Small Form-Factor Solid-State Chassis . . HDMI and VGA Outputs. Includes 1 Player License and 8GB SDHC card. 5 Atlona AT-HDVS-TX-WP HDMI and VGA Wall Plate Transmitter 6 Atlona AT-HDVS-TX-WP-NB Blank Face Plate for HDVS Wall Plate Switchers 7 Atlona AT-HDVS-RX HDMI Receiver with Built-in Scaler 8 Crest ron CBL-HD-6 Certified HDMI® Interface Cable, 6ft 9 Crestron CBL-VGA-AUD-6 Certified Computer VGA Interface Cable W/Audio, 6ft Computer Room Display, Source Equipment, and Pre-Made Cables 1 Sam sung DM65E 65" 1080p Professional LED Display 2 Chief PAC526FWP2 In-wall Storage Box with 2 Receptacle Filter & Surge (Installed By Others) 3 Chief LTTU Large THINSTALLTM Tilt Wall Mount 4 Atlona AT-HDVS-TX-WP HDMI and VGA Wall Plate Transmitter 5 Atlona AT-HDVS-TX-WP-NB Blank Face Plate for HDVS Wall Plate Switchers 6 Atlona AT-HDVS-RX HDMI Receiver with Built-in Scaler 7 Crestron CB L-HD-6 Certified HDMI® Interface Cable, 6ft 8 Crest ron CB L-VGA-AUD-6 Certified Computer VGA Interface Cable w/Audio, 6ft Carlsbad Community Center AV Systems -Approved Equipment 7 Crestron CBL-HD-6 8 Crestron CBL-H 9 Crestron CBL-VGA-AUD-12 Certified Computer VGA Interface Cable w/Audio, 12ft Certified Computer VGA Interface Cable w/Audio, 6ft Carlsbad Community Center AV Systems-Approved Equipment 1 Tightrope 2 Tightrope 3 Tightrope 4 Tightrope 11 Bosch CAR-330 CAR-DSS-15 Windows 7 Professional Digital Signage Appliance. 1 Rack Unit Chassis with 500GB SATA Storage, Dual Link DVI-1, DisplayPort, and VGA Outputs. 1 year Factory Warranty. (Hardware Only, Requires CAR-DSS and/or CAR-LIC-PLAYER License) Carousel Digital Signage Content Creation and Management Software for Windows 7 Professional/Embedded, Server 2008, and Server 2012. Includes Unlimited User Accounts and Unlimited Channel Licenses. Limited to 15 Total Player Connections. Player Licenses Sold Custom Branded Chan Custom Branded Channel Including a Multi-zone Layout, Several Templates and Images, and Active Bulletins Along with a Custom Branded Background Delivered in a Single Remote Training and I One Hour of Telephone Training or Software Installation Assistance. Hours May be Allocated Between Training and Installation Assistance as Needed. Note: 2-3 Week Lead Time Required for r Controller RCM-810 IRIS-Net Remote Control Retrofit Module for CPS Mk II and CPS Multichannel Amplifiers Carlsbad Community Center AV Systems-Approved Equipment 12 Bosch UCC1 13 Electro-Voice CPS4.5 120V 15 Bosch LBC3 95 1-US 16 Bosch LM2-BB 17 Bosch LM2-PMR 18 Bosch LM2-TB 20 Electro-Voice ZX1-90 21 Electro-Voice EVID FM 4.2 ERK-4428LRD 6 Middle-Atlantic Various 7 N/A MISC USB to CAN Bus Interface for IRIS-NET Controlled Devices CPS4.5 4-Channel Power Amplifier, 4 x SOOW into 2, or 4 Ohms, or 70V /100V Direct Drive, 2U, ready for RCM-810 IRIS-Net Remote Control Module, In/Outputs Phoenix Type, 120V Ceili Lou Back Box for LBC3951/11-US, LC1 Range and LHM0606 Plaster Mounting Ring for LBC3951/11-US, LC1 and LHM0606 200 watt 8" Two-way Speaker System with EV DH2005 Hi-frequency Compression Driver. 90x50 Coverage Pattern with Rotatable Waveguide. Includes QuickSAM mount bracket and 4 pole phoenix connector. Black high impact polymer Full Height Stand Alone Rack, 44RU, 22"w X 28"d X Miscellaneous Cable, Connectors and Installation Materials Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 088000 -GLAZING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Windows. 2. Doors. 3. Glazed entrances. 4. Interior borrowed lites. 5. Storefront glazing. 6. Curtainwall glazing B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Framed Entrances and Storefronts." 2. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Windows." 3. Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtainwalls" 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturers of Glass Products: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas. D. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstmction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS GLAZING 088000-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thickness designations indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites in the thickness designations indicated for various size openings, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements: a. Specified Design Wind Loads: As indicated. b. Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not more than 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. 1) Load Duration: 60 seconds or less. c. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For the following types of glass supported on all 4 edges, provide thickness required that limits center deflection at design wind pressure to 1/50 times the short side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 1) For monolithic-glass lites heat treated to resist wind loads. 2) For insulating glass. d. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6.0 mm. e. Thickness of Tinted and Heat-Absorbing Glass: Provide the same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. C. Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated below: 1. 2. 3. GLAZING For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick minimum. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units ofthickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. Center-of-Glass Values: Based on using LBL-44789 WINDOW 5.0 computer program for the following methodologies: 088000-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents a. U-Factors: NFRC 100 expressed as Btu/ sq. ft. x h x deg F. b. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200. c. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. E. Provide minimum glazing requirements in CBC Tables 2403.2.1. and 2403.6. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Samples: For the following products, in the form of 12-inch-square Samples for glass. 1. Each color of tinted float glass. 2. Insulating glass for each designation indicated. 3. Frosted float glass. 4. For each color (except black) of exposed glazing sealant indicated. C. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openings m preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of glass and glazing products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. E. Qualification Data: For installers. F. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Test Report: From glazing sealant manufacturer indicating glazing sealants were tested for adhesion to glass and glazing channel substrates and for compatibility with glass and other glazing materials. G. Product Test Reports: For each of the following types of glazing products: 1. Tinted float glass. 2. Frosted float glass. 3. Insulating glass. 4. Glazing sealants. 5. Glazing gaskets. H. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a record of successful in-service performance; and who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. B. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain the following through one source from a single manufacturer for each glass type: clear float glass and insulating glass. GLAZING 088000-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents C. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories through one source from a single manufacturer for each product and installation method indicated. D. Standard: Comply with CBC Chapter 24 Glass and Glazing. E. Glass Product Testing: Obtain glass test results for product test reports in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing glass products. 1. Glass Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. F. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Testing: Obtain sealant test results for product test reports in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within a 36-month period. 1. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTME 548. 2. Test elastomeric glazing sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920, and where applicable, to other standard test methods. G. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Submit to elastomeric glazing sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member that will contact or affect elastomeric glazing sealants: 1. Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of glazing sealants to glass, tape sealants, gaskets, and glazing channel substrates. 2. Submit not fewer than five pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 3. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4. For materials failing tests, obtain sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers. 5. Testing will not be required if elastomeric glazing sealant manufacturers submit data based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, glazing materials matching those submitted. H. Safety Glazing Products: Comply with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. per CBC Table 2406.1.5. 1. 2. GLAZING Subject to compliance with requirements, obtain safety glazing products permanently marked with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Where glazing units, including Kind FT glass and laminated glass, are specified in Part 2 articles for glazing lites more than 9 sq. ft. in exposed surface area of one side, provide glazing products that comply with Category II materials, for lites 9 sq. ft. or less in exposed surface area of one side, provide glazing products that comply with Category I or 11 materials, except for hazardous locations where Category II materials are required by 16 CFR 1201 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 088000-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents I. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA's "Glazing Manual." J. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the following testing and inspecting agency: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council. 2. Associated Laboratories, Inc. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install liquid glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form in which coated-glass manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: I 0 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating-glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. GLAZING 088000-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 2. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product specified. 3. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL 2.3 A. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a mtmmum. Provide glass lites m thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. 1. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than \14 inch (6.0mm). 2. Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. B. Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind HS heat-treated float glass, or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat-strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat- treated float glass or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat-treated float glass. C. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: A. 1. For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites \14 inch (6.0 mm) thick. 2. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 3. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 4. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 5. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300. GLASS PRODUCTS Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent flat glass), Quality-Q3; of class indicated. GLAZING 088000-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Ultra-Clear (Low-Iron) Float Glass: Class I (clear); with a minimum 91 percent visible light transmission and a minimum solar heat gain coefficient of0.87. a. Products: 1) AFG Industries Inc.; Krystal Klear. 2) Pilkington Building Products North America; Optiwhite. 3) PPG Industries, Inc.; Starphire. (Basis of Design) B. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I (transparent flat glass); Quality-Q3; of class, kind, and condition indicated. I. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in place of annealed float glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. 3. For uncoated glass, comply with requirements for Condition A. 4. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass in place of annealed or Kind HS (heat- strengthened) float glass where safety g ass is indicated. AD C. Ceramic-Coated Vision Gla eat-treated float glass, Condition C; with ceramic enamel applied by silk-screen omplying with Specification No. 95-1-31 in GANA's Tempering Division's "Engineering Standards Manual" and with other requirements specified. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. PPG/Oldcastle b. Or Approved Equal. 3. Ceramic Coating Color to be white and Pattern as indicated. D. Insulating-Glass Units, General: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units and with requirements specified in this Article and in Part 2 "Insulating-Glass Units" Article. 1. 2. 3. 4. GLAZING Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in place of annealed glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) glass lites where safety glass is indicated. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: Dimensions indicated for insulating- glass units are normal and the overall thicknesses of units are measured perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass lites at unit's edge. Sealing System: Dual seal, with primary and secondary sealants as follows: 088000-7 2.4 2.5 A. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents a. Manufacturer's standard sealants. 5. Spacer Specifications: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. GLAZING GASKETS Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. EPDM, ASTM C 864. 2. Silicone, ASTM C 1115. 3. Thermoplastic polyo1efin rubber, ASTM C 1115. 4. Any material indicated above. B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets of material indicated below; complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: A. 1. EPDM. 2. Silicone. 3. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. 4. Any material indicated above. GLAZING SEALANTS General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. 1. Class 25 Neutral-Curing Silicone Glazing Sealant: a. Products: 1) 2) Dow Coming Corporation; 799. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-631. GLAZING 088000-8 2.6 2.7 3) Tremco; Spectrem 2. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents b. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). c. Class: 25. d. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). e. Uses Related to Glazing Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to glazing substrates indicated, 0. 1) Use 0 Glazing Substrates: Color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high-performance coating, galvanized steel, and wood. C. Glazing Sealants for Fire-Resistive Glazing Products: Identical to products used in test assemblies to obtain fire-protection rating. A. GLAZING TAPES Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape with a solids content of 1 00 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper backing; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: A. B. C. D. 1. Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. GLAZING 088000-9 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. G. Perimeter Insulation for Fire-Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire-resistance rating. 2.8 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with outdoor and indoor faces. C. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and corners. 2.9 MONOLITHIC FLOAT -GLASS UNITS A. Glass Type GL-4: Uncoated Clear Float-Glass Units, Class 1 (clear) ultra-clear (low-iron) float glass, Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass, and Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass where indicated. I. Thickness: 6.0 mm minimum. B. Uncoated Tinted Float-Glass Units: Class 2 (tinted) annealed, Kind HS (heat-strengthened), and Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass where indicated. C. Uncoated Frosted Float-Glass Units: Class I (clear) annealed float glass, or Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass where indicated. 2.10 INSULATING-GLASS UNITS A. Glass Type GL-lA, Tinted Low-E Insulating-Glass Units: 1. 2. 3. 4. GLAZING Basis-of-Design Product: "Solarban 70XL (3) Azuria +Clear" by PPG Industries, Inc. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6.0 mm. Interspace Content: Air. Outdoor Lite: Class 2 (tinted) float glass. a. Tint Color: "Azuria" by PPG Industries, Inc. b. Kind FT (fully-tempered). c. Ceramic Fritted Coating (Where Indicated): White ceramic frit, silk-screen standard dot pattern with 40% coverage (1/8" dots staggered on 1/4" centers), on #2 glass surface. 088000-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens f 5. Indoor Lite: Class 1 (clear) float glass. a. Kind FT (fully-tempered). 6. Visible Light Transmittance: 49 percent minimum. 7. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.28 maximum. 8. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.26 maximum. 9. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.29 percent maximum. B. Glass Type GL-lS, Tinted Low-E Insulating-Glass Units: I. Basis-of-Design Product: "Solarban 70XL (3) Solexia +Clear" by PPG Industries, Inc. 2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6.0 mm. 3. Interspace Content: Air. 4. Outdoor Lite: Class 2 (tinted) float glass. a. Tint Color: "Solexia" by PPG Industries, Inc. b. Kind FT (fully-tempered). c. Ceramic Fritted Coating (Where Indicated): White ceramic frit, silk-screen standard dot pattern with 40% coverage (118" dots staggered on 114" centers) on #2 surface. 5. Indoor Lite: Class 1 (clear) float glass. a. Kind FT (fully-tempered). 6. Visible Light Transmittance: 56 percent minimum. 7. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.28 maximum. 8. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.26 maximum. 9. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.32 percent maximum. C. Glass Type GL-2A, Tinted Low-E Insulating-Glass Units: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: "Solarban 70XL (3) Azuria +Clear" by PPG Industries, Inc. 2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6.0 mm. 3. Interspace Content: Air. 4. Outdoor Lite: Class 2 (tinted) float glass. a. Tint Color: "Azuria" by PPG Industries, Inc. b. Kind FT (fully-tempered). c. Ceramic Fritted Coating (Where Indicated): White ceramic frit, silk-screen standard dot pattern with 40% coverage (1/8" dots staggered on 114" centers), on #2 glass surface. 5. Indoor Lite: Class 1 (clear) frosted (65% translucent) float glass on #3 surface. a. Kind FT (fully-tempered). 6. Visible Light Transmittance: 49 percent minimum. 7. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.28 maximum. 8. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.26 maximum. 9. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.29 percent maximum. D. Glass Type GL-28, Tinted Low-E Insulating-Glass Units: I. Basis-of-Design Product: "Solarban 70XL (3) Solexia +Clear" by PPG Industries, Inc. GLAZING 088000-11 2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6.0 mm. 3. Interspace Content: Air. 4. Outdoor Lite: Class 2 (tinted) float glass. a. Tint Color: "Solexia" by PPG Industries, Inc. b. Kind FT (fully-tempered). c. Ceramic Fritted Coating (Where Indicated): White ceramic frit, silk-screen standard dot pattern with 40% coverage (1/8" dots staggered on 114" centers) on #2 surface. 5. Indoor Lite: Class I (clear) frosted (65% translucent) float glass on #3 surface. a. Kind FT (fully-tempered). 6. Visible Light Transmittance: 56 percent minimum. 7. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.28 maximum. 8. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.26 maximum. 9. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.32 percent maximum. E. Glass Type GL-3A, (NOT USED) F. Glass Type GL-38, (NOT USED) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. 3.2 A. B. 3.3 EXAMINATION Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep systems. 3. Minimum required face and edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work. GLAZING, GENERAL GLAZING 088000-12 3.4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm). H. I. J. K. L. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch (3-mm) minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at comers and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent comers from pulling away; seal comer joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. TAPE GLAZING GLAZING 088000-13 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 3.5 A. B. C. D. E. 3.6 A. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. Place joints in tapes at comers of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at comers and work toward centers of openings. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. GASKET GLAZING (DRY) Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at comers. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at comers and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure- glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. SEALANT GLAZING (WET) Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and GLAZING 088000-14 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.7 LOCK-STRIP GASKET GLAZING A. 3.8 A. B. C. D. E. Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's written instructions. supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Provide Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08800 GLAZING 088000-15 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230500 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The contract documents shall apply in their entirety to the work specified herein. B. Submittals: Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's data on each item marked [S] in accordance with the Division 01 section on submittals and Section 23 00 00, Basic Mechanical Requirements. C. Maintenance and Operation Manuals: Provide manufacturer's maintenance and operation manuals on each item marked [M/0] in accordance with the Division 01 section on maintenance and operation manuals and Section 23 00 00, Basic Mechanical Requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL MOTORS [S] [M/0] A. Provide all motors indicated on drawings necessary for equipment under the Mechanical Work. See electrical drawings for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. Unless otherwise specified, all motors l/2 HP or larger: heavy duty, ball bearing, squirrel cage induction type in drip proof or splash proof enclosure, 1.15 service factor, and shall be suitable for the voltage system specified or indicated. Motor speed shall not exceed 1750 rpm unless otherwise indicated or specified. Motors exposed outdoors: either epoxy encapsulated winding or TEFC enclosure. C. Each motor shall have sufficient starting torque to start the apparatus driven. D. Provide all motors with junction boxes or terminals boxes and provide adjustable slide rails for all motors with belt drives. All motors shall have a nameplate voltage rating of the specified operating voltage. E. Provide overload protection on single phase motors. F. Motors rated 1 HP and larger shall have shaft, bearings, and etc. capable of operating with multiple grooved sheaves and two or more belts. G. Provide with nameplates permanently attached to exterior housing with manufacturer's name and all electrical characteristics specified thereon. H. Brake horsepower shall not exceed 90% of rated motor horsepower. I. Motors shall be Lincoln, Westinghouse, General Electric, or approved equivalent. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.02 MOTOR STARTERS [S] [M/0] A. See Electrical Drawings for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. Starters for motors will be provided under Division 26. Provide to Division 26 the data necessary for motor starter heater sizing for all motors. C. Enclosure: NEMA 1 (unless location of starters dictates otherwise) of sufficient size to contain all accessories specified. 2.03 BELT DRIVES [S] [M/0] A. V Type. Drives requiring not more than 2 belts: variable pitch type; size for mid-point of operating range. Drives requiring 3 or more belts: nonadjustable constant speed type. Provide belts in matched sets. B. All belt drives shall have a minimum rating of 1.5 times the motor nameplate horsepower rating. 2.04 BELT AND DRIVE GUARDS [S] A. Provide all rotating equipment drives and couplings with suitable guards. B. Drive guards shall be as standard by the equipment manufacturer. C. Belt guards shall be as standard by the equipment manufacturer. 2.05 DIELECTRIC UNIONS [S] A. Dielectric unions or flanged unions: constructed so that two pipes being connected are completely insulated (including bolt sleeves and washers) from each other with no metal-to- metal contact; EPCO or approved equivalent. B. Unions shall have a water-impervious insulation barrier capable of limiting galvanic current to 1 percent of the short-circuit current in a corresponding bimetallic joint and, when dry, shall also be able to withstand a 600-volt breakdown test. 2.06 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS [S] A. Brass body and gasketed cap, 114-inch mpt fitting to receive either a temperature or pressure probe 118-inch O.D. with neoprene (max. 200 degrees F) at 500 psi or nordel (max. 275 degrees F) at 500 psi valve core; "Pete's Plug" or approved equivalent. 2.07 PIPING SUPPORTS [S] A. See Section 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HV AC Piping and Equipment regarding structural supports in compliance with seismic requirements; supports shall be as COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents specified therein. Unless otherwise indicated or superseded by cited seismic requirements, pipe hangers and supports as follows: B. Pipe Hangers: Carbon steel hanger with plain (black) or galvanized finish. 1. Piping 5-inches or smaller: Conforms to Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58, Type 5 hangers; Kin-Line 450 or approved equivalent. 2. Hangers for copper piping shall be furnished with a processed felt lining; Kin-Line 450F or approved equivalent. C. Pipe Clamps: Carbon steel with plain (black) or galvanized finish. Provide with copper finish for use on copper piping. 1. For Vertical Piping: Conforms to MSS SP-58, Type 8; Kin-Line 470 or approved equivalent. 2. For Horizontal Piping and Framing Channels: Short clamp (strap) for channel mounting; Kin-Line 477 or approved equivalent. D. U-Bolts: Carbon steel U-bolt with plain (black) or galvanized finish and four finished hex nuts; conforms to MSS SP-58 type 24; Kin-Line 438 or approved equivalent. E. Pipe Anchor Chair: Unit consisting of a carbon steel, notched, HR channel; U-bolt; and hex nuts; Kin-Line 438, or approved equivalent. (no known equivalent) F. Pipe Anchors: 1. Welded Tee Pipe Anchor, for piping 3-inches to 6-inches: Steel, welded, tee-shaped anchor; Pipe Shields Model C 1000, or approved equivalent (no known equivalent). G. Trapeze Hangers: Trapeze hangers for piping shall be used where indicated or required and shall be fabricated in accordance with SMACNA Seismic Restraint Guide, latest edition. H. Support Channels: 1-5/8-inch by 1-5/8-inch, 12 gauge steel channel. Single channel: Superstrut A-1200, or approved equivalent. Double channel: Superstrut A-1202, or approved equivalent. I. Hanger Rods: Solid mild steel, sizes as specified below. Pipe Size 1 /2-inch through 2-inches 2-1/2-inches through 3-1/2 inches 4-inches and 5-inches Rod Diameter 3/8-inch 1/2-inch 5/8-inch J. Sound and Electrolysis Isolators: Provide sound and electrolysis isolators at all hangers and supports for un-insulated piping and on other piping where incompatible metals would contact each other. Isolators shall be factory fabricated, hinged, cadmium plated steel shell with processed, non-conducting hair felt isolating pad permanently attached with adhesive; Stoneman "Trisolators", or approved equivalent. 1. Option: Piping isolators for bare un-insulated piping can be integral part of the pipe hanger. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents K. Connection of Hangers to Structure: Factory fabricated steel devices or other equal suitable steel inserts, clamps, and brackets as required, Devices shall comply to MSS-SP-58. 2.08 PIPE INSULATION INSERTS [S] A. All insulated piping 2-inches and larger shall be provided with pipe insulation inserts with steel jackets at all pipe hangers and supports. B. Pipe Insulation Inserts: Insert shall consist of a galvanized steel jacket, minimum of 26 gauge to 16 gauge thickness depending on pipe size, and a waterproofed calcium silicate insulation insert impregnated with a fire resistive vapor barrier compound; insert thickness shall match the thickness of the specified insulation and shall extend a maximum of l-inch beyond sheet metal; pipe Shields Model A2000, Kin-Line #463CW or approved equivalent. 2.09 ACCESS DOORS [S] A. Flush-mounted sheet metal access doors with lock and concealed hinge; stainless steel door; Milcore, or approved equivalent. 1. Access doors through fire-rated separations shall have like fire rating. 2.10 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION [S] A. General: Identify all equipment using brass discs or laminated plastics. Install as specified below in readily visible locations not interfering with insulation or equipment operation. 1. Brass Discs: Provide minimum 0.040-inch in thickness and 2-inches in diameter or square. Top line of each tag shall have 1/4-inch high black filled letters to indicate designation of service. Bottom line shall have 7/16-inch high black filled numbers to indicate equipment or valve number. 2. Laminated Plastic: Provide white on black with engraved black letters. The equipment identifying name and number lettering size shall be a minimum of 1/4-inch in height, nameplate data 3/16-inch in height and the manufacturer's name and location 118-inch in height. Provide laminated plastic tags either 2-1/2-inches by 3-1/2-inches or 3-1/2-inches by 5-inches, as required. 2.11 PIPING IDENTIFICATION [S] A. Piping identification shall be by semi-rigid plastic markers or vinyl coated cloth; minimum information: base color, flow direction arrow, and fluid being conveyed. 1. Service Markers, Interior Locations: W.H. Brady Co. Type B-500 vinyl coated cloth tape or Type B-350 Perma-Code Thin Film, or approved equivalent. 2. Service Markers, Exterior Locations: W.H. Brady Co. Type B-946G, Brady B-915 Snap- on, or approved equivalent. Apply mechanically affixed with coated wire straps or approved equivalent. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Base color coding and size of letters and arrows shall conform to ANSI A 13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems." 2.12 PRIMERS AND PAINTS [S] A. All equipment furnished under Division 23, unless otherwise noted, shall be furnished with a factory applied prime coat. B. Where field priming or touch-up priming is required, primer shall be as follows for ferrous metal surfaces: 1. Metal Surfaces, Not Galvanized: Latex, corrosion resistant primer suitable for metal surfaces or Epoxy-polyamide, green primer paint, formula 150, type I (QPL). 2. Metal Surfaces, Galvanized: Galvanized repair compound with high zinc dust content; ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound, or approved equivalent (no known equivalent). C. Finish painting of Mechanical equipment furnished under Division 23: See Section 09 90 00 - Paints and Coatings. 1. Non-metallic surfaces: Latex (Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior Wood and Masonry) Paint. 2. 13 SEALANTS [S] A. Non-fireproof Penetrations: Silicone rubber sealant; DowCorning 785/4, or approved equivalent. B. Fireproof Penetrations: Sealant shall comply with ASTM-E-814 (UL 1479 or UL 94); 3M Brand Fire Barrier Penetration Sealing System with CP-25 caulk, or approved equivalent. 2.14 SEALANTS, W A TERSTOP A. Cold applied, pre-formed, plasticized, waterstop sealing compound consisting of blends of refined hydrocarbon resins and plasticizing compounds; Synko-Flex Waterstop and Primer, or approved equivalent (no known equivalent). 2.15 BOLTED MECHANICAL SEALS [S] A. Seals shall be modular, bolted, mechanical link type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. Tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand to form a water-tight seal between the pipe and the sleeve; Thunderline "Link-Seal" Model LS, or approved equivalent. 2.16 PIPE SLEEVES A. Sleeves in Concrete Floor Slabs: Schedule 40 black steel pipe. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Sleeves in all Fire Walls (regardless of Construction), Concrete or Masonry Walls: Schedule 40 black steel pipe. C. Sleeves in all Walls and Partitions (except Fire Walls, Concrete or Masonry Walls): IS-gauge galvanized steel. 2.17 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Non-shrink, non-metallic, non-corrosive cementious grout; 5000 psi compressive strength at 28 days; Sika SilkaGrout 212, or approved equivalent. 2.18 VENT STACK FLASHING A. Factory-fabricated, caulk type flashing for piping up to 8-inches; Josam 26450, or approved equivalent. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install products in accordance with product manufacturer's recommendations. After installation of systems and until formal acceptance of systems by the Owner, be responsible for operation and maintenance of systems. 3.02 FORMING, CUTTING, AND PATCHING A. Provide Forming, recesses, chases, blocking and grounds necessary for Mechanical Work. B. Provide Cutting (including core drilling and saw cutting), patching and repairing existing structures to accommodate the Mechanical Work. Such work shall include voids, holes, and the like resulting from removal of existing or addition of new Mechanical Work. Restoration shall match existing work. C. Core drill all holes through existing concrete structures. Before drilling through any structural members, obtain written permissions form the Architect. Before coring, check all proposed hole locations with electronic device to assure clearance of obstruction (i.e., reinforcement bars, piping, conduits, etc.). D. Saw cut all existing concrete and masonry openings and slabs. 3.03 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Coordinate with Division 26. See Division 26 Contract Documents for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. All power wiring and conduits for same serving motors, and where indicated on Division 26 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Contract Drawings, to mechanical control panels, separate or equipment mounted, shall be provided under Division 26. C. The following shall be provided under Division 23: 1. Pre-wired mechanical control panels. 2. All automatic or temperature control and interlock wiring, regardless of voltage, and conduits for same necessary for proper operation of equipment under Division 23. This includes interlock wiring between motor starter coils, interlocking relays, contactors, mechanical equipment control panels, temperature control devices, and temperature control panels. 3. Power wiring and conduits for same not indicated on the Division 26 Contract Drawings to mechanical control panels (separate or equipment mounted). D. Install all wiring under Division 23 in rigid conduit or electrical metallic tubing indoors and in rigid conduit outdoors. All such wiring shall be concealed. 3.04 BELT DRIVES A. Select drives for proper speed required for conditions indicated. Conditions indicated are estimated conditions and may vary under actual operating conditions. To adjust speed for actual operating conditions, change drive as often as necessary, at no additional cost. 3.05 DIELECTRIC UNIONS A. Install dielectric unions in acceptable locations and provide devices for all piping and equipment connections where ferrous and copper metal is joined. B. Where piping is buried, provide additional protection in the following manner. Thoroughly clean device and piping surfaces 5-feet upstream and downstream of connection point. Prime piping surface to be covered. Wrap connection point and piping with double wrapping of identified pressure-sensitive tape. 3.06 FLASHING A. Flash and counter flash with metal to make waterproof all penetrations through roofs or exterior walls. Roof flashing shall have a minimum 8-inch skirt. The metal flashing and counterflashing shall be the same material as the equipment to which they are attached. Factory-fabricated flashing may be used for piping. Prior to any interior finish work, test the integrity of all flashing with water hose. 3.07 WELDING A. All welding shall comply with provisions of applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ANSI Code for Pressure Piping, or other statutes or ordinances having jurisdiction. All welders shall be certified for all welding positions under the qualification tests prescribed by the National Certified Welding Bureau; National Association of Plumbing, Heating, Cooling COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Contractors; or by other reputable testing laboratories, using procedures covered in the ASME Boiler Construction Code, Section IX, Qualification standards for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers and Welding and Brazing Operators; and shall hold a current certification of his qualifications obtained within 12 months prior to date of contract. Prior to welding operation, submit for review evidence of such certification. 3.08 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Division 02 section on the excavation and backfilling, as specified in other Division 23 sections, and as herein described. Where depths or invert elevations are not indicated, provide minimum coverage (above top of pipes) as follows: I. Any piping under slab (top of pipe to underside of slab): 18-inches. 2. Steel, cast iron, and copper in other locations: 18-inches. B. Excavate to undisturbed earth; cut level and form true. Remove debris, rubbish and soft material (such as mud). Where rock is encountered, undercut trenches 6-inches and fill with well tamped neutral sand and pea gravel to proper elevation. During installation of piping, maintain excavation free of standing water. Undercut trench 6-inches and install piping in a 6- inch neutral sand envelope. C. Do not backfill until piping has been successfully tested. D. Backfill to a point 12-inches above top of piping with earth (excavated material may be used) free of clay, debris, rubbish, rocks, or clods over 4-inches in the greatest dimensions. Backfill above 12-inches from top of piping may be with excavated material. Apply backfill by hand in 6-inch deep layers the full width of the trench. Moisten each layer (do not flood or puddle), and hand tamp to a minimum 90 percent compaction before proceeding with the next layer of backfill. E. Do not excavate under foundations or footings except in manner permitted. Do not backfill until installed piping has been successfully tested. F. Provide a 12-inch neutral sand envelope all around buried tanks. G. Dewatering: I. Lay pipe in dry trenches and keep trenches completely dry until piping system has been tested, cleaned, insulated, sealed, inspected and accepted by the Owner and completely backfilled before dewatering function ceases. 2. Furnish and operate pumps, well points, siphons or other equipment as may be required to provide complete dewatering of trenches and disposal of excess water. 3.09 PIPE SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Support all piping, horizontal and vertical, with clamps or brackets. Independently support all line-mounted equipment. Provide at least one hanger for each branch piping and at each change of direction. Secure all hanger rods with double nuts and lock washers. Do not use perforated COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents (plumber's) tape. Support vertical multiple-story piping at each floor with pipe clamps. B. Maximum Hanger Spacing: I. Cast Iron Soil, Waste, or vent Piping: Hangers at 5-feet and at each joint or fitting. 2. Steel Piping: l-inch and smaller, hangers at 8-feet; 1-1/4-inches and larger, hangers at 10- feet. 3. Copper Piping: 1-1/2-inches and smaller, hangers at 6-feet; 2-inches and larger, hangers at 10-feet. 4. In all cases, space pipe supports to provide adequate support for the pipes, the medium in the pipes, insulation, valves, and fittings to prevent any sagging or separation of joints. 3.10 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Layout of work: 1. Perform all dimensional layout of the Work and establish all lines and grades as set forth on the Drawings. 2. Be responsible for conformity of the finished work with drawings and specifications. B. Installation: 1. Inspect all piping prior to installation. Pipe found unsatisfactory on inspection or damaged by handling shall be promptly removed from the job site. 2. All piping systems shall be graded and valved to provide complete drainage, venting, and control of all systems. 3. Install all buried non-metallic piping with a continuous number 14 plastic-coated copper wire paralleling piping. 4. Use reducing fittings for pipe size changes; do not use brushings. Make all changes in pipe material with pipe adapters. 5. Prior to installation of piping to or at mechanical equipment, verify with the equipment manufacturers as to the clearance required for maintenance, repair, inspection, and part replacement for the respective equipment. Install piping to provide such clearance so that an absolute minimum of piping is required to be disturbed. Provide means for removal of such piping. Provide unions/ flanges/ mechanical couplings at connections to equipment. 6. Where equipment connection sizes are smaller than piping sizes indicated, make size reduction immediately adjacent to the equipment connections. Flanges or unions at such equipment connection points may be the same size as the equipment connections. 7. Install horizontal sanitary piping to uniform grades conforming to the applicable Code for this installation. 8. Conceal all piping in finished portions of the building unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 9. Coupled short sections of pipe, bushings, close nipples, long screws, bullhead tees and crosses are prohibited. Bullhead tees and crosses are permitted only in fire sprinkler systems. 10. Install all piping in such a manner as to prevent any undue noise form the flow of water under normal conditions. 11. Branch tees in piping, provided that the branch size is two pipe sizes or smaller than the main size, may be made with factory-manufactured outlet fittings with funneled inlet and with socket or threaded outlet as required. The fittings schedule shall be the same as the COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-9 Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents piping to which they are connected. For copper tubing fittings shall be joined to main by silver brazing. The use of extruded tees for branch takeoffs that are fabricated from the piping material being installed is expressly prohibited and will be rejected. 12. Install piping to permit free expansion and contraction, except where the Drawings specifically indicate an anchor or guide. Do not connect stiffening structural members to bends or elbows. 13. Use offsets necessary to prevent undue strain on piping. The springing of piping into place is prohibited. 14. Select and install pipe supports and hangers in such a manner as to impose only negligible restraint on the free movement of piping and not deform piping. No anchors shall be employed, except as indicated on Drawings. 15. Locate pipe supports as close as possible to valves or other heavy piping specialties. 16. Carefully locate supports and hangers so they do not hinder free movement of adjoining piping or occupy open space in a pipe rack. 17. Mark all stub-outs below grade with monuments identifying the services. 18. Provide shut-off valves at each division of main piping and at each branch serving one room or a group of adjoining rooms to enable isolation of fluid carrying piping systems for each portion of the building (buried piping excepted). 19. Valves shall be full size of the line in which they are installed (automatic control valves excepted). Prior to installation of control valves, verify with control manufacturer as to sizes, piping hookup, and the like for same. 20. Install valves with stems straight up wherever possible; do not install valves with stems below the horizontal position. 21. Provide spool between two adjacent valves. 22. Properly grade all water piping to provide flow, air elimination, and drainage. Do not install piping so as to create noise or flow impairment. 23. Separately pipe, with shut-off valve, equipment drains to nearest floor drain, or as noted on Contract Drawings. 24. Do not permit the use of any mechanical piping system under this Division of Work to be used as electrical grounding. 25. Buried Piping: a. Carefully handle and lower pipe in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipe. b. Excavate a socket hole under the joint so that pipe will be supported on its body. Provide socket holes large enough (but not excessive) to allow adequate space for workmen to "make" the joints. 26. Thrust Blocks: a. Provide concrete thrust blocks at all changes in direction of buried piping of non- restrained mechanical joined pressure systems and other systems as required. b. Provide thrust blocks for buried restrained mechanical jointed piping systems where indicated. c. Provide thrust blocks of 3000 psi concrete mix conforming to the requirements of the Division 03 section on concrete. d. Provide thrust blocks of the required size and shape necessary for the specific system pressure and soil bearing capacity at the particular locations. e. Exercise care to avoid encasing fittings, bends, valves, etc., in concrete to the extent that it will hamper maintenance. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3.11 PIPE JOINTS A. Threaded Steel or Brass Pipe: 1. Cut square and remove all burrs. Ream for full flow. 2. Cut threads with clean dies. Apply thread compound to male threads only. Refer to specific piping system for type of thread compound. 3. After joining, not more than three full threads shall remain exposed. Coat exposed threads of steel pipe with appropriate type red paint. 4. Make-up brass, chrome plated pipe, or stainless steel pipe with strap wrenches. B. Copper Tubing: 1. Cut square and remove all burrs. Ream for full flow. 2. Clean outside ends of tubing and male fittings and sockets of female fittings to bright finish. Clean with emery cloth. 3. Properly apply flux to surfaces being jointed. Application and type of flux shall be as recommended by the specific brazing or solder manufacturer. 4. Remove stems, washers and internal parts of valves prior to brazing or soldering. 5. Refer to specific piping system for type of brazing metal and solder. C. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fitting Mechanical Joints: Install mechanical joints in accordance with AWWAC600. D. Grooved Pipe and Fitting Mechanical Joints: Install joints including grooving of pipe, in accordance with the coupling and fittings manufacturer's recommendations and printed instructions. Before couplings are assembled, pipe ends and gasket exterior surfaces shall be lightly coated with a lubricant manufactured especially for this application and recommended by the coupling and fitting manufacturer. Not for use with hot water systems. E. Flanged Joints: Use flanged joints for making piping connections to flanged valves, fixtures, and equipment, and to other flanged piping components. Install joints so that flange faces bear uniformly on gaskets. Engage bolts so that there is complete threading through the nuts and tighten so that bolts are uniformly stressed (equally torqued). F. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: I. Hubless Joints:lnstall clamp assemblies with bolts alternately and incrementally tightened to manufacturer's recommended torque. Use a single set-point torque wrench manufactured specifically for this purpose. The use of screwdrivers or other types of wrenches will not be permitted. After a period of at least 24 hours, re-torque each bolt. G. Solvent-Weld Joints in Plastic Piping: Install solvent welded joints for CPVC, PVC or ABS plastic piping in accordance with the recommendations and printed instructions of each respective pipe and fitting manufacturers and with requirements of pertinent ASTM standards. 3.12 WELDING A. Welded joints, fabrication, assembly and erection shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B 31.1 "Power Piping" of the American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping. Perform all COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-11 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents welding by the metal-arc welding process, either manual, semi-automatic or automatic. B. Welding qualifications shall conform to the requirements of Section IX "Welding and Brazing Qualifications" of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Proof of qualifications, issued within the previous twelve months, is required from a testing agency approved by the Owner. 3.13 PIPE SLEEVES AND PLATES A. Sleeves: 1. Provide sleeves for all pipes passing through walls, partitions of floor slabs unless specified otherwise. 2. Sleeves in concrete floor slabs: Sleeves shall project 2-inches above finished floors, unless specified otherwise. 3. Sleeves in all Fire Walls (regardless of construction), Concrete or Masonry Walls: Finished flush with wall finish, unless specified otherwise. 4. Sleeves in all Walls and Partitions (except Fire Walls, Concrete or Masomy Walls): Finished flush with wall or partition finish. 5. Provide 1/2-inch clearance completely around pipe between sleeve and non-insulated piping, except where pipes pass through exterior walls below grade, provide full l-inch clearance between pipe and sleeve. 6. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be sized for insulation, pipe and clearance specified for non-insulated pipes. 7. Caulk sleeves set in fire rated construction with sealant specified for fireproof penetrations and caulk sleeves set in non-fireproof construction with sealant specified for non-fireproof penetrations. 8. Seal sleeves watertight when they are installed in outside walls, walls below grade and in floor slabs with waterproof epoxy grout, except as specified otherwise. B. Plates: Provide chrome-plated hinged escutcheon plates with locking devices where pipes pierce finished surfaces. Plates shall fit outside of pipe insulation. 3.14 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Install equipment where shown, as indicated, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the specific service. B. Provide anchor bolts, setting Drawings and templates for setting equipment. C. Assure correct alignment of equipment after setting. D. Where grouting is necessary, use non-shrink type. E. Before bolting any equipment coat threads with an anti-seize and lubricating compound. Do not use powder driven anchors unless written permission has been obtained from the Architect. F. Provide all exposed moving or rotating parts of machines with guards in compliance with OSHA requirements. Install all guards in removable sections, if necessary, and with studs and wing nuts for removal of same in maintenance. Make provision for RPM readings on guards COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-12 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents covering end of shafts; enclose fan belts at both sides of belts. 3.15 MAINTENANCE AND ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT A. Where valves, dampers, control devices, coils, or other like devices (i.e, plumbing P-trap, water hammer arresters, gauges, thermometers) requiring maintenance, checking or readings are inaccessibly concealed in walls or ceilings, and where indicated, provide square or rectangular access doors. Where space permits, doors for ceiling installation shall not be less than 18-inches by 18-inches. Prior to installation, verify all access locations. B. Where there are lubrications within equipment, extend such to exterior of equipment. 3.16 REVIEW OF WORK A. Do not allow or cause any mechanical work to be covered, concealed or enclosed until such work has been tested and reviewed. Should such work be covered, concealed or enclosed before being tested and reviewed, such shall be uncovered and thereafter restored at no additional cost. 3.17 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Manufacturer's Nameplates: Provide all equipment with manufacturer's nameplates secured to the respective equipment and indicating, but not being limited to, the manufacturer's name, model, size, serial number, capacity and electrical characteristics. Clean, polish and protect all such nameplates with a coat of clear protective finish. B. Equipment Tags: IdentifY all equipment (such as machinery, motor starters, control panels, pushbuttons and other like devices) exposed to view with identification tags. Secure tags to equipment surface. Where size or surface curvature does not permit such, secure with No. 16 brass jack chain. C. Valve Tags: 1. IdentifY each valve with a tag with distinguishing number. Secure tags to valves with No. 16 brass jack chain. 2. Provide valve chart and schedule in aluminum frame with clear heavy plastic shield, and mount same at location directed. Indicate on the Record Drawings the location of valves with numbers corresponding to the valve schedule. Valve chart and schedule shall include, but not be limited to, tag number, location, usage/function, valve manufacturer's name and valve model number. Numbers for new valves shall continue from existing valve numbering system. D. Piping Identification: 1. Identify each pipe, whether concealed or exposed, as to the content and character of material it carries (piping buried excepted). 2. Location of Markers: Not to exceed 20-feet on straight run of pipe (including risers and drops) and so located as to be conspicuously visible from any reasonable vantage point; adjacent each valve; adjacent each tee; at each side of penetration of the structure or COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-13 enclosure; at each obstruction. 3.18 PRIMING, PAINTING, AND COATING Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Properly clean surfaces to be touched up of rust, dirt, scale, wax and other deleterious materials. Prime surfaces. Touch up with like material all damaged galvanized or factory-primed metal surfaces. Do not prime over manufacturer's nameplates on equipment. B. Coat all bare steel parts of piping accessories below grade with coats of coal-tar based bituminous mastic. C. Except for factory priming, factory finish painting and otherwise specified under this Article, all field priming (except touch up) and finish painting shall be under other Divisions. D. Paint flat black interior surfaces of all concealed unlined galvanized sheet metal ductwork behind air outlets and inlets. E. All exposed insulation surfaces in finished areas shall be ready for finish painting; glue size if necessary. 3.19 CLEANING AND DE-GREASING OF PIPING A. General: 1. Clean all piping systems to remove all dirt, grease, scale, foreign substances, etc., as specified in each separate section of the Specifications. 2. Prior to commencing work, submit for approval a complete procedure for cleaning and flushing for each separate piping system. Include flushing source, system inlet flushing pressure and size of inlet and outlet flushing connections with their locations for each system. Install flushing connections at all low points of each piping system to ensure complete flushing of the system. 3. Use air and/or gas blown through the lines of gas and air systems, unless specified otherwise, to prove the piping clean. All other piping systems shall be thoroughly flushed out with water unless specified otherwise. 3.20 TESTING OF PIPING A. Provide notification of test at least three working days prior to tests on all part of any piping system. Do not allow or cause any piping system to be insulated, covered, concealed or enclosed until such systems have been tested and reviewed. B. Provide all necessary materials (including temporary isolation valves or caps), pumps, testing media and labor for testing. Temporarily remove any device in piping system which will not withstand test pressure specified, and reinstall same after successful testing. Test time begins to accrue full test pressure is achieved. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-14 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents C. Testing and inspection of all ptpmg systems and associated equipment for leaks shall be accomplished after installation and cleaning and prior to placing into service. Flanges, threaded joints and all welds shall be left unpainted and un-insulated until the piping systems have been approved. D. A rigid visual inspection of each specific piping system shall be made prior to conducting tightness tests, to ascertain that all appurtenances and equipment are provided, properly connected and supported, and in all respects ready for testing. E. Equipment such as safety valves and similar equipment shall not be subjected to the piping system test pressure. Equipment shall either be disconnected from the piping or be isolated by valves or blanks during testing and reinstalled after acceptance by the Owner. F. Indicating pressure gauges mounted locally may be tested with the lines provided the test pressure does not exceed the scale range. G. Orifice plates, rotometers, displacement meters and other line inserts shall either not be installed until completion of all testing, or shall be removed prior to any tests and reinstalled after test has been accepted by the Owner. H. The application of pressure to a system shall be under control at all times, so that in no case shall the test pressure be exceeded by more than 6 percent. I. Gauges used for testing shall be tested for accuracy as directed or approved by the Owner, and then installed as close as possible to the low point of the piping system. J. Do not apply test pressure until the piping system and its contents approach the same temperature. K. While piping is under test, exercise care so that excessive pressure does not occur due to increase in ambient temperature. L. Piping test pressure shall be as noted in tabulation. If test pressures are not specified, they shall be 150 percent of design pressure for the specific system being tested. M. Conduct hydrostatic tests with water at a temperature below 100 degrees F. 1. Fill the system slowly with water and vent at highest points to expel the air before pressurizing. 2. Carefully examine all joints for leaks or defects. 3. Provide connections as required to accomplish the above. N. Keep accurate test records of each line or system tested and provide copies of same to Owner after acceptance. Each test shall include: I. Identification of piping system and test number. 2. Testing medium. 3. Test pressure. 4. Date of test acceptance. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-15 3.21 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. At the completion of the Work, completely adjust all valves and equipment for their proper use and rating. END OF SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HV AC 230500-16 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230529 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART I-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Equipment supports. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HV AC p1pmg and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. I. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: I. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Welding certificates. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-I Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to A WS Dl.l/Dl.IM, "Structural Welding Code-Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Copper Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel. 2.02 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop-or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.03 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with 1 00-psig ( 688-kPa) or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa)] minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.04 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, [zinc-coated] [stainless-] steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.05 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop-or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon- steel shapes. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to A WS D 1.1/D 1.1 M. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. D. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. , Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. F. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. I. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. 1. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. K. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. L. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 1 00) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 1 00) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-112 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. 5. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.02 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.03 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with A WS Dl.l/D1.1 M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches ( 40 mm). HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents C. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. I. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). D. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. E. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers] and attachments for general service applications. F. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper attachments for copper piping and tubing. G. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. H. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. I. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (ON 15 to ON 750). 2. Carbon-or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (ON 20 to ON 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 3. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (ON 15 to ON 200). 4. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (ON 15 to ON 750). 5. Single-Pipe Rolls: For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 (ON 25 to ON 750), from two rods iflongitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents J. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600). 2. Carbon-or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps. K. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. L. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg). 8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. M. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. N. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 0. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230548 -VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Isolation pads. 2. Isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators. 5. Housed spring mounts. 6. Elastomeric hangers. 7. Spring hangers. 8. Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops. 9. Pipe riser resilient supports. 10. Resilient pipe guides. 11. Restraining braces and cables. 1.02 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Structural steel bases shall be cleaned of welding slag and painted with a coat of red primer- finish. B. All mounts shall be selected to perform their function without undue stress or overloading. All isolators that are to be used with structural steel bases, as shown or specified shall be equipped with height saving brackets. When applicable these isolators shall have a method for leveling and the spring isolators shall sit in a neoprene cup of have two layers of ribbed neoprene pad with a steel separation plate bonded to the underside of the base. C. When neoprene connectors are not used, the first three support locations from isolated equipment require resilient hangers or mounts with deflections equal to the equipment isolation system. All other piping requires resilient hangers and mounts with 0.35-inch minimum static deflections or as scheduled. D. Vertical pipe risers shall be fully supported, guided and anchored. System shall be submitted for approval and include calculations for thermal expansion/contraction and seismic loads. Guides and anchors shall be selected to provide restraint of the full weight of the pipe. E. All equipment shall be restrained from displacements exceeding 1/4-inch due to thrust forces. Thrust restraint assemblies shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene cup and shall be factory preset to allow for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and ductwork or the equipment and the structure. Brackets shall be attached at the centerline of thrust, symmetrically on both sides of the unit. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-1 F. Typical applicable codes and standards Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Seismic design shall be in accordance with 2007 California Building Code, Chapter 16. 2. Attachments of floor-or roof-mounted equipment weighing less than 400 lbs need not be designed to resist seismic loads. Attachments for vibration -isolated and suspended equipment weighing less than 20 lbs. needs not be designed to resist seismic loads. However, attachment of such equipment is still required. 3. Seismic sway bracing of suspended piping and ductwork shall be installed in accordance with the 2007 Mason Industries Seismic Restraint Guidelines for Suspended Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint calculations and details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates. D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. E. Field quality-control test reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to A WS Dl.l/Dl.lM, "Structural Welding Code-Steel." C. Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis and shall bear anchorage preapproval OPA number from OSHPD, preapproval by ICC-ES, or preapproval by another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic- restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.0 I VIBRATION ISOLA TORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Cannon Fabrication, Inc. 2. Mason Industries. B. Pads: Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Resilient Material: Oil-and water-resistant neoprene. C. Restrained Mounts: All-directional mountings with seismic restraint. Mason Type BR or equal. 1. Materials: Cast-ductile-iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and opposing, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge- bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. D. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch-(6-mm-) thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. E. Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double-deflection type, fitted with molded, oil-resistant elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. F. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic or limit- stop restraint. Mason Type SLR/SLRS or equal. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch-(6-mm-) thick, neoprene or rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Restraint: Seismic or limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents G. Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. Mason Type SSLFH or equal 1. Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide all-directional seismic restraint. 2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. 3. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4-inch (6-mm) travel up or down before contacting a resilient collar. H. Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double-deflection type, fitted with molded, oil-resistant elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. Mason Type HD or equal. I. Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. J. Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffuess. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. K. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) thick neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig (3.45 MPa) and for equal resistance in all directions. L. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes or post and sleeve arrangement separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) thick neoprene. Where clearances are not readily visible, a factory-set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction shall be fitted. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.02 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. California Dynamics Corporation. 2. Cooper B-Line, Inc., a division of Cooper Industries. 3. Kinetics Noise Control. 4. Mason Industries. 5. TOLCO Incorporated; a brand ofNIBCO INC. B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. C. Channel Support System: MFMA-3, shop-or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating; and rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized-steel cables with end connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; and with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement. E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. F. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. G. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil-and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. H. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. Minimum length of eight times diameter. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.02 VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. B. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction] providing required submittals for component. C. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). D. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component. F. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. G. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. H. Drilled-in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.03 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 3. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 4. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 5. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 6. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 7. Measure isolator deflection. 8. If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230553 -IDENTIFICATION FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels. 1.02 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.0 I EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 3. Minimum Letter Size: 114 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. IDENTIFICATION FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.02 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3 .2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: White. C. Background Color: Black. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets. H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.03 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to [partially cover] [cover full] circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high. 2.04 DUCT LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: White. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents C. Background Color: Black. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-112 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). F. Minimum Letter Size: 114 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets. H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. f. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.02 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.03 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09. B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. IDENTIFICATION FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Refrigerant Piping: a. Background Color: Green. b. Letter Color: Black. 3.04 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Blue: For supply ducts. 2. Yellow: Return and mixed air ducts. 3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, and relief ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust. B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. END OF SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HV AC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents SECTION 230593 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HV AC PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. b. Variable-air-volume systems. B. Related Section: 1. Division 23 Section "Commissioning of HV AC" 2. 109113 ex General requirements 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. T ABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. B. Certified TAB reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC, NEBB, orTABB. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified AABC, NEBB, or TABB as a TAB technician. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-1 B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Commissioning Authority. D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verity that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HV AC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HV AC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HV AC system and equipment controls. E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verity that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required. F. Examine equipment performance data including fan curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HV AC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems-Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-2 G. H. 1. J. K. L. M. 3.02 A. B. Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. Examine control dampers and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HV AC equipment. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. PREPARATION Prepare aT AB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 4. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 6. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 7. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.03 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in [AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7 .2.2, "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.04 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return-and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 3.05 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat- recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from Commissioning Authority for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections for air- handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air- handling-unit performance. 7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full- heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-5 Pine Avenue Park Community Center Construction Documents 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.06 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number, and nameplate data. 3.07 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering-and leaving-air temperatures. C. Record compressor data. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Set HV AC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3.09 COMMISSIONING COORDINATION A. Coordinate all effects with commissioning agent as per requirements of section 230800. 3.010 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-6 Pine Avenue Park Community Center Construction Documents HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare weekly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.011 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. I. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: I. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature ofT AB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans performance forms including the following: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. e. Variable frequency drive settings. f. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. g. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Balancing stations. 4. Position of balancing devices. 3.012 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADillSTING, AND BALANCEING FOR HV AC 230593-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230713 -DUCT INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "HV AC Piping Insulation." 2. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory-and field-applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 4. Detail application at linkages of control devices. C. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. E. Field quality-control reports. DUCT INSULATION 230713-1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.07 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. DUCT INSULATION 230713-2 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge-or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. b. K-Flex USA; Insul-Sheet, K-Flex Gray Duct Liner, and K-FLEX LS. c. Degussa; Solcoustic. G. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket.Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. 2.02 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. DUCT INSULA TlON 230713-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127. b. Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60/85-70. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges -Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. DUCT INSULATION 230713-4 2.03 MASTICS Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF -19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-30. b. Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries; 501. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-35. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-10. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm (0.03 metric perm) at 35-mil (0.9- mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. D. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-10. b. Eagle Bridges -Marathon Industries; 550. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. DUCT INSULATION 230713-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms (1.2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.04 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-50 AHV2. b. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-36. c. Vimasco Corporation; 713 and 714. 3. Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over duct insulation. 4. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C). 5. Color: White. 2.05 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire-and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. DUCT INSULATION 230713-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire-and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. 2.06 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: I. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.07 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Approximately 6 oz./sq. yd. (203 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 5 strands by 5 strands/sq. in. (2 strands by 2 strands/sq. mm) for covering ducts. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Chil-Glas No.5. B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. ( 4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for ducts. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. DUCT INSULATION 230713-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.08 FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (271 g/sq. m). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59. 2.09 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 A WF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 A WF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. c. Compac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CWNT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares ofFSK tape. C. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 A WF. DUCT INSULATION 230713-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. c. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. 2.10 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304; O.Q15 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal. 3. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal. 4. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 2. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper-or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.1 06-inch-(2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. a. AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. b. GEMCO; CD. c. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD. 3. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper-or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, [0.1 06-inch-(2.6-mm-)] [0.135-inch-(3.5-mm- )] diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) galvanized carbon-steel washer. 4. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. b. Spindle: Copper-or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.1 06-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. DUCT INSULATION 230713-9 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 5. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. b. Spindle: Nylon, 0.1 06-inch-(2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches (63 mm). c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 6. Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. b. Spindle: Copper-or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. c. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover. 7. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-(0.41-mm- ) thick, galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 8. Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. C. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal3/4-inch-(19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. C & F Wire. DUCT INSULATION 230713-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.11 CORNER ANGLES A. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), aluminum according to ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. DUCT INSULATION 230713-11 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: L. M. N. 3.04 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-(75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (1 00 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (1 00 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. DUCT INSULATION 230713-12 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. C. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. D. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches ( 450 mm) and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches ( 450 mm), place pins 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. DUCT INSULATION 230713-13 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outward- clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory-or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (1 0 deg C) at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm). 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm) o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-(150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 3.07 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. DUCT INSULATION 230713-14 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.09 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air located in unconditioned space. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 2. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 3. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration-control devices. 6. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.10 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All supply and return and outside air duct insulation shall be flexible elastomeric or mineral fiber blanket, 0.75 lb/cu. ft nominal density, of thickness to achieve R-4.2. 3.11 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. END OF SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230713-15 DUCT INSULATION Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. 230713-16 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230719-HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HV AC piping systems: 1. Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping, indoors and outdoors. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Equipment Insulation." 2. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation." 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties. 6. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. C. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. D. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. E. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge-or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. c. K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS. F. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. c. Knauf Insulation; 1 000-Degree Pipe Insulation. d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F ( 454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 3. Type II, 1200 deg F (649 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type II, Grade A, [without factory- applied jacket] [with factory-applied ASJ] [with factory-applied ASJ-SSL]. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. G. Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534 or ASTM C 1427, Type I, Grade I for tubular materials and Type II, Grade I for sheet materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armacell LLC; Tubolit. b. Nomaco Insulation; IMCOLOCK, IMCOSHEET, NOMALOCK, and NOMAPLY. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.02 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Ramcote 1200 and Quik-Cote. 2.03 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127. b. Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60/85-70. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-50. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. 2.01 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.02 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges -Marathon Industries; 405. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire-and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire-and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. 2.03 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: l. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.04 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for pipe. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 2.05 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil-(0.025-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil-(0.075-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 6. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45-and 90-degree, short-and long-radius elbows. c. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.06 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 A WF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 A WF. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. c. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. 2.07 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. B. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-(19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. C & F Wire. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. l. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: I. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-(75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (1 00 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nomihal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. 0. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (I 00 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: I. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.03 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-9 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. Install insulation 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.04 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: I. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-11 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-12 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF POLYOLEFIN INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Seal split-tube longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: I. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyolefin sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719-13 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of polyolefin pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install cut sections ofpolyolefin pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.08 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-(75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless- steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints. 3.09 FINISHES A. Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-14 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection ofthe completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.11 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. 3.12 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: Flexible elastomeric or Mineral-fiber, preformed pipe insulation or Polyolefin, 1 inch (25 mm) thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: Flexible elastomeric or Polyolefin], 1 inch (25 mm) thick. 3.13 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: Insulation shall be[ one of] the following: 1. Cellular Glass: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick. 2. Flexible Elastomeric: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick. 3. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick. 4. Polyolefin: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: Insulation shall be[ one of] the following: I. Flexible Elastomeric: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick. 2. Polyolefin: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick. HV AC PIPING INSULATION 230719-15 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3.14 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. None. 3.15 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Exposed: 1. Aluminum: 3 mils thick. END OF SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719-16 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230800 -COMMISSIONING OF HV AC PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes commissioning process requirements for HV AC&R systems, assemblies, and equipment. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 019113-Commissioning general requirements 1.03 DEFINITIONS B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process. C. CxA: Commissioning Authority, not a member of design team. D. HVAC&R: Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration. E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or separately, they shaii mean "as-built" systems, subsystems, equipment, and components. 10.4 ALLOWANCES A. Labor, instrumentation, tools, and equipment costs for technicians for the performance of commissioning testing are covered by the "Schedule of Allowances" Article in Division 01 Section "Allowances." 1.05 UNIT PRICES A. Commissioning testing allowance may be adjusted up or down by the "List of Unit Prices" Article in Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" when actual man-hours are computed at the end of commissioning testing. 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Procure the services of a qualified commissioning agency. B. Perform commissioning tests at the direction of the CxA. C. Attend construction phase controls coordination meeting. COMMISSIONING OF HV AC 230800-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents D. Attend testing, adjusting, and balancing review and coordination meeting. E. Participate in HV AC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and component maintenance orientation and inspection as directed by the CxA. F. Provide information requested by the CxA for final commissioning documentation. G. Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and provide data acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period. 1.07 CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures for actual HV AC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and components to be furnished and installed as part of the construction contract. B. Direct commissioning testing. C. Verify testing, adjusting, and balancing of Work are complete. D. Provide test data, inspection reports, and certificates in Systems Manual. 1.08 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Provide the following information to the CxA for inclusion in the commissioning plan: 1. Plan for delivery and review of submittals, systems manuals, and other documents and reports. 2.Identification of installed systems, assemblies, equipment, and components including design changes that occurred during the construction phase. 3.Process and schedule for completing construction checklists and manufacturer's prestart and startup checklists for HV AC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and components to be verified and tested. 4.Certificate of readiness, signed by the Contractor, certifying that HVAC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, components, and associated controls are ready for testing. 5.Certificate of completion certifying that installation, prestart checks, and startup procedures have been completed. 6. Certificate of readiness certifying that HV AC&R systems, subsystems, equipment, and associated controls are ready for testing. 7. Test and inspection reports and certificates. 8. Corrective action documents. 9. Verification of testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of readiness. COMMISSIONING OF HV AC 230800-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Certificates of completion of installation, prestart, and startup activities. 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) 3 EXECUTION 3.05.1.1 TESTING PREPARATION A. Certify that HV AC&R systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started and are operating according to the Contract Documents. B. Certify that HV AC&R instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, that they are operating according to the Contract Documents, and that pretest set points have been recorded. C. Certify that testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures have been completed and that testing, adjusting, and balancing reports have been submitted, discrepancies corrected, and corrective work approved. D. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested (e.g., normal shutdown, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). E. Inspect and verify the position of each device and interlock identified on checklists. F. Check safety cutouts, alarms, and interlocks with smoke control and life-safety systems during each mode of operation. G. Testing Instrumentation: Install measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data as directed by the CxA. 3.05.1.2 TESTING AND BALANCING VERIFICATION A. Prior to performance of testing and balancing Work, provide copies of reports, sample forms, checklists, and certificates to the CxA. B. Notify the CxA at least 10 days in advance of testing and balancing Work, and provide access for the CxA to witness testing and balancing Work. C. Provide technicians, instrumentation, and tools to verify testing and balancing of HV AC&R systems at the direction of the CxA. 1. The CxA will notify testing and balancing Subcontractor 10 days in advance of the date of field verification. Notice will not include data points to be verified. 2. The testing and balancing Subcontractor shall use the same instruments (by model and serial number) that were used when original data were collected. 3. Failure of an item includes, other than sound, a deviation of more than 10 percent. Failure of more than 10 percent of selected items shall result in rejection of final testing, adjusting, COMMISSIONING OF HV AC 230800-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents and balancing report. For sound pressure readings, a deviation of 3 dB shall result in rejection of final testing. Variations in background noise must be considered. 4.Remedy the deficiency and notify the CxA so verification of failed portions can be performed. 3.03 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide technicians, instrumentation, and tools to perform commissioning test at the direction ofthe CxA. B. Scope of HV AC&R testing shall include entire HV AC&R installation, from central equipment for heat generation and refrigeration through distribution systems to each conditioned space. Testing shall include measuring capacities and effectiveness of operational and control functions. C. Test all operating modes, interlocks, control responses, and responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and verify proper response of building automation system controllers and sensors. D. The CxA along with the HVAC&R Subcontractor, testing and balancing Subcontractor, and HV AC&R Instrumentation and Control Subcontractor shall prepare detailed testing plans, procedures, and checklists for HV AC&R systems, subsystems, and equipment. E. Tests will be performed using design conditions whenever possible. F. Simulated conditions may need to be imposed using an artificial load when it is not practical to test under design conditions. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Provide equipment to simulate loads. Set simulated conditions as directed by the CxA and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation. After tests, return settings to normal operating conditions. G. The CxA may direct that set points be altered when simulating conditions is not practical. H. The CxA may direct that sensor values be altered with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions and altering set points are not practical. I. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the HV AC&R system, document the deficiency and report it to the Owner. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests. J. If the testing plan indicates specific seasonal testing, complete appropriate initial performance tests and documentation and schedule seasonal tests. 3.04 HVAC&R SYSTEMS, SUBSYSTEMS, AND EQUIPMENT TESTING PROCEDURES A. HV AC&R Instrumentation and Control System Testing: Field testing plans and testing requirements are specified in Division 23 Sections "Instrumentation and Control for HV AC" and "Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls." Assist the CxA with preparation of testing plans. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Pipe system cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic tests, and chemical treatment requirements are specified in Division 23 piping Sections. HV AC&R Subcontractor shall prepare a pipe system cleaning, flushing, and hydrostatic testing plan. Provide cleaning, flushing, testing, and treating plan and final reports to the CxA. Plan shall include the following: I. Sequence of testing and testing procedures for each section of pipe to be tested, identified by pipe zone or sector identification marker. Markers shall be keyed to Drawings for each pipe sector, showing the physical location of each designated pipe test section. Drawings keyed to pipe zones or sectors shall be formatted to allow each section of piping to be physically located and identified when referred to in pipe system cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic testing, and chemical treatment plan. 2. Description of equipment for flushing operations. 3.Minimum flushing water velocity. 4. Tracking checklist for managing and ensuring that all pipe sections have been cleaned, flushed, hydrostatically tested, and chemically treated. C. Refrigeration System Testing: Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to test performance of chillers, cooling towers, refrigerant compressors and condensers, heat pumps, and other refrigeration systems. The CxA shall determine the sequence of testing and testing procedures for each equipment item and pipe section to be tested. D. HV AC&R Distribution System Testing: Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to test performance of air, steam, and hydronic distribution systems; special exhaust; and other distribution systems, including HV AC&R terminal equipment and unitary equipment. E. Vibration and Sound Tests: Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to test performance of vibration isolation and seismic controls. END OF SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HV AC 230800-5 COMMISSIONING OF HV AC Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. 230800-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 230900 -INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HV AC PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes control equipment and software. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI MC85.1: Terminology for Automatic Control 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. A fully integrated building automation system, incorporating direct digital control (DOC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control. Use of multiple manufacturers' products is not allowed. B. A peer-to-peer network of DDC controllers and a Web-based operator interface. Depict each mechanical system and building floor plan by a point-and-click graphic. A Web server with a network interface card shall gather data from the system and generate Web pages accessible through a conventional Web browser on each PC connected to the network. Operators shall be able to perform all normal operator functions through the Web browser interface. C. A network system touch screen display shall reside on site for local system interface to control and monitor all system equipment. D. Provide DDC controls for unitary air conditioning equipment, energy recovery ventilators, splits systems, makeup air units, exhaust fans and lighting. E. Provide control system consisting of controllers, dampers operators, indicating devices, interface equipment and other apparatus and accessories to operate mechanical systems and to perform functions specified. F. Provide installation and calibration, supervision, adjustments and fine tuning necessary for complete and fully operational system. G. Provide and perform connection to all variable speed drives (VSD) as part of this contract. Drive installation shall be carried out by Division 16 or factory installed. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900-I Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See other specification section: Submittal Procedures B. Shop Drawings: Indicate the following: I. Network riser diagrams showing programmable control unit locations and network data conductors. 2. Connected data points, including connected control unit and input-output device. 3. System graphics showing monitored systems, data (connected and calculated). 4. System configuration with peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies, diagrams, modems and interconnections. C. Product data: Submit data for each system component and software module. D. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Submit installation instruction for each control system component. E. Manufacturer's certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Execution Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: I. Record actual locations of control panels and components, including control units, thermostats and sensors. 2. Revise shop drawings to reflect actual installation and operating sequences. 3. Submit data specified in "Submittals" in final "Record Documents" form. C. Operation and Maintenance data: 1. Submit interconnection wiring diagrams, complete field installed systems with identified and numbered, system components and devices. 2. Submit inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended and calibration tolerances. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with a minimum often years experience and with technology center within 100 miles of this project. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with a minimum five years documented HV AC experience, trained, certified and approved by manufacturer. 1.07 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. See other specification section: Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meetings. 1.08 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Refer to Division 00 and Division 01 for related contractual requirements. B. Refer to Section 23 00 00 for General Mechanical Provisions. C. Refer to Section 26 00 00 for General Electrical Provisions. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Execution Requirements: Requirements for warranties. 1. Installer shall provide a standard one year warranty on all control products and labor associated with this project. 2. Installer shall provide five year warranty on all motorized valves and damper operators. 1.010 SERVICE A. Execution Requirements: Requirements for service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of control systems for one year from date of substantial completion. Include complete service of control systems including callbacks. Make a minimum of two complete normal inspections of four hours duration in addition to normal service calls to inspect, calibrate and adjust controls. C. Perform work without removing units from service during normal building occupied hours. D. Provide emergency call back service at all hours for this maintenance period. E. Maintain at local branch office, adequate levels of replacement parts in stock for emergency purposes. Have personnel available to ensure fulfillment of this maintenance service, without reasonable loss of time. F. Perform maintenance work using competent and qualified personnel under supervision and in direct employ of manufacturer or original installer. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900-3 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS A. Acceptable manufacturers: I. TBD 2.02 MATERIALS Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Use new products the manufacturer is currently manufacturing and selling for use in new installations. Do not use this installation as a product test site unless explicitly approved in writing by Owner. Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after completion ofthis contract. B. A single manufacturer shall to the greatest extent possible, manufacture system components. 2.03 COMMUNICATION A. Control products, communication media, hubs, and routers shall comprise a unified control network. Acceptable network mediums are Cat 5 Ethernet or twisted pair networks. Controller products and hardware or software gateways shall be from a single manufacturer. B. Use existing TCP/IP Ethernet backbone for network segments to all DOC Building Controller panels marked on project drawings. Project drawings indicate remote buildings or sites to be connected via intranet or Internet connections. In each remote location an intranet or Internet connection shall be provided for connection to the building automation system (BAS). C. Connection to BAS shall be by connecting to any Ethernet port in the facility for temporary connection to a laptop computer or other operator interface such as a Pocket PC or system display panel. In addition, any workstation in the facilities may be used for Web browser communication to BAS system. Connection shall support commissioning and troubleshooting operations. D. System shall automatically synchronize controller time clocks daily from an operator- designated controller via the network. If applicable, system shall automatically adjust for daylight saving and standard time. E. System shall communicate in a peer-to-peer way and discretely check for system errors and verifY controller communications. 2.04 OPERATOR INTERFACE INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Operation. Graphical User Interface shall have full Client-Server capabilities. Existing server at District office shall reside on the data network and be accessible from building intranet or Internet as specified by building owner by a standard Web browser. 1. No other software or data files will be required on client PCs other than a standard Web browser with Java enabled. 2. Server shall be able to connect to remote buildings via telephone modem links and via intranet or Internet across firewalls. 3. No new server shall be required for this project. 4. In the event of failure, the Server PC will not be required to run for normal operation of the DOC system. B. Communication. Server and Building Controller network backbone shall communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/Physical layer using TCP/IP protocol. GUI software shall have the capability to connect to remote sites via intranet, Internet or over standard telephone lines without the need for supervisory software at remote sites. C. BACnet Communication. GUI software to provide access to BACnet devices. GUI shall map BACnet devices in the system, enabling consistent supervision tasks between devices. GUI shall allow values from the BACnet devices to be included in schematic pages, and also enable users to make adjustments to and receive alarms from those devices. D. Database Generation and Backup. The Graphical User Interface software shall have the capability to generate its database automatically and will self-learn on connection to the DOC system. This function will also apply if any future facilities are added to the DOC system. System databases should have the capability to be backed up on a regular basis to a specified location. E. Graphical Functionality. Operator interface shall be graphically based and shall include all equipment and occupied zones, and graphics that summarize conditions on each floor of each building included in this contract. Graphics shall allow operator to monitor system status, to view a summary ofthe most important data for each controlled zone or piece of equipment, to use point-and-click navigation between zones or equipment, and to edit setpoints and other specified parameters. 1. Graphical file types supported should include BMP, GIF, JPEG, WMF and EMF files as a minimum. 2. The following files types must be able to be integrated into graphics pages: SWF, HTML, DOC, XLS, XML, PPT, PDF and URL as a minimum. 3. Graphics pages must be able to be organized into folders in a menu tree format for easy navigation between buildings and areas of buildings. 4. A full graphics library should be included showing typical mechanical components. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 5. Any dynamic data shown on the GUI must be in live format. Data shown from a database of parameters is not acceptable. Any dynamic data points when clicked shall allow the operator to change setpoints and parameters or view data logs. 6. Data logs. Multi-trace color data logs should be able to be viewed in a single window or in text format. Zoom in-out features must be supported when viewing data logs. Charting of points or live data recording of values must also be supported. 7. Dynamic graphics must be capable of 3D color dynamic movement to indicate status of controlled plant and color shifts to represent temperatures in occupied zones. 8. Graphical buttons and icons shall provide access to other graphic pages or screens or command custom sequences or events or other custom screens. 9. GUI must support script commands to initiate automatic viewing of graphics pages or system commands from a button or icon. F. Database functionality. The Graphical User Interface (GUI) software shall include Microsoft Data Engine (MSDE) databases and be capable ofSQL commands and interrogation from enterprise level software applications. GUI shall also have a dedicated graphical database view of connected DOC systems connected in site, LAN and controller, similar to windows explorer style view of connected DOC systems. The database viewer shall support viewing of all hardware IO and software points, changes to system parameters and schedules and viewing of data logs and active alarms should be accessible from this view. User filtering of inputs, outputs, setpoints and schedules must be provided allowing the operator to search database for point types or by point name. G. Schedule management. It is not acceptable for the GUI to be the sole system scheduling device. Schedules and exceptions must reside at the controller level and be unaffected should the GUI be disabled for any reason. The GUI shall support the following scheduling features: 1. Allow users to manage multiple controller occupation times into groups in the following ways. By system, building, area of building or single occupied zone. GUI shall allow schedules to be added or removed from schedule groups. 2. Users should be able to implement holiday or other schedule exceptions to a Global, building, area of building or single occupied zone level. 3. A calendar display of all normal operating schedule times and exceptions shall be shown. Exceptions dates shall be shown in different color formats for ease of identification by user. Exception scheduling must be able to be carried out at least 20 years in advance as a minimum. Annual recurring exception dates should be implemented once only without the need for further user interaction. 4. Normal operating schedules should be shown in a graphical form in week format. Day operating times should have the ability to be copy and pasted for day, week or working week. 5. Schedule On-Off Periods. A minimum of 50 on-off periods per day must be available for selection. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents H. Alarm monitoring. It is not acceptable for the GUI to be the sole system alarm monitor. Alarms must be generated at the controller level and reported alternatively should the GUI be disabled for any reason. Every system alarm at network, controller or device level, any user adjustment of the system or failure of a scheduled event shall be logged, time and date stamped in the alarm database. Alarm database will show active, active/acknowledged, cleared and cleared/acknowledged alarms. It shall be possible to view alarms in chronological or summary views. Alarms shall show time of occurrence, type of alarm, origin and explanation of alarm in text format. Alarms shall be delivered automatically to central GUI over intranet, Internet or phone lines. In addition, the GUI shall have the following features: I. Alarms shall be filtered and grouped to enable specific alarm actions and retransmissions dependent on the type of alarm received. 2. Once an alarm has been initiated, an active alarm panel window shall be flashed on screen with an audible alert. Alarms shall be silenced and/or actioned from the alarm panel and specific graphic pages shall be shown dependent on alarm filter and group. 3. Once an alarm has been received at the GUI, the alarm shall be forwarded dependent on which alarm filter and group the alarm is associated with. Alarms shall be capable of being forwarded in the following methods without the need for additional software: a. As an email to any valid email address. b. As a cell phone text message via the Internet. c. As a cell phone text message via SMS directly from the GUI PC. d. In SNMP format to existing network management software. e. To any other DDC system alarm receiver such as a system display panel. f. To an attached or network printer. I. Event scheduling. Automated scheduled events shall be user configurable and all pending or past events shall be viewed in chronological format or be filtered by event type. In addition, all automated scheduled events shall have the capability of being manually initiated, edited or deleted at any time by the operator. Scheduled events shall include but not be limited to: 1. Data log recording upload to database. 2. Automated schedule download. 3. System time synchronization. 4. Automated database backup. 5. Automated printing of graphics pages. J. Internet connectivity. GUI software shall allow for access to any intranet or Internet Web site or IP address to allow seamless integration to any Web-enabled equipment or systems such as access, lighting, fire and security systems. Web or IP addresses must have the ability to be saved and named for later use. GUI software shall allow for access to any building controllers configuration or programming mode via controllers Web interface. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents K. GUI software shall have a multi-level security system. Each user shall have a unique usemame and password set up in the PC server and each user shall belong to a user workgroup that has identical access rights to all the functional areas of the GUI software. No access to the GUI shall be possible until a valid usemame and password has been entered. GUI software shall create an alarm and log to the alarms database whenever a user logs in or out of the system. In addition, any activity such as setpoint, parameter or schedule changes made by that user shall also be logged to the alarm database. In addition, the GUI software shall provide access level workgroups with the following features: I. Each workgroup shall have a login graphics page assigned and will display the page whenever a user belonging to the workgroup logs in. 2. Each graphical button, icon and graphics folder shall have a security level and users shall have no access to that item should a user have a lower access level. 3. Each workgroup shall be linked in software to the available alarm groups. If the alarm group is not linked, the user shall have no access to those alarms. 4. Each graphics folder shall be linked to user workgroups. If the folder is not linked to the workgroup, the user shall have no access to the graphics pages within the folder. 5. Each workgroup shall have a logout interval established to automatically log out a user after an inactivity period. 6. Each workgroups users shall have multiple configuration rights to the GUI. Users shall not be able to configure the following GUI functions unless workgroup level permits. a. Configure data logs or automatic data log recordings. b. Configure scheduled events. c. Configure alarm handling filters, groups and retransmissions. d. Configure, add, delete or edit graphics pages. e. Close down the software. f. Configure time schedules or schedule group exceptions. g. Add or remove controller points from the database h. Configure users and workgroups L. System tools. GUI shall include context-sensitive online help on the server PC and include dynamic graphical displays on how to operate, edit and configure all functional areas of the software. M. Reports and Logs. Operator shall be able to select, to modify, to create, and to print reports and logs. Operator shall be able to store report data in a format accessible by standard spreadsheet and word processing programs. N. Integration capability. GUI software shall have Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) capability to integrate third-party software packages. If required, provide integration software/hardware from single manufacturer to include: I. BACnet integration INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-8 2. Lon Works integration 3. OPC integration 4. Modbus integration. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 0. Web client user interface. Once connected to the BAS server via standard Web browser, Web clients shall have the functionality to access the BAS system without the need for manufacturer's software or files on workstations. Web clients shall have the capability of connection to the server from anywhere on the intranet or Internet. Areas of functionality supported via Web interface to server shall include as a minimum: 1. Security and access. Once a valid username and password is entered, user shall have access to all areas of functionality and graphics supported by their security level as described in this section. 2. Graphics functionality. Color animated graphics pages as created on the server shall be shown identically on a Web browser. They shall allow operator to monitor system status, to view a summary of the most important data for each controlled zone or piece of equipment, to use point-and-click navigation between zones or equipment, and to edit setpoints and other specified parameters as created on the server from the Web browser. 3. System database functionality. Users shall be able to navigate through the system from the database view of connected DOC systems via site, LAN and controller view format as shown on the server. User shall also have the ability to filter points and change setpoints and schedules from this view. 4. Data log functionality. User shall have the ability to view multi-trace color graphs and data logs from a Web browser. 5. Schedule management functionality. Users shall be able to edit time schedules and add, edit or delete exceptions from a Web browser. 6. Alarm handling functionality. Incoming alarms shall generate alarm panels identically as shown on the server. Users shall be able to action and filter any incoming alarms to the system from a Web browser. 2.05 SYSTEM DISPLAY PANEL A. A display panel shall be provided for any areas where there is no intranet or local system connection and regular user interface is required. Display panel shall be wall or panel-mounted and have a color, backlit LCD touchscreen display. Display shall present users with a familiar windows-based operating environment. System access shall be provided via a navigator tree, enabling controller selection, access to input-output and software point status and values, setpoint and schedule adjustments and viewing of data logs in graph format. System Display Panel shall have the following capabilities as a minimum: 1. Self-learn connected system without the need for any download or database creation. 2. Ethernet connection to system. Display panel shall be able to communicate via TCP/IP over Intranet and Internet connections to remote system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-9 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3. Configurable for 8 individual users with varying access rights to system. 4. Configurable to accept all or certain system alarms. Acknowledge and delete system alarms. 5. Alarm Annunciation. Display panel shall be configurable to annunciate alarms in any or all of the following ways: a. Flash LED output b. Flash screen on and off c. Built-in audible alarm. d. Close built-in relay alarm contact for activating remote strobe or siren. 6. Provide a System Display Panel in the following locations: a. Main Mechanical equipment room 2.06 PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE A. Building and energy management applications shall reside and operate in controllers. Program software shall be used only to download, edit or modifY program applications. B. Specification. Programming tool shall be a drag and drop, graphical function block windows based application tool and shall create a database of program applications in all building controllers. Program software shall create a file for each building controller on the system. For each building controller there shall be a page of graphical programming information. Each page shall contain a specific sequence of operation carried out by a controller. C. Documentation. Software tool shall create an 8xll" page for each sequence within a controller. Each page and controller program shall be printed and attached as part of the as-built package supplied by contractor. D. Communication. Software shall be able to communicate with controllers by direct serial, Ethernet via intranet and Internet or modem connections. E. Custom Application Programming. Operator shall be able to create, edit, debug, and download custom programs to building controllers. System shall be fully operable while custom programs are edited and compiled. Programming language shall have the following features: I. Language. Language shall be graphically based and shall use function blocks arranged in a logic diagram that clearly shows control logic flow. Function blocks shall directly provide functions listed below, and operators shall be able to create all function blocks. 2. Programming Environment. Tool shall provide a full-screen, cursor-and-mouse-driven programming environment that incorporates word processing features such as copy, cut and paste. Operators shall be able to insert, add, modifY, and delete custom programming code, and to copy blocks of code to a file library for reuse in other control programs. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3. Peer to Peer Program Modules. Operator shall be able to develop independently executing program modules that can disable, enable and exchange data with other program modules and controllers. 4. On-line checkout. Software shall have the capability to download, upload and view all program parameters and program function blocks live in real-time when connected to system. Program strategies must be able to be added, deleted or edited live while on-line without the need for download and restart of controllers. 5. Strategy Simulation. Software shall provide simulation mode which simulates a building controller allowing a strategy to be tested before it is downloaded to a controller. 6. Override. Software shall have the capability of overriding any hardware or software value with operator's specified value. 7. Database reconciliation. Operator shall be able to upload controller database and compare to current database diagram. Diagram shall be automatically updated to include all parameter changes since last update. 8. Conditional Statements. Operator shall be able to program conditional logic using compound Boolean (AND, OR, and NOT) and relational (EQUAL, LESS THAN, GREATER THAN, NOT EQUAL) comparisons. 9. Mathematical Functions. Language shall support floating-point addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and square root operations, as well as absolute value calculation and programmatic selection of minimum and maximum values from a list of values. Both direct and reverse acting PID loops shall be supported. Software shall have PID Loop tuning tool built-in as standard 10. Once a function has been created it shall be re-used and dynamically linked to any page on the controller programming tool. G. After completion, all programming databases and software shall reside on facilities workstation PC for troubleshooting and editing. 2.07 BUILDING CONTROLLERS A. General: Provide Building Controllers (BC) as required to achieve sequence of operation. Provide one BC for each piece of mechanical equipment such as air handler, rooftop or central plant application. Controller shall be capable of adequately covering all IO points listed in points list plus 25% expansion capability. Using more than one BC to carry out an equipment application is not acceptable. B. Stand-Alone Operation. Each BC on the BAS system shall be of true stand-alone operation. All schedules, data logs, time-clock, alarms graphics and program application shall reside in the controller. BCs that require global or master controllers or devices are not acceptable. Each BC shall be able to broadcast data from one to another or globally throughout the system in a true peer-to-peer way, any data value within the controller to any other controller, specified group of controllers, or globally around the system. Controllers shall build LAN and Internetwork INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-11 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents communications across data networks and routers and report communications loss to Operator Interface. C. Hardware Design. BCs must be modular in design and be mounted on standard DIN Rail for ease of replacement and expansion. Every input or output shall have 2-part connectors provided to facilitate commissioning and replacement. BCs shall have a minimum of 16 10 points and be capable of expanding to a total of 128 input-output points through a series of plug in input- output modules. Input-output modules shall be connected to the BC by a CAN network bus and have the capability of being mounted up to 33 feet from controller. Each BC shall provide a serial service communication port for connection to a Portable Operator's Terminal or connection to a local controller display panel. D. Hardware. Controllers shall be powered by 24VAC or DC and shall be protected by a self- resetting solid state circuit breaker and bus communications shall be protected by a multifuse. Controllers shall be rated to operate at plus or minus 15%. Each BC shall have LED status indication of network, bus, power and controller failure. E. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for anticipated ambient conditions and mounted in plenum or inside specified equipment. Controllers shall have the following specifications as a minimum: 1. UL916 Listed: Enclosed Energy Management Equipment 2. Temperature: rated at 32°F to 120°F 3. Humidity: 0 to 90%RH non-condensing F. Memory. BC must have flash memory that is non-volatile to power cycles. Application program and controller parameters must be stored in flash in case of a power outage. Controllers using batteries to store program or parameters are not acceptable. A minimum of 16MB ofSDRAM and 8MB ofFlash memory shall be employed at each controller. G. Network communication. Each BC shall have a minimum of one 1 OBaseT Ethernet port as its primary network communications connection and communicate directly on the buildings TCP/IP data network without the need for master control panels. Each BC shall have an on- board Web server that will allow local or remote system control, monitoring and configuration via a standard Web browser. H. BACnet Communication. Each BC shall be native BACnet and integrate seamlessly with a BACnet system, communicating on a BACnet IP LAN at up to IOMbps. I. Real Time Clock. Each BC must have a Real Time Clock. In case of a power outage the time- clock must be maintained for 6 days by a capacitor. Any BC shall have the ability to act as the system time-master. System timemaster will automatically adjust to Daylight Savings Times. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230900-12 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents J. Sequencing. BC shall execute all program sequences independent of program size once per second. Controller shall execute all program and mathematical functions and PID Loops as described in Section 2.4.E. K. Scheduling. BC controllers shall provide the following schedule options as a minimum. All schedule, exception or holiday changes shall be configurable from the Web browser interface or the Operator Interfaces. 1. Weekly. Provide separate schedules for each day of the week. Each schedule shall be able to include up to 50 occupied periods (50 start-stop pairs). Days shall have the ability of being copied and pasted from the Web browser. 2. Exception. Operator shall be able to designate an exception schedule for each of the next 365 days in advance. After an exception schedule has executed, system shall discard and replace exception schedule with standard schedule for that day of the week. Exceptions shall have up to 16 priority levels. Should exceptions overlap, exception with highest priority level shall take precedence over others with lower priorities. Exceptions shall be added, edited or adjusted from the Web browser. 3. Holiday. Web operator shall be able to define holiday exception schedules of varying length on a scheduling calendar that repeats each year. 4. Controller shall support multiple shifted scheduling, enabling start-stop of equipment up to 6 hours before-after normal schedule start-stop. Shifted scheduling shall also support Optimized start-stop. 5. Optimized start-stop. One optstart-stop function shall be assigned to any schedule within the controller. Optstart functions shall be self-learning and shall have operator adjustable start-stop limits. L. Data Logs. Each BC shall be able to log any data within a controller at one second, 1 minute, 5 minute, 10 minute, 15 minute, 20 minute, 30 minute, 1 hour, 6 hour or 24 hour intervals. 1000 points of data must be held in data log until last value is overwritten. Multiple data logs with differing intervals shall have the capability of being attached to any data point. Any data log shall be viewed from the browser or Operator Interfaces. Data logs shall be viewed in graphical or text format by the operator. M. Alarms. BCs shall generate alarms configured by the programming tool. Alarms shall be sent to the operator interface workstation. In event that operator workstation is off-line for any reason, alarms shall be sent to the system Display Panel, via email or cell phone text message directly from the controller across the data network to any internal or external email or cell phone email address. Alarms shall have the capability of being sent to different locations depending on schedule status or operator defined alarm group. An internal alarm log shall record the last 50 alarms generated by controller. Alarm log shall be viewed from the browser or Operator Interfaces. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-13 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents N. Graphics. Each BC shall be capable of containing graphics pages of the connected mechanical equipment as well as the application program. Dynamic data points shall be shown on graphical backdrops representing all hardware and software points within the controller. Graphics pages shall contain links to other graphics pages within the controller, other building controllers on the BAS system, any intranet or Internet Website and any valid email address. Controller shall have the ability to add any user defined text to any graphics page. Graphics pages shall be accessible from any standard Web browser on the intranet or Internet. 0. Security. Each BC shall have username and password security with the ability to have a unique username and password for up to 500 users. In addition, each user shall have a level of access from 0 to I 00 to the controller ranging from read only access through to full configuration rights to the controller. Access to the controller shall be read only until a valid username and password is entered via any standard Web browser. All users and levels of access shall be configurable by the operator. Each user shall have a default graphics page assigned and loaded when valid username and password is entered. P. Controller Input-Outputs. All controller inputs and outputs may be overridden on-off or by any analog value of the operator's choice via a standard Web browser. In addition an override timer may be initiated to switch all inputs-outputs to automatic operation after user has logged out. 1. Controller inputs shall all be Universal Inputs and be selectable by moving a jumper for the required input type. Controller shall support thermistor, 0-1 Ovdc voltage and 0-20 or 4-20mA current inputs with 12-bit resolution. All digital inputs shall be volt free contacts capable of pulse counting up to 30 pulses per second. When input is selected for digital, LED shall indicate when contact is closed. All sensor scaling and curves shall be software configurable. 2. Controller shall have analog or Form C relay outputs. Analog outputs shall be modulating 0-IOVdc and current limited to 20mA as required to properly control output devices. All analog outputs shall have modulating LED's to indicate output voltage. Analog outputs shall have 11-bit resolution as a minimum. Form-C relay outputs shall have common, normally-open and normally-closed contacts. All relay outputs shall have LED's to indicate relay status. 3. Protection. All input and outputs shall have over-voltage protection built-in to protect main board from failure. Q. PID Loops. Loops shall have the capability to be sequenced once per second and switched between occupied and unoccupied setpoints. In addition, a manual override and level may be initiated and implemented in logic. PID Loops shall support drift-limit alarm and controlled input alarms. Should controlled input fail or alarm, one of the following actions shall be initiated: 1. Maintain output at level when sensor failed and return to normal operation on alarm clear. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-14 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2. Automatically go to pre-defined controlled input value and return to normal operation on alarm clear. 3. Automatically go to pre-defined loop output level and return to normal operation on alarm clear. 4. Automatically go to pre-defined loop output level and stay there until a alarm clears and a manual override is initiated by operator. R. Runtime Totalization. Controller shall provide an algorithm that can totalize runtime for each digital input or output and calculate the number of starts. Operator shall be able to enable runtime alarm based on exceeded adjustable runtime limit via the Web browser interface. S. Staggered Start. Controller shall stagger controlled equipment restart after power outage. Operator shall be able to adjust equipment restart order and time delay between equipment restarts via the Web browser interface. T. Web Browser. In addition, the Web browser interface shall support the following functions on the building controller other than outlined above: 1. Configuration and editing of any function or programming module stored within the controller. 2. Operator override of any function module or software point within the controller in addition to the physical input-outputs. 3. Support of navigation through logic flow diagram to support commissioning via the browser. 4. Display lists of each type of function or programming module within the controller in numerical order and highlight any current alarm points in flashing red format. 5. Operation will be mouse driven point and click between views, graphics and modules. Values shall be changed by drop-down menus or by clicking and typing in open fields. 2.08 BACnet UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Provide fully programmable BACnet unitary controllers with universal I/0 for terminal equipment control ofRTU's and other equipment. B. Network Communication. As a BACnet controller, the unitary controllers shall integrate seamlessly with the building control system, communicating at up to 76.8Kbps on a BACnet MS/TPLAN. C. Hardware Design. BACnet unitary controllers shall be DIN-rail mounted and have software- configurable inputs and outputs allowing for compatibility with a wide range ofHV AC and other control and monitoring applications. 2.09 AUXILARY CONTROL DEVICES INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-15 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Temperature Sensors. Temperature sensors shall be thermistor or 4-20mA dependent on application. I. Duct Supply Air Sensors. Terminal unit supply duct sensors shall be 6" long thermistor. AHU supply duct sensors shall be 16" long thermistors of type I OKII. 2. Mixed air sensors shall be averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 5 feet in length per I 0 ft 2 of duct cross-section. Sensors shall generate a 4-20mA signal. 3. Immersion Sensors. Provide immersion sensors with a separable stainless steel or brass well. Well pressure rating shall be consistent with system pressure it will be immersed in. Well shall withstand pipe design flow velocities. Immersion sensors shall be thermistor oftype lOKII. 4. Outside Air Sensors shall be mounted on north facing wall and be a I OK type II thermistor. Sensor shall be mounted in a water-proof enclosure. 5. Space Sensors. Space sensors shall be wall mounted thermistors and shall have setpoint adjustment and override button options. See plans for required types and locations. Space sensors shall be 1 OKII type thermistors and shall have guards fitted on locations shown on plans. B. Humidity Sensors 1. Duct and room sensors shall have a sensing range of 20%-80%. 2. Duct sensors shall have a sampling chamber. 3. Outdoor air humidity sensors shall have a sensing range of20%-95% RH and shall be suitable for ambient conditions of 40°F -170°F. 4. Humidity sensors shall not drift more than 1% of full scale annually. 5. Humidity sensors shall have a 2% rated accuracy. C. Flow Switches. Flow-proving switches differential pressure type as shown. Switches shall be UL listed, SPDT snap-acting, and pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum). 1. Differential pressure switches shall have scale range and differential suitable for intended application and NEMA 1 enclosure unless otherwise specified. D. Relays 1. Control Relays. Control relays shall be plug-in type, UL listed, and shall have dust cover and LED "energized" indicator. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be suitable for application. 2. Time Delay Relays. Time delay relays shall be solid-state plug-in type, UL listed, and shall have adjustable time delay. Delay shall be adjustable ±100% from setpoint shown. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be suitable for application. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure for relays not installed in local control panel. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-16 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3. Relay-in-box. Shall be UL listed and have a compact NEMA 1 housing withY:! or% inch NPT nipples. Relays shall have LED "energized" indication. Wires shall be color-coded. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be suitable for application. E. Current Transmitters 1. AC current transmitters shall be self-powered, combination split-core current transformer type with built-in rectifier and high-gain servo amplifier with 4-20 rnA two-wire output. Full-scale unit ranges shall be 10 A, 20 A, 50 A, 100 A, 150 A, and 200 A, with internal zero and span adjustment. Unit accuracy shall be± 1% full-scale at 500 ohm maximum burden. 2. Transmitter shall meet or exceed ANSI/ISA S50.1 requirements and shall be UL/CSA recognized. 3. Unit shall be split-core type for clamp-on installation on existing wiring. F. Current Transformers 1. AC current transformers shall be UL recognized and shall be completely encased (except for terminals) in approved plastic material. 2. Transformers shall be available in various current ratios and shall be selected for± 1% accuracy at 5 A full-scale output. 3. Use fixed-core transformers for new wiring installation and split-core transformers for existing wiring installation. G. Current Switches 1. Current-operated switches shall be self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current. Select switches to match application current and DDC system output requirements. Any current switches used on VSDs shall be specialized for VSD application. Current switches shall be Veris Hawkeye or equivalent. H. Pressure Transducers 1. Transducers shall have linear output signal and field-adjustable zero and span. 2. Continuous operating conditions of positive or negative pressure 50% greater than calibrated span shall not damage transducer sensing elements. I. Differential Pressure Switches. Differential pressure switches (air or water service) shall be UL listed, SPDT snap-acting, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum) and shall have scale range and differential suitable for intended application and NEMA 1 enclosure unless otherwise specified. J. Local Control Panels INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-17 2.010 A. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Indoor control panels shall be fully enclosed NEMA 1 construction with hinged door key-lock latch and removable sub-panels. A common key shall open each control panel and sub-panel. 2. Prewire internal and face-mounted device connections with color-coded stranded conductors tie-wrapped or neatly installed in plastic troughs. Field connection terminals shall be UL listed for 600 V service, individually identified per control and interlock drawings, with adequate clearance for field wiring. ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS AND VALVES Quality Assurance for Actuators and Valves 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and C.S.A. Class 4813 02 certified. 2. NEMA 2 rated enclosures for inside mounting, provide with weather shield for outside mounting. 3. Five-year manufacturer's warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation. B. Actuators for damper and control valves 0.5-6 inches shall be electric unless otherwise specified, provide actuators as follows: 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and Canadian Standards association Class 481302 shall certify actuators. 2. NEMA 2 rated actuator enclosures for inside mounting. Use additional weather shield to protect actuator when mounted outside. 3. Five-year manufacturer's warranty. Two-year unconditional and Three year product defect from date of installation. 4. Mechanical spring shall be provided when specified. Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. 5. Position indicator device shall be installed and made visible to the exposed side of the actuator. For damper short shaft mounting, a separate indicator shall be provided to the exposed side of the actuator. 6. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit. Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot bum out due to stalled damper or mechanical and electrical paralleling. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation are acceptable only for butterfly valve actuators. 7. A Pushbutton gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring actuators. 8. Modulating actuators shall be 24 V AC and consume IOVA power or less. 9. Conduit connectors are required when specified and when code requires it. D. Damper Actuators INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-18 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Outside air and exhaust air damper actuators shall be mechanical spring return. capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. The actuator mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the damper as required. 2. Economizer actuators shall utilize analog control 0-lOVDC, floating control is not acceptable. 3. Electric damper actuators (including VA V box actuators) shall be direct shaft-mounted and use a V -bolt and toothed V -clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or set-screw type fasteners are not acceptable. 4. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. No connecting rods or jackshafts shall be needed. Small outside air and return air economizer dampers may be mechanically linked together if one actuator has sufficient torque to drive both and damper drive shafts are both horizontal installed. 5. Multi-section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. (See below execution section for more installation details.) 2.011 WIRING RACEWAYS AND POWER SUPPLIES A. General. Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as specified in applicable sections of Division I 6. B. Insulated wire shall use copper conductors and shall be UL listed for 200°F minimum service and be plenum rated. C. Power Supplies. Control transformers shall be UL listed. Furnish Class 2 current-limiting type or furnish over-current protection in primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service in accordance with NEC requirements. Limit connected loads to 80% of rated capacity. I. DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Unit shall be full-wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak-to-peak. Regulation shall be 1.0% line and load combined, with 1 00-microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over-voltage and over-current protection and shall be able to withstand 150% current overload for at least three seconds without trip-out or failure. D. Wiring Standards and Identification. Control wiring shall conform to the following standards and color codes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Ethernet Communication Twisted Pair Communication Two Wire Sensors Wall Sensors INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC Orange Blue Jacket Purple strip Purple Jacket CAT5E 22-2 20-2/SH 22-6 230900-19 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 5. 6. 7. 8. Digital Output Interface Device ASC Power Comb Digital Input/Output PART 3-EXECUTION 3.0 I EXAMINATION Green Stripe Orange Stripe Red Stripe Orange Stripe 18/2 18/4 16/2 18/4 A. Thoroughly examine project plans for control device and equipment locations. Report discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions to Architect or Engineer for resolution before starting rough-in work. B. Inspect site to verify that equipment can be installed as shown. Report discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions to Engineer for resolution before starting rough-in work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install control units and other hardware on permanent walls where not subject to excessive vibration. B. Install controller software and implement features of programs to specified requirements and appropriate to sequence of operation. C. A 120volt alternating current, dedicated power circuit to each programmable control panel shall be provided by Division 16. D. Mechanical Rooms and exposed locations to be in full conduit. E. Conduit sleeves in fire rated walls to be caulked with firestop and have bushings on both ends. All conduit stubs and knockouts to have bushings. F. Plenum rated cable shall be used above drop ceilings and cable paths ran parallel to building structure or structural steel. Plenum cable to be supported at regular intervals by tie-wrap and anchor or tie wrap and bridal ring combinations at no more than 3 foot intervals. 3.03 FIELD SERVICES A. Start and commission systems. Allow adequate time for start-up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation. Allow time in this contract to work with commissioning agent if reg uired. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-20 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3.04 COORDINATION A. Site 1. Assist in coordinating space conditions to accommodate the work of each trade where work will be installed near or will interfere with work of other trades. 2. Coordinate and schedule work with other work in the same area and with work dependent upon other work to facilitate mutual progress. B. Test and Balance 1. Provide Test and Balance Contractor a single set of necessary tools to interface to control system for testing and balancing. 2. Train Test and Balance Contractor to use control system interface tools. 3. Test and Balance Contractor shall return tools undamaged and in working condition at completion of testing and balancing. 3.05 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Install equipment, piping, and wiring or raceway horizontally, vertically, and parallel to walls wherever possible. B. Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for piping and equipment vibration isolation. C. Install equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by National Electrical Code (NEC) Chapter 1 Article 100 Part A. D. Verify wiring integrity to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and ground faults. E. Equipment, installation, and wiring shall comply with industry specifications and standards and local codes for performance, reliability, and compatibility. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Install sensors according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for operating environment. C. Install room temperature sensors in the following ways: 1. On block walls mount on 2 x 4 inch box in wall with ~ inch conduit stubbed out above plenum ceilings. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-21 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2. On existing hollow walls mount on 2 x 4 inch box in wall with bushing knockout. If thermostats are to be mounted without box, use anchors. Screws without anchors are not acceptable. 3. On existing filled walls use surface wire mold or conduit depending on location. Co- ordinate with owner on acceptable method. D. Use averaging sensors in mixing plenums and hot and cold decks. Install averaging sensors in a serpentine manner vertically across duct. Support each bend with a capillary clip. E. Install mixing plenum low-limit sensors in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct. Support each bend with a capillary clip. Provide 1 ft of sensing element for each 3 ft 2 of coil area. F. Install pipe-mounted temperature sensors in wells. Install liquid temperature sensors with heat- conducting fluid in thermal wells. G. Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall at designated location with sun shield. H. Differential Air Static Pressure. 1. Supply Duct Static Pressure. Pipe high-pressure tap to duct using a pitot tube. Make pressure tap connections according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Return Duct Static Pressure. Pipe low-pressure tap to duct using a pitot tube. Make pressure tap connections according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Building Static Pressure. Pipe pressure sensor's low-pressure port to the static pressure port located on the outside of the building through a high-volume accumulator. Pipe high- pressure port to a location behind a thermostat cover. 4. Pressure transducers, except those controlling VA V boxes, shall be located in a vibration- free location accessible for service without use of ladders or special equipment. 5. Mount gauge tees adjacent to air and water differential pressure taps. Install shut-off valves before tee for water gauges. I. Smoke detectors, freeze stats, high-pressure cut-offs, and other safety switches shall be hard- wired to de-energize equipment as described in the sequence of operation. Switches shall require manual reset. 3.07 ACTUATORS A. General. Mount actuators and adapters according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Electric and Electronic Damper Actuators. Mount actuators directly on damper shaft or jackshaft unless shown as a linkage installation. Link actuators according to manufacturer's recommendations. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-22 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. For low-leakage dampers with seals, mount actuator with a minimum so travel available for damper seal tightening. 2. To compress seals when spring-return actuators are used on normally closed dampers, power actuator to approximately so open position, manually close the damper, then tighten linkage. 3. Check operation of damper-actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates damper smoothly throughout stroke to both open and closed positions. 4. Provide necessary mounting hardware and linkages for actuator installation. 3.08 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING A. Label wiring and cabling, including that within factory-fabricated panels, with control system address or termination number at each end within 2" of termination. B. Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show instrument or item served. C. Label control panels with minimum I" letters on laminated plastic nameplates. 3.09 SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING A. Startup testing. Complete startup testing to verify operational control system before notifying owner of system demonstration. 1. Calibrate and prepare for service each instrument, control, and accessory equipment furnished under Section 23 09 23. 2. Verity that control wiring is properly connected and free of shorts and ground faults. Verity that terminations are tight. 3. Enable control systems and verity each input device's calibration. Calibrate each device according to manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Verity that binary output devices such as relays, solenoid valves, two-position actuators and control valves, and magnetic starters, operate properly and that normal positions are correct. S. Verity that analog output devices such as actuators are functional, that start and span are correct, and that direction and normal positions are correct. Check control valves and automatic dampers to ensure proper action and closure. Make necessary adjustments to valve stem and damper blade travel. 6. Verity that system operates according to sequences of operation. Simulate and observe each operational mode by overriding and varying inputs and schedules. Tune PID loops and each control routine that requires tuning. 7. Alarms and Interlocks. a. Check each alarm with an appropriate signal at a value that will trip the alarm. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-23 3.010 A. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents b. Trip interlocks using field contacts to check logic and to ensure that actuators fail in the proper direction. c. Test interlock actions by simulating alarm conditions to check initiating value of variable and interlock action. TRAINING Provide training for a designated staff of Owner's representatives. Training shall be provided through on-site computer-based training, classroom training, or a combination of training methods. B. Training shall enable students to accomplish the following objectives. 1. Proficiently operate system 2. Understand control system architecture and configuration 3. Understand job layout and location of control components 4. Understand DDC system components 5. Understand system operation, including DDC system control and optimizing routines. 6. Log on and off system 7. Access graphics, point reports, and logs 8. Adjust and change system setpoints, time schedules, and holiday schedules 9. Recognize common HVAC system malfunctions by observing system graphics, trend graphs, and other system tools 10. Understand system drawings and Operation and Maintenance manual 11. Access data from DDC controllers 12. Create, delete, and modify alarms, including configuring alarm reactions 13. Create, delete, and modify point trend logs (graphs) and multi-point trend graphs 14. Add new users and understand password security procedures C. Provide course outline and materials. Provide one copy of training material per student. D. Instructors shall be factory-trained and experienced in presenting this material. E. Perform classroom training using documentation, PowerPoint presentations and software used on installed systems. END OF SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HV AC 230900-24 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 233113 -METAL DUCTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single-wall round and flat-oval ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Sealants and gaskets. 5. Hangers and supports. 6. Seismic-restraint devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HV AC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, duct- mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article. B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: METAL DUCTS 233113-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Adhesives. 2. Sealants and gaskets. 3. Seismic-restraint devices. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory-and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, seismic restraints, and vibration isolation. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. Sheet metal thicknesses. 2. Joint and seam construction and sealing. 3. Reinforcement details and spacing. 4. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports. 5. Design Calculations: Calculations, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation for selecting hangers and supports and seismic restraints. D. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: I. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. METAL DUCTS Lighting fixtures. Air outlets and inlets. Speakers. Sprinklers. Access panels. Perimeter moldings. 233113-2 E. Welding certificates. F. Field quality-control reports. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to A WS Dl.l/DI.lM, "Structural Welding Code-Steel," for hangers and supports. A WS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. A WS D 1.1/D 1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel," for hangers and supports. 2. A WS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. C. ASH RAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASH RAE 62.1, Section 5 -"Systems and Equipment" and Section 7-"Construction and System Start-Up." D. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4-"HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible." METAL DUCTS 233113-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.02 SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SEMCO Incorporated. d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible." 1. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches (1524 mm) in Diameter: Flanged. C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches (2286 mm) in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams. 2. Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches (1830 mm) in width (major dimension) with butt-welded longitudinal seams. D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible." 2.03 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90 (Z275). METAL DUCTS 233113-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. C. Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for exposed ducts. D. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article. E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/ A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black-and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. F. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900 mm) or less; 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). 2.04 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NR TL. B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. 2. Tape Width: 4 inches (1 02 mm). 3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: I 0-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative. 7. Service: Indoor and outdoor. 8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 93 deg C). 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum. 10. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 giL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 11. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. METAL DUCTS 233113-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. D. Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Base: Synthetic rubber resin. 3. Solvent: Toluene and heptane. 4. Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent. 5. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 60. 6. Water resistant. 7. Mold and mildew resistant. 8. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 9. VOC: Maximum 395 giL. 10. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 11. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive or negative. 12. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 13. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. E. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: 0. 6. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." F. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. G. Round Duct Joint 0-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/1 00 sq. ft. at l-inch wg (0.14 Lis per sq. m at 250 Pa) and shall be rated for 10-inch wg (2500-Pa) static-pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM 0-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double-lipped, EPDM 0-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. METAL DUCTS 233113-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1 (Table 5-l M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. E. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. 2.06 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. Mason Industries. 5. TOLCO; a brand ofNIBCO INC. 6. Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd. B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. C. Channel Support System: Shop-or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment METAL DUCTS 233113-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. Include matching components and corrosion-resistant coating. D. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized-steel cables with end connections made of cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or double-cable clips. E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. F. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory-or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements ofbuilding. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch (25 mm), plus allowance for insulation thickness. I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. J. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-112 inches (38 mm). METAL DUCTS 233113 - 8 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents K. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." During construction, provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.03 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." B. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible": I. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible." 2. Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A. 3. Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 4. Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 3.04 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 9 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches (1 00 mm) thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1 (Table 5-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches (610 mm) of each elbow and within 48 inches (1200 mm) of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet (5 m). F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.05 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT -DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 1. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 2. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). B. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads. C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. D. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators. E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members. G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling. Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during METAL DUCTS 233113-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for applications exposed to weather. 3.06 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.07 PAINTING A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. em. C. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 STARTUP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." METAL DUCTS 233113 -11 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 3.11 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Supply Ducts: I. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive I -inch wg (250 Pa). b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B 2. Ducts Connected to Constant-Volume Air-Handling Units <Insert equipment>: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg (500 Pa). b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. 3. Ducts Connected to Variable-Air-Volume Air-Handling Units <Insert equipment>: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2 inch. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. B. Return Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative l-inch wg (250 Pa). b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. 2. Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg (500 Pa). b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. C. Exhaust Ducts: I. Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.I, Class I and 2) Air: a. Pressure Class: Negative l-inch wg (250 Pa). b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure. 2. Ducts Connected to Commercial Kitchen Hoods: Comply with NFPA 96. a. Exposed to View: Type 304, stainless-steel sheet, No.4. b. Concealed: Type 304, 18 gage stainless-steel sheet, No. 2D finish or 16 gage Carbon-steel sheet. c. Welded seams and joints. d. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg (750 Pa) e. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations. 3. Ducts Connected to Dishwasher Hoods: a. b. c. METAL DUCTS Type 304, stainless-steel sheet. Exposed to View: No. 4 finish. Concealed: No. 2D finish. 233113-12 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents d. Welded seams and flanged joints with watertight EPDM gaskets. e. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg (500 Pa) Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations. D. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. 2. Stainless-Steel Ducts: a. Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material. b. Not Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material. E. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: I) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Mitered Type RE 4 with vanes. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." c. Velocity 1500 fpm (7.6 m/s) or Higher: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows." METAL DUCTS 233113-13 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents a. Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Table 3- 1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three segments for 90-degree elbow. 2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments for 90-degree elbow. 3) Velocity 1500 fpm (7.6 m/s) or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments for 90-degree elbow. 4) Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches (305 mm) and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. c. Round Elbows, 14 Inches (356 mm) and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam. F. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in. 2. Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a. Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: 90-degree tap. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): Conical tap. c. Velocity 1500 fpm (7.6 m/s) or Higher: 45-degree lateral. END OF SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTS 233113-14 SECTION 233300 -AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section 1ncludes: 1. Backdraft and pressure relief dampers. 2. Manual volume dampers. 3. Control dampers. 4. Flange connectors. 5. Turning vanes. 6. Duct-mounted access doors. 7. Flexible connectors. 8. Flexible ducts. 9. Duct accessory hardware. 10. Combination Fire and Smoke Dampers 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. c. Control damper installations. d. Fire-damper and smoke-damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors. e. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 908, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents A. Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90 (Z275). 2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. C. Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063, Temper T6. D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, l/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900 mm) or less; 3/8-inch (1 0-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). 2.02 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Duro Dyne Inc. 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. 5. Ruskin Company. B. Description: Gravity balanced. C. Maximum Air Velocity: 3000 fpm (15 rnls). D. Maximum System Pressure: 2-inch wg (0.5 kPa). E. Frame: 0.052-inch-(1.3-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded comers and mounting flange. F. Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, center-pivoted, maximum 6-inch (150-mm) width, 0.025- inch-(0.6-mm-) thick, roll-formed aluminum with sealed edges. G. Blade Action: Parallel. H. Blade Seals: Neoprene, mechanically locked. I. Blade Axles: AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents 1. Material: Aluminum. 2. Diameter: 0.20 inch (5 mm). J. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum. K. Return Spring: Adjustable tension. L. Bearings: Synthetic pivot bushings. M. Accessories: 1. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2. Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations. 3. Electric actuators. 4. Chain pulls. 5. Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve. a. Sleeve Thickness: 20-gage (1.0-mm) minimum. b. Sleeve Length: 6 inches (152 mm) minimum. 6. Screen Mounting: Rear mounted. 7. Screen Material: Galvanized steel. 8. Screen Type: Bird. 9. 90-degree stops. 2.03 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Nailor Industries Inc. b. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. c. Ruskin Company. 2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Hat-shaped, galvanized-steel channels, 0.064-inch (1.62-mm) minimum thickness. b. Mitered and welded comers. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flange less frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel-or opposed-blade design. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized-steel, 0.064 inch (1.62 mm) thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Oil-impregnated bronze. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg (750 Pa) or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 2.04 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: I. Ruskin Company. 2. METALAIRE, Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. B. Frames: 1. Hat shaped. 2. Galvanized steel channels, 0.064 inch (1.62 mm) thick. 3. Mitered and welded corners. C. Blades: 1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 8 inches (200 mm). 2. Parallel-blade design. 3. Galvanized steel. 4. 0.064 inch (1.62 mm) thick. 5. Blade Edging: Closed-cell neoprene edging. 6. Blade Edging: Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals. D. Blade Axles: 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) diameter; galvanized steel; blade-linkage hardware of zinc- plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. 1. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (minus 40 to plus 93 deg C). E. Bearings: 1. Stainless-steel sleeve. 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg (750 Pa) or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3. Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents 2.05 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Ruskin Company. 2. Nailor Industries lnc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. B. Type: Static and dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 and UL 555S by an NRTL. C. Available combination fire and smoke dampers include automatic-reopening types and types with electrothermal links that require link replacement after activation. Manufacturers offer additional features for engineered smoke-control system dampers. D. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg (1-kPa) static pressure class and minimum 4000-fpm (20-m/s) velocity. E. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours. F. Frame: Multiple-blade type; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking comers. G. Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links. H. Heat-Responsive Device: Electric resettable link and switch package, factory installed, rated. I. Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single-point connection. J. Frame: Multiple-blade type; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking comers. K. Blades: Roll-formed, horizontal, interlocking, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- (0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized- steel blade connectors. L. Leakage: Class I. M. Rated pressure and velocity to exceed design airflow conditions. N. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, 0.052-inch-(1.3-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application with factory-furnished silicone calking. 0. Master control panel for use in dynamic smoke-management systems. P. Damper Motors: Two-position action. Q. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents I. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. lf not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control forHVAC." 3. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear trains. 4. Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated. Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf (17 N x m) and breakaway torque rating of 150 in. x lbf ( 17 N x m). 5. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outdoor-Air Intakes: Equip with 0-ring gaskets designed to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal operation at minus 40 deg F (minus 40 deg C). 6. Nonspring-Return Motors: For dampers larger than 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq. m), size motor for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf ( 17 N x m) and breakaway torque rating of 300 in. x lbf(34 N x m). 7. Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase, 60Hz. R. Accessories: I. Auxiliary switches for fan control. 2. Test and reset switches, damper mounted. 2.06 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: I. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ; Division of Shilco Holdings Inc. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory-fabricated, slide-on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.07 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. MET ALA IRE, Inc. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. C. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." D. Vane Construction: Double wall. E. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to [48 inches (1200 mm)] <Insert dimension> wide and double wall for larger dimensions. 2.08 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. 5. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2 (7-2M), "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 7-3, "Access Doors-Round Duct." I. Door: a. b. c. d. e. Double wall, rectangular. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. Vision panel. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch (25-by-25-mm) butt or piano hinge and cam latches. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches (300 mm) Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches ( 460 mm) Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches (600 by 1200 mm): Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. d. Access Doors Larger than 24 by 48 Inches (600 by 1200 mm): Four hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-7 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents 2.09 DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Flame Gard, Inc. 3. 3M. B. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL. C. Panel and Frame: Minimum thickness [0.0528-inch (1.3-mm) carbon] [0.0428-inch (1.1-mm) stainless] steel. D. Fasteners: Carbon steel. Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall. E. Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease-tight, high-temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum 2000 deg F (1 093 deg C). F. Minimum Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive or negative. 2.10 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-112 inches (89 mm) wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch-(70-mm-) wide, 0.028-inch-(0.7-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-(0.8-mm-) thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd. (880 g/sq. m). 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch (84 N/mm) in the warp and 360 lbf/inch (63 N/mm) in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 93 deg C). F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-8 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd. (810 g/sq. m). 2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch (93 N/mm) in the warp and 440 lbf/inch (77 N/mm) in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 45 to plus 121 deg C). G. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch (6-mm) movement at start and stop. 2.11 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, black polymer film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; [polyethylene] [aluminized] vapor-barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 4-inch wg (1000 Pa) positive and 0.5-inch wg (125 Pa) negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm (20 m/s). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 175 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 79 deg C). 4. Insulation R-Value: 8.0. C. Flexible Duct Connectors: 1. Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches (75 through 460 mm), to suit duct size. 2. Non-Clamp Connectors: Adhesive plus sheet metal screws. 2.12 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pi tot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-9 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. 2.13 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Shall be line voltage; dual chamber; photoelectric type detecting combustion products; fully self-compensating for effects of velocity, temperature change, humidity and atmospheric pressure. Provide housing with continuously lighted power lamp, alarm lamp, test button and reset button. Smoke detectors shall be provided and wired under Division 26 and installed by Division 23. Interconnect with building fire alarm system per Section 27 31 00. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HV AC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated. D. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. E. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. F. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. G. Install fire dampers according to UL listing. H. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. Upstream and downstream from duct filters. 2. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. 3. At drain pans and seals. 4. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment. 5. Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links. Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be pressure AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents relief access doors; and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers. 6. At each change in direction and at maximum 50-foot (15-m) spacing. 7. Control devices requiring inspection. 8. Elsewhere as indicated. L Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. J. Access Door Sizes: K. L. M. N. 0. P. 3.02 A. 1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches (200 by 125 mm). 2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches (300 by 150 mm). 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches (460 by 250 mm). 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches (530 by 355 mm). 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches (635 by 355 mm). 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches (635 by 430 mm). Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 84-inch (1500-mm) lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 114-inch (6-mm) movement during start and stop of fans. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verifY that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verifY that proper heat-response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. END OF SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-11 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. 233300-12 SECTION 233423 -HV AC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 4. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA-Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. C. Exhaust Fans serving Type I Hoods shall be Restaurant Duty. Centrifugal Roof ventilators serving Type 1 hoods shall be UL 705 and UL 762 listed. Utility Set fans serving Type 1 Hoods shall be UL listed 762. HV AC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Loren Cook Company. 2. Captive Aire 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4. Penn Berry. B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. 1. Hinged Subbase: maintenance. Galvanized-steel hinged arrangement permitting service and C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades. D. Belt Drives: 1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 3. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball bearings. 4. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley. 5. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. E. Accessories: 1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent. 2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted [inside] [outside] fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit. 3. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch (13-mm) mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base; factory set to close when fan stops. 5. For fans serving Type 1 hoods, see Mechanical sheets M4.1 & M4.2 for additional requirements. F. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded comers; 1-1/2-inch-( 40-mm-) thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch ( 40-mm) wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. 1. Configuration: Built-in cant and mounting flange. 2. Overall Height: 8 inches (200 mm). 3. Sound Curb: Curb with sound-absorbing insulation. 4. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. 5. Metal Liner: Galvanized steel. 6. Mounting Pedestal: Galvanized steel with removable access panel. HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 7. Vented Curb: Unlined with louvered vents in vertical sides. 8. For fans serving Type 1 hoods, see Mechanical sheets M4.1 & M4.2 for additional requirements. 2.02 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23. 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify sound-power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. See Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs. B. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. C. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Alr Duct Accessories." HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. I. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: I. VerifY that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. VerifY that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. VerifY that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. VerifY that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verifY proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. VerifY lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. VerifY that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. I 0. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Adjust belt tension. C. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HV AC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. HV AC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. E. Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION 233423 HV AC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-5 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. 233423-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 233713-DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Perforated diffusers. 2. Modular core supply grilles. 3. Fixed face registers and grilles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Louvers and Vents" for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume- control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 5. Duct access panels. C. Source quality-control reports. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS 233713-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Titus. 2. Krueger. 3. Price Industries. 4. METALAIRE, Inc. 2.02 CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Perforated Diffuser 'A': 1. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 2. Material: Steel backpan and pattern controllers, with steel face. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 4. Face Size: 24 by 24 inches (600 by 600 mm). 5. Duct Inlet: Round or Square. 6. Face Style: Flush. 7. Mounting: T-bar. 8. Pattern Controller: Modular core. 9. Dampers: Opposed blade, where indicated 10. Accessories: a. Equalizing grid. b. Plaster ring. c. Safety chain. d. Wire guard. e. Sectorizing baffles. f. Operating rod extension. B. Perforated Return Registers 'B': 1. Type: Perforated Face. 2. Frame: Inverted T-bar type 24 inch x 24 inch. 3. Fabrication: Steel with steel frame and baked enamel finish. Color as selected by architect. C. Modular Core Supply Grilles 'C': 1. Throw: Extended distance for airflow rates. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Grilles per Unit: Four. 4. Finish: White baked acrylic. 5. Border: 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) width with countersunk screw holes. 6. Blades: DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS 233713-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents a. Set in modules. 7. Modules: Removable; rotatable. 8. Mounting: Surface. 9. Accessory: Opposed-blade steel damper. 10. 13"Metal Ducts. 2.02 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Fixed Face Register 'D': 1. Material: Steel. 2. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 3. Face Arrangement: 1/8 by 3/4 inch blades on 3/4 inch centers. Double deflection blades for supply. 4. Frame: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide. 5. Mounting: Countersunk screw. 6. Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade, where indicated. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS 233713-3 3.03 ADJUSTING Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS 233713-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 238119-PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Packaged rooftop unit. B. Unit controls. C. Remote panel. D. Roof mounting curb and base. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HV AC Piping and Equipment Isolation. B. Section 23 09 00-Instrumentation and Control for HV AC. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ARI 210/240 -Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment; Air- Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute; 2005. B. ARI 270 -Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment; Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute; 1995. C. NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems; National Fire Protection Association; 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide capacity and dimensions of manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Indicate electrical service with electrical characteristics and connection requirements, and duct connections. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate capacity and dimensions of manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Indicate electrical service with electrical characteristics and· connection requirements, and duct connections. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start-up instructions. PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 238119-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Division 1 for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide a five year warranty to include coverage for refrigeration compressors. C. Provide five year labor warranty. 1.08 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish service and maintenance of packaged roof top units for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. B. Provide maintenance service with a two month interval as maximum time period between calls. Provide 24-hour emergency service on breakdowns and malfunctions. C. Include maintenance items as outlined in manufacturer's operating and maintenance data, including minimum of six filter replacements, minimum of one fan belt replacement, and controls check-out, adjustments, and recalibration. D. Submit copy of service call work order or report, and include description of work performed. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide one additional set of filters for each unit. PART 2-PRODUCTS PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 238119-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The Carrier Corporation: www.carrier.com. B. Trane, Inc.: www.trane.com. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. General: Roof mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. B. Description: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, heat exchanger and burner, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, condenser coil and condenser fan. C. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, including access panels with screwdriver operated flush cam type fasteners;or doors with piano hinges and locking handle. Structural members shall be minimum 18 gage (1.20 mm), with access doors or panels of minimum 20 gage (0.90mm). Provide flue vent extender and outside air hood as indicated on plans. Provide economizer as indicated on plans. B. Insulation: one inch (25 mm) thick neoprene coated glass fiber with edges protected from erosion. C. Heat Exchangers: Stainless steel, of welded construction. D. Supply and Exhaust Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V -belt drive adjustable variable pitch motor pulley on exhaust and rubber isolated hinge mounted high efficiency motor. Provide VFD for fan speed modulation on exhaust fan and supply fans of variable air volume type units. E. Air Filters: 2 inch (50 mm) thick MERV 8 glass fiber disposable media in metal frames. F. Provide pre-fabricated seismically calculated roof curb and pre-fabricated vibration isolation roof curb for A/C unit. Curb shall be pitched to ensure A/C unit is level. 2.04 BURNER A. Gas Burner: Atmospheric type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut-off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic 100 percent shut-off pilot. B. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 238119-3 C. D. 2.05 A. B. 2.06 A. B. C. D. 2.07 A. B. C. 2.08 A. B. C. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de- energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, with provisions for continuous fan operation. EVAPORATOR COIL Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection. Provide thermostatic expansion valves for units of 6 tons (21 kw) capacity and less, and thermostatic expansion valves and alternate row circuiting for units 7.5 tons (26 kw) cooling capacity and larger. COMPRESSOR Provide hermetic or semi-hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. For variable refrigerant flow units, provide variable two step capacity scroll compressors. Five minute timed off circuit to delay compressor start. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 35 degrees F (2 degrees C) ambient. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 57 degrees F ( 14 degrees C) ambient. CONDENSER COIL Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcooling rows and coil guard. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. Provide high efficiency fan motors. Provide refrigerant pressure switches to cycle condenser fans. MIXED AIR CASING Dampers: Provide outside, return, and relief dampers with damper operator and control package to automatically vary outside air quantity. Outside air damper to fall to closed position. Relief dampers may be gravity balanced. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets maximum leakage 5 percent at 2 inches (500 Pa) pressure differential. Damper Operator: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil. PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 238119-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents D. Damper Operator, Units 7.5 Ton (26 kW) Cooling Capacity and Larger: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil with spring return on. E. Mixed Air Controls: Maintain selected supply air temperature and return dampers to minimum position on call for heating and above 75 degrees F (24 degrees C) ambient, or when ambient air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy. 2.09 ECONOMIZER A. Provide economizers as indicated on plans. B. Economizers shall be fully modulating from 0 -100%, enthalpy based control with damper drive motor and VFD centrifugal modulating power exhaust with building space pressure transmitter. C. Provide in panel a low limit manual reset. 2.10 OPERATING CONTROLS -SINGLE ZONE UNITS A. Refer to Section 23 09 00 "Instrumentation and Control for HV AC" PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that roof is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as illustrated by the manufacturer. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A. C. Mount units on factory built isolation roof mounting curb providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level. 3.03 STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Provide initial start-up and shut-down during first year of operation, including routine servicing and check-out. END OF SECTION 238119 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 238119-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 238119-6 SECTION 238126-SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents A. Section includes split-system air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and compressor-condenser components. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Operation and maintenance data. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." 2. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 4 -"Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 -"Systems and Equipment," Section 6 -" Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238126-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents a. For Compressor: Five from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: One year from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.0I MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Carrier Corporation; Home Comfort and HV AC Building & Industrial Systems. 2. SANYO North America Corporation; SANYO Fisher Company. 2.02 INDOOR UNITS 5 TONS (18 kW) OR LESS A. Concealed Evaporator-Fan Components: I. Chassis: Galvanized steel with flanged edges, removable panels for servicing, and insulation on back of panel. 2. Insulation: Faced, glass-fiber duct liner. 3. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal- expansion valve. Comply with ARI 2 I 0/240. 4. Fan: Forward-curved, double-width wheel of galvanized steel; directly connected to motor. 5. Fan Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HV AC Equipment." b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. c. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection. 6. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 7. Filters: Disposable. 8. Condensate Drain Pans: a. Fabricated with two percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. I) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 2) Depth: A minimum of2 inches (50 mm) deep. SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238126-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents b. Double-wall, stainless-steel or polymer sheet with space between walls filled with foam insulation and moisture-tight seal. c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. 1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 3/4 (ON 25). d. Pan-Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound. e. Units with stacked coils shall have an intermediate drain pan to collect condensate from top coil. B. Wall-Mounted, Evaporator-Fan Components: 1. Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal- expansion valve. Comply with ARI 210/240. 3. Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal. 4. Fan Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HV A C Equipment." b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. c. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. d. NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. e. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. f. Mount unit-mounted disconnect switches on [exterior] [interior] of unit. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 6. Condensate Drain Pans: a. Fabricated with two percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. 1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 2) Depth: A minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) deep. b. Single-wall, polymer steel sheet. c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on both ends of pan. d. Pan-Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound. 7. Air Filtration Section: a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238126-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents I) Comply with NFPA 90A. 2) Minimum Arrestance: According to ASHRAE 52.1 and MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3) Filter-Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. b. Disposable Panel Filters: 1) Factory-fabricated, viscous-coated, flat-panel type. 2) Thickness: I inch (25 mm). 3) Merv according to ASHRAE 52.2: 8 4) Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive. 5) Frame: Galvanized steel, with metal grid on outlet side, steel rod grid on inlet side, and hinged; with pull and retaining handles. 2.03 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS (I8 kW) OR LESS) A. Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components: 1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal-and current-sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and automatic-reset low-pressure switch. c. Refrigerant Charge: R-41 OA. d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 210/240. Provide thermostatic expansion valve. 3. Heat-Pump Components: Reversing valve and low-temperature-air cutoff thermostat. 4. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor. 5. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection. 6. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F (7 deg C). 7. Mounting Base: Polyethylene. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified m Division 23 Sections "Instrumentation and Contro 1 for HV A C". B. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. C. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238126-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents D. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. E. Drain Hose: For condensate. F. Additional Monitoring: 1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads. 2. Monitor cooling load. 3. Provide room temperature sensor for connection and monitoring by Building Automation System. G. Integral Condensate pump for indoor units. 2.05 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. See schedules. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on equipment supports specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium- plated fasteners. D. Install seismic restraints. E. Install compressor-condenser components on restrained, spring isolators with a minimum static deflection of 1 inch (25 mm). See Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HV AC Piping and Equipment." F. Install and connect pre charged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238126-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center Construction Documents C. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and return ducts to split-system air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238126-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 260500 -BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general conditions and Division 1 are part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. This section, 26 05 00, applies to all Division 26 categories. B. Reference to other sections: The applicable requirements from other Division 26 sections required for a complete and operational system shall form a part of the electrical work and each section shall be thoroughly reviewed by the Contractor for application to all other sections. 1.2 EXPLANATION OF ORA WINGS A. These construction documents are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the scope, quality, and character of the work to be performed; all miscellaneous materials and work required for a complete and operational system, though not specifically mentioned, shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall confirm sizes, dimensions, weights and locations of all devices, light fixtures, and equipment prior to installation. Dimensioned architectural drawings shall take precedence over diagrammatic layouts shown on these contract documents. C. The specifications and the drawings are an integral document and shall be considered complementary to each other. In the case of a conflict between the specifications and the drawings, the more constricting condition shall be enforced. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for reporting any discrepancies, errors, or omissions noted prior to bid. E. It is the intent of the drawings to indicate schematic routing and placement of devices, fixtures, equipment and conduit. Equipment or devices requiring a precise location shall be dimensioned on other trade documents (architectural, mechanical, etc.). Offsets, elbows, or extensions shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor as necessary to avoid structure, piping, and clearances and to provide a complete and workmanlike installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work, material or equipment shall comply with the codes, ordinances and regulations of the local government having jurisdiction, including the regulations of serving utilities and any participating government agencies having jurisdiction. B. All electrical work shall comply with the latest edition under enforcement, including all amendments, modifications and supplements, of the following codes and standards or other regulations which may apply: BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. American Disabilities Act (ADA) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 4. Institute of Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 6. Local Code Enforcement Agency Requirements 7. National Electrical Code (NEC) 8. National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) 9. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 10. National Electrical Testing Association (NET A) 11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 12. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 13. International Building Code (IBC) No requirement of these drawings and specifications shall be construed to void any of the provisions of the above standards. Any conflicts or changes required to the contract documents in order to obtain compliance with applicable codes shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer, Architect, and Owner's Representative by the Contractor. C. All items shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories and shall bear the U.L. label. D. Equipment shown to scale is approximate only and based upon a general class of equipment specified. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and clearances prior to commencement of work. E. The Contractor shall verifY all points of connection with the manufacturer's requirements, instructions, or recommendations prior to installation. The actual dimensions, weights, clearance requirements and installation requirements shall be verified and coordinated by the Contractor. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings for materials, equipment, devices, fixtures, and systems shall be submitted by the Contractor for review within 30 days after award of the contract. In addition to the requirements for submittals stated herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the requirements of Division 1. B. The Contractor shall bear the responsibility for any materials installed which were not submitted for review or not installed in compliance with the review comments and the contract documents. C. Verbal modification of submittal documents or changes to the requirements of the contract documents shall not be acceptable. All submittal material must be documented in a written format. D. All submittal packages must be submitted at one time and in accordance with the specification section appropriate for the material. All packages must be identical and clearly labeled BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-2 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents indicating the specification section, project name, submittal date, Contractor's name, Engineer's name, preparer's name and submission version (first submission, resubmittal #1, etc.). E. Product catalog cutsheets and descriptive literature shall be cross-referenced to the specification section by paragraph. F. All submittal packages shall be permanently bound in brochure or booklet format. A minimum quantity of six (6) submittal booklets shall be provided by the Contractor; additional printed copies may be required if so noted. Electronic copies of completed submittal packages, furnished on a CD-ROM in pdf format, may be furnished in lieu of printed copies. G. Materials which bear a certification or approval of a testing agency, performance criteria, society, agency, of other organization shall be submitted with all labels identified. H. The submittal shall be complete and with catalog data and information properly marked to show, among other things, materials, capacity and performance data to meet the specified requirements. I. Incomplete submittals will be rejected at the discretion of the reviewing Engineer. J. Review of the submittal is only for general conformance with the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirmation and coordination of dimensions, quantities, sizes, fabrication, installation methods, and for coordination of work of other trades with electrical work. K. Detailed working drawings shall be prepared and submitted showing items which are to be fabricated including transformer mounting racks, unistrut mounting frames, equipment room layouts, pull boxes, splice boxes, gutters, etc. L. Minimum scale for submitted drawings shall be 1/8". Details shall be drawn to 1/4" scale. All drawings shall be 8.5"x11" or larger. M. Submittal brochures shall be complete and descriptive of the type, make, manufacturer, application, quantity, performance, capacity, ratings, options, dimensions, clearances, weights, nameplate data, special installation requirements, mounting method, NEMA type, NEMA class, environmental restrictions, layout requirements or other information as may be necessary for review of the material. N. Submittal brochures for switchgear shall include, as a minimum, the following: singleline diagrams; fault current ratings of buses and devices; device identification, ratings, layout and characteristics; dimensions; circuit identification; identification label type and method of affixing; mounting; conduit entry point and quantities; NEMA enclosure type; and additional data as required for a complete review. 0. Submittal brochures for lighting systems shall include, as a mm1mum, the following: manufacturer; detailed drawing or photograph; dimensions; lamp data; ballast data; certified photometric data from a third-party testing agency; U.L. label listing; fixture number or identification from the drawings; finish color and material; mounting equipment; socket type and rating; environmental ratings (damp location, watertight, explosion-proof, etc.); voltage; input wattage; and additional information as necessary for a complete review. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-3 Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents P. The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of substitutions of material including any additional cost or delay incurred as a result of the substitution. The Contractor shall coordinate all substitutions with other trades, verify code compliance, verify clearances, photometric performance, appearance, suitability, constructability, and availability of the material prior to submitting the substitution for review. The Contractor shall bear the responsibility of any increased costs to other trades which are directly related to the substitution. 1.5 MATERIAL HANDLING A. The Contractor shall deliver all equipment and material to the site in the manufacturer's original packaging without seals broken. B. The Contractor shall handle, store, protect, and unpack all equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The Contractor shall inspect the equipment and materials in a timely manner to ensure the completeness and appropriateness of the shipment. D. The Contractor shall immediately replace damaged or defective equipment or materials with identical new equipment or material at no cost, inconvenience, or delay to the Owner. 1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall verifY all existing conditions prior to bid and include all costs associated with the existing conditions in bid. B. The Contractor shall match the finish and appearance of all existing conditions where constructing new work adjacent to existing surfaces or equipment. C. Coordinate with the Owner's Representative for all ongoing projects or the work of other trades which may affect the Contractor's work. Verify Owner schedule requirements for special or standard events which may impact the Contractor's work. D. Coordinate work to be performed in occupied areas and comply with the Owner's requirements such that the Owner's work or ongoing activities are not disrupted by the Contractor. Verify the need for work to be performed during premium hours, evenings, weekends, or holidays prior to bid and include all costs in bid. Bring to the Owner's attention the need and locations for all disruptive work prior to commencement of work. 1.7 UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS A. The contractor shall contact the serving utility company for all utility system requirements prior to commencement of work. Utility work shall include electric power, telephone, data, fiber optic cable, cable television or other utilities as may require connections as a part of this contract. Coordinate and comply with all serving utility company requirements, designs, and schedules. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents B. The utility information depicted on the contract documents is for bidding purposes only and shall not be used for construction purposes. All construction shall be performed according to engineered documents provided by the serving utility company. The Contractor shall obtain and coordinate with utility company requirements as a part of this contract and furnish and install all work as a part of this contract. C. Verify all connection points, routing, and requirements with the serving utility company prior to commencement of work and coordinate final requirements with other trades. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with failure to contact or coordinate with utility company requirements. 1.8 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION UTILITY REQUIREMENTS A. Power, telephone or other temporary construction utility services required by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Arrangements for temporary construction utility services shall be made by the Contractor in coordination with the Owner's Representative and the serving utility company. 1.9 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE A. The Contractor shall coordinate all shutdowns, outages, and service interruptions with the Owner's Representative. Electrical shutdowns shall be kept to the minimum number necessary to complete the work. B. The Contractor shall coordinate all work done on overtime or premium time with Owner's Representative prior to commencement of work. C. All work performed in or through occupied spaces, or other work disruptive to existing occupants shall be considered as performed during premium time or as overtime for the purposes of the bid; include all costs in bid. D. The Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative of all shutdowns or disruptive work a minimum of 72 hours prior to commencement of work. The Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Owner's Representative prior to commencement of work. E. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary power, including temporary power generation, to accommodate shutdowns and minimize disruption of the Owner's activities. F. The Owner reserves the right to provide emergency repairs or temporary power to maintain service continuity at the Contractor's cost in the event Contractor fails to provide adequate service continuity. 1.10 RECORD DOCUMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-5 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents A. The Contractor shall prepare as-built documents depicting all revisions to branch circuits, conduit routing, equipment, panel schedules, lighting control schedules, or materials. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD .dwg format and Adobe .pdf formats. Contractor shall provide (1) full- size hard copy print and (1) CD-ROM of all as-built drawings and files. Hand-drawn or "red- line" drawings shall not be accepted. Drawings shall be legible, reproducible, and properly identified such they may be used as a reference for maintenance or construction. B. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of three copies of the operation and maintenance manuals to the Owner's Representative at the completion of the project. Each copy shall be bound in a three-ring binder and labeled indicating: the project name; system name; Contractor's name, telephone number, and contact person; and Owner's name. The Contractor shall provide the following minimum information within each manual: 1. List of the Subcontractors performing work on the system including contact names, telephone numbers, and email addresses. 2. Routine and emergency service contact names, telephone numbers, and email addresses for each system. 3. Description of system operation. 4. Single line diagrams and control wiring diagrams. 5. Detailed product literature with technical information. 6. Local factory representative contact name, telephone number, and email address. 7. Sequence of starting, shutdown and operation. 8. Installation instructions and safety requirements. 9. Maintenance schedule, testing instructions and performance parameters. 10. Parts list including recommended spare parts. 1.11 GUARANTEE A. All electrical work, materials and equipment provided under this contract shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. Any failures, problems, or deficiencies experienced during this period due to defective materials or faulty workmanship shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner's facility, production, or work product due to deficiencies in the electrical system. Equipment guarantees in excess of one year shall not be superseded by this guarantee. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. MATERIALS All materials shall be new, of prime quality, listed as suitable for the application, and bear factory-applied U.L. labels. Materials shall be currently in production and shall be supported by spare parts, repair service, maintenance, and factory technical support. Materials of one assembly (switchboards, substations, motor control centers, etc.) shall be of one manufacturer unless specifically stated otherwise in the contract documents. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-6 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 A. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS All work shall conform to National Electrical Contractors Association standards of installation and the requirements of the manufacturer, Division 1, Division 16, and the Owner's Representative. B. The Contractor shall field-verify all dimensions and coordinate dimensions with equipment sizes and locations. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. A. The Contractor shall coordinate and install all penetrations, openings, slots, chases, or sleeves as necessary for the routing and installation of raceways, conductors, or equipment. The Contractor shall provide approved fire sealant to maintain fire ratings at all penetrations. The Contractor shall coordinate the placement and sequence of installation of all mounting bolts, conduits, sleeves, etc. which are to be set in poured-in-place concrete slabs, concrete walls, and post-tension slabs per the structural drawings. The Contractor shall verify and coordinate all equipment points of connection, voltages, wiring requirements, disconnecting means, fuse sizes, overcurrent protection, etc. with the equipment supplier. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any discrepancies with the construction documents. The Contractor shall install access panels in walls or ceilings in coordination with the Architect for all junction boxes or electrical equipment that require access. All equipment shall be installed plumb, parallel, or orthogonal to structure and in a neat orderly fashion. All material shall be accessible for maintenance, inspection, servicing or replacement. Verify final locations of devices, equipment, and fixtures during the rough-in phase with dimensioned architectural drawings, fabrication drawings, or other space planning requirements included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall coordinate and arrange for the proper sequence of construction including scheduling of long-lead items, shutdowns, work of other trades, and Owner-scheduled events. The Contractor shall provide adequate and qualified supervision for the work performed; no work shall be performed without the supervision of a representative of the Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all other trades for a successful completion of the project. SEISMIC BRACING The Contractor shall seismically brace all equipment in accordance with requirements of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Seismic Design Category D and provide certification of seismic compliance upon request, including structural calculations as required. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-7 3.3 A. B. c. D. E. F. G. H. 3.4 A. B. C. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents The Contractor shall provide cutting and patching as required to install the electrical system in this contract. Coordinate the schedule of all cutting such that the work may be performed in an expeditious manner with minimum inconvenience to the Owner. Remove or cut structures or materials as necessary for demolition prior to the installation of new electrical work. The Contractor shall protect all surfaces, structure, furnishings, and finishes not directly affected by cutting or patching. Provide dust and moisture barriers as required during cutting and prior to patching openings. All penetrations through roofs shall be performed per architectural requirements, including compliance with the roofing manufacturers' requirements. Patching shall be performed with materials which exactly match the adjacent surfaces in color, texture, character, and appearance. All patches must maintain the fire ratings of the original surface and shall be sealed with a U.L. listed and Fire Marshal approved sealant. COMMISSIONING The Contractor shall initiate start up of all electrical equipment including operation of all devices, switches, generators, transfer switches, overcurrent protection, disconnect switches, etc. to verify normal operation of all moving parts and electrical performance. The Contractor shall test, adjust, aim, align, label, clean and complete all systems prior to acceptance by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall demonstrate that all systems operate within the manufacturer's recommended performance characteristics, the electrical construction documents, system . requirements, and Owner requirements. The Contractor shall test each system per the manufacturer's requirements and shall perform the following system tests: 1. Inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection. 2. Torque test cable connection and tighten in accordance with termination manufacturers recommendations. 3. Infrared scan all connections under loaded conditions and provided color printed images. 4. Insulation resistance test of each cable. 5. Inspect ground system connections. 6. Voltage drop tests on the main grounding electrode of system. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-8 3.5 A. B. C. 3.6 A. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 7. Determine the ground resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral points. 8. Check rated voltage and phase balance at all equipment, motors and selected devices at full load conditions. Measure no load voltage conditions at each location. 9. Furnish all material, equipment, instruments and labor as required to complete testing. 10. Provide all test results properly bound in a three-ring binder. TRAINING Furnish at least one copy operating instructions from the manufacturer for all electrical equipment to the Owner's Representative. Instructions shall be clean, legible, and properly bound in a three-ring binder. The Contractor shall provide trammg for the Owner's staff as directed by the Owner's Representative for a minimum of one man-day (eight hours). Provide classroom training by a qualified instructor for the operation, installation, and maintenance of designated equipment or systems including, but not limited to, generation systems, transfer switches, uninterruptible power supplies, energy management systems, lighting control systems, power distributions systems, and other systems which may require instruction. CLEANING Contractor shall clean all equipment, panelboard interiors, conduit interiors, fixtures, devices, etc. of all extraneous paint, drywall mud, overspray, dust, dirt, debris, trash, grease or markings. All cleaning shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the appropriate manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-9 Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-10 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents SECTION 263100-PHOTOVOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM PART I-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general conditions, Division 1, and Basic Electrical Requirements (Section 26 05 00) are part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. B. Reference to other sections: The applicable requirements from other Division 16 sections required for a complete and operational system shall form a part of the electrical work and each section shall be thoroughly reviewed by the Contractor for application to all other sections. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND STANDARDS A. All work, material or equipment shall comply with the codes, ordinances and regulations of the local government having jurisdiction, including the regulations of serving utilities and any participating government agencies having jurisdiction. B. All electrical work shall comply with the latest edition under enforcement including all amendments, modifications, and supplements of the following codes and standards or other regulations which may apply: · 1. American Disabilities Act (ADA) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 4. Institute of Cable Engineers Association (lCEA) 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 6. Local Code Enforcement Agency Requirements 7. National Electrical Code (NEC) 8. National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) 9. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 10. National Electrical Testing Association (NET A) 11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 12. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 13. International Building Code (IBC) No requirement of these drawings and specifications shall be construed to void any ofthe provisions of the above standards. Any conflicts or changes required to the contract documents in order to obtain compliance with applicable codes shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer, Architect and Owner's Representative by the contractor. C. All items shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories and shall bear the UL label. D. Equipment shown to scale is approximate only and based upon a general class of equipment PHOTOVOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-1 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents specified. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and clearances prior to commencement of work. E. The Contractor shall verify all points of connection with the manufacturer's requirements, instructions, or recommendations prior to installation. The actual dimensions, weights, clearance requirements and installation requirements shall be verified and coordinated by the contractor. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Array: A mechanically-integrated assembly of modules, together with support structure and foundation, tracking, thermal control, and other components, if used, to form a DC power- producing unit. B. Azimuth angle: For a surface such as a sloped roof, project a line that extends perpendicular from the roof onto a horizontal plane. The angular deviation (in degrees) of this projection from the local meridian (north-south line) constitutes the surface azimuth angle. Due south is zero azimuth, west of south is assigned as positive azimuth, and east of south is assigned as negative azimuth. C. Insolation: Sunlight, direct and/or diffuse. The integrated intensity of sunlight reaching a given area, usually expressed in watts per square meter per day. This measurement may be used to express the average amount of solar energy falling on different regions of the country. D. Magnetic declination: The difference between true north (the axis around which the earth rotates) and magnetic north (the direction the needle of a compass will point). E. Module: A number of solar cells connected together electrically and sealed inside a weatherproof package with a clear face. F. Photovoltaic: Pertaining to the direct conversion of light into electricity. G. PTC (PVUSA Test Conditions): Test conditions applied to PV modules intended to represent wattage during operation. lrradiance of 1000 W 1m2, 68 degrees F ambient temperature, 1 meter/second wind speed, and an air mass of 1.5. H. String: A number of modules interconnected electrically in series to produce the operating voltage required by the load. I. STC (Standard Test Conditions): Test conditions applied to PV modules. Irradiance of 1000 W/m2, cell temperature of 25 degrees C and an air mass of 1.5. J. Tilt Angle: The angle of inclination of a module measured from the horizontal plane. K. Utility-Interactive Inverter: An inverter that shall function only when electrically connected to the utility grid, and uses the prevailing line-voltage frequency on the utility line as a control parameter to ensure that the photovoltaic array's DC output is converted to AC power and fully synchronized with the utility power. The inverter shall disconnect from the utility upon loss of the line-voltage frequency. The inverter shall not back-feed the utility. PHOTO VOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-2 Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Contractor is responsible for providing the PV system, including attachment to structural system and necessary modifications to meet specified requirements and maintain visual design concepts. 2. Contract Drawings are diagrammatic and are intended to establish basic dimension of units, sight lines, and profiles of units. 3. Provide details for attachment, fastening, penetrations, and electrical connections. 4. Provide concealed fastening wherever possible. 5. Provide weather-tight penetrations of building envelope for all structural and electrical connections. 6. Attachment considerations shall take into account site peculiarities and expansion/contraction movements so there is no possibility of loosening, weakening, or fracturing the connection between PV system and building envelope components. 7. Comply with roof system manufacturer's warranty design criteria when penetrating roof system. B. Performance Requirements: 1. PV system shall be designed to produce approximately 95,000 kWh AC of energy per year. 2. Net AC kWh energy production shall take into consideration system losses, including but not limited to wire losses, fault protection losses, inverter efficiency, string mismatch, and system component degradation over the life expectancy of the system. 3. AC kWh energy production estimation shall utilize one of following software programs: a. PV Watts b. PV Design Pro c. PVSYST 4. Method and results of PV system performance estimate shall be shared with Owner and submitted as part ofbid in Report format. 5. AC kWh energy production estimate Report shall include quantities of physical area required for PV modules, number of modules, string size, system kW AC Power Rating, and system kW DC STC Power Rating. 6. Photovoltaic modules shall produce no less than 80 percent of minimum rated power during the first 20 years of service. C. Interface with building systems 1. PV system AC connection point: 208V 3-phase, 4-wire. 2. Data transmission means: RS232, RS485, or wireless. D. Financial Incentives, Rebates, and Tax Credit Eligibility Requirements for PV systems: 1. Provide PV system design and installation that complies with eligibility requirements for the PV system owner to receive incentives, rebates, and tax credits from sources such as federal, state, and electric utility services providers. PHOTOVOL TAlC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-3 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Section 26 05 00. B. Product Data: 1. Submit product data for photovoltaic system components. a. Include information for voltage, current, watts, temperature ratings, factory finishes, hardware, glass treatment, sealants, grounding, accessories, and other required components. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings covering design, fabrication, installation, and finish of specified systems. a. Fully dimensioned plans and elevations. b. Electrical and structural penetration details of weather-tight building envelope. c. Locations and types of exposed fasteners and joints. d. Wiring diagrams, including DC wiring system and AC 3-line diagram. e. Voltage drop calculations and short circuit current calculations. f. Rough-in requirements D. Samples: 1. Provide (1) sample of photovoltaic module for approval. Approved samples may be used in final installation. 2. Provide on-site mock-up ofphotovoltaic module installation for approval. Locate on-site mock-up within project construction site. On-site mock-up shall use mounting method and hardware intended for actual photovoltaic module installation. E. Submit the following Informational Submittals: I. Estimated Design Data: a. Provide assumptions used to obtain AC kWh energy production including but not limited to: environmental loss factors, local weather data, and electrical losses. b. Estimated monthly and yearly AC kWh energy production. 2. Test Reports: Written results obtained from manufacturer or independent third party certification oftesting specified as part of System Requirements and Source and Field Quality Control articles. 3. Certifications specified in Quality Assurance article. 4. Qualification Data: a. Contractor's and manufacturer's qualifications verifYing minimum (5) years of commercial experience. b. Include list of (3) completed projects having similar scope of work identified by name, location, date, reference names, and phone numbers. PHOTO VOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-4 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 5. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 6. Contractor's Field Reports: Written results and findings of Contractor's field services specified as part of Field Quality Control. F. Closeout Submittals 1. Project Record Documents: a. Record actual locations of grounding systems and penetration of building envelope. b. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's printed recommended operation and maintenance data. c. Warranty: Submit specified product warranty in accordance with Section 16050. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: To ensure quality of appearance and performance, obtain equipment for systems from single photovoltaic system installer or from manufacturers approved by photovoltaic system installer. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum (5) years documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Certified in writing by equipment manufacturers as qualified for installation of specified systems. Must have NABCEP certification (North American Board of Certified Energy Practitioners), (5) years design and installation of commercial PV system experience, and proper licensing. Provide California state contractor's license number. D. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Provide system meeting all requirements ofthe latest adopted edition of the NEC. 2. Provide system meeting requirements of federal, state, and local building codes. 3. Provide system that meets or exceeds San Diego Gas & Electric (SDG&E) interconnection requirements for self-generating equipment. 4. Provide photovoltaic modules compliant with requirements of UL-1703. E. Certifications: Submit system component manufacturer's certification that products furnished for project meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage. B. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that become firmly bonded when exposed to sun. C. Do not leave coating residue on any surfaces. PHOTOVOL T AIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-5 D. Replace damaged units. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 1. Do not install system during rain or windy conditions. 2. Work on a dry roof only. B. Existing Conditions: Ensure existing conditions are stable, solid, and ready to accept new construction. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Furnish PV modules and panel components providing manufacturer's limited warranty of(25) years minimum. B. Furnish DC to AC inverters covered by manufacturer's warranty for minimum of (5) years. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design PV Module Manufacturers: 1. Renesola 2. Approved equal B. Basis of Design Inverter Manufacturers: 1. EnPhase 2. Approved equal 2.2 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT A. PV modules 1. Shall be new, undamaged, fully warranted without defect. 2. Listed to UL 1703. 3. Polycrystalline silicon cells. 4. Minimum 13 percent efficiency. B. DC to AC Inverter: 1. Sized to provide maximum power point tracking for voltage and current range expected from photovoltaic module for temperatures and solar insolation conditions expected for project conditions. 2. Capable of adjusting to "sun splash" from all possible combinations of cloud fringe effects without interruption of electrical production. PHOTOVOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-6 2.3 2.4 3. Listed to UL 1741. Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents 4. Rated for indoor or outdoor installation, as indicated on the drawings. 5. Minimum 95 percent efficiency. C. Mounting System: 1. Non-penetrating Roof Mounting System: a. Non-penetrating using weight (ballast) or adhesives or combination thereof to withstand wind and seismic loading. b. System does not typically require structural attachment to building structure. c. Ballasted system is intended for flat roof applications where roof slope is 2 in 12 maximum. d. Ballasted roof mount systems shall utilize framed PV modules or frame less PV module laminates. e. Ground metal framed PV modules in conformance with electrical codes. 2. PV Module Racking System: a. Anchor system to building structure to withstand wind and seismic loading. b. Module racking systems shall utilize framed PV modules. c. Metal framed PV modules shall be grounded in conformance with electrical codes. D. AC Disconnect Switch: E. A. A. B. 1. Coordinate with SDG&E requirements. 2. Provide switch to disconnect ungrounded AC conductors. 3. Lockable, gang operated type, clearly indicating open and closelpositions. 4. Easily visually inspected to determine that switch is in open or closed position and clearly labeled in compliance with NEC and SDG&E requirements. Dedicated kWh Meter: Install in readily accessible, outdoor, location between DC to AC inverter and interconnection with SDG&E to meter power produced by photovoltaic system. Refer to SDG&E requirements. ACCESSORIES Provide Accessories for complete operating system, including: I. Data Display (including software and hardware). 2. Weather Station. FINISHES Furnish PV module frames finished with manufacturer's standard finish. Finish PV array mounting structure to match PV module frames. PART 3-EXECUTION PHOTO VOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-7 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 A. B. A. B. C. EXAMINATION Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. Examine supporting members to ensure surfaces are at proper elevation and are free from dirt or other deleterious matter. INSTALLATION Locate PV array as shown on drawings and approved shop drawings. Install photovoltaic system in accordance with NEC, manufacturer's printed instructions, SDG&E requirements, and approved shop drawings. Install PV modules and DC to AC inverters with sufficient clearance to allow for proper ventilation and cooling. 1. Comply with manufacturer's clearance recommendations. D. Installation shall place operational PV modules in a location and manner to ensure maximum unobstructed, dil;,ect sun exposure. E. Provide suitable means to secure attachments to mounting surfaces and structures. F. Anchors, fasteners, and braces shall be structurally stressed to not more than 50% of allowable stress when ma3<-imum loads are applied. G. Allow for expansion and contraction due to thermal changes and structural movement without detriment to appearance or performance. H. Installer shall verify that site, mounting surface substrate, supports, and other site and work conditions are adequate and proper for installation. I. Optimum Orientation for Roof Installation: A. B. 1. Optimum azimuth orientation: Install PV modules to face within (5) degrees east or west of true south, not magnetic south. 2. Optimum tilt angle orientation: Install PV modules at a tilt angle within (3) degrees of local latitude. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Site Tests: Comply with requirements of Section 16050 and 16499. Manufacturer's Field Services: Comply with requirements of Section 16050 and 16499. ADJUSTING A. Test and adjust operating functions in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to ensure PHOTO VOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-8 3.5 A. B. C. 3.6 A. smooth operation. CLEANING Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents Clean all surfaces in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations; remove excess mastic, mastic smears, foreign materials, and other marks. Clean metal surfaces exercising care to avoid damage. Clean energy generating surfaces of the PV module to ensure no obstructions block sunlight. COMMISSIONING Commissioning: I. To be provided by independent third party commissioning service. 2. Prior to commissioning, ensure PV system has passed and received final inspection certificate from the AHJ and SDG&E. 3. Provide training to the Owner's Representative. 4. Ensure the installation has been performed in accordance with NEC and other local codes. The following NEC articles refer to PV systems: a. Article 690: Solar Photovoltaic Systems b. Article 230: Service Equipment -Disconnecting Means c. Article 240: Overcurrent Protection d. Article 250: Grounding e. Article 300: Wiring Methods f. Article 31 0: Conductors for General Wiring g. Article 705: Interconnected Electric Power Production Sources 5. Refer to commissioning requirements contained within IEEE 1547.1 Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems. 6. Provide suitable tools and equipment for commissioning. 7. Provide signed commissioning certificate to Owner. END OF SECTION 263100 PHOTOVOL T AIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-9 Pine A venue Park Community Center and Gardens Construction Documents This page intentionally left blank. PHOTO VOLTAIC ELECTRIC GENERATING SYSTEM 263100-10 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS CONTRACT NO. 4603 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 --TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS -Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. l' • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 46 of 158 Addendum -Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency -The City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement-See Contract. Assessment Act Contract -A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base -A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid -The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder-Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board -The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond-Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council -the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager-the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Cash Contract -A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order-A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code-The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager-the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract-The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents -Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. {'\ • .., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 47 of 158 Contractor-The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price-The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price -The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer-The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days-Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection-The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board -Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier -Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer -The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile -Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer-A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer-A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire -The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm -The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item-A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification-Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award -The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 48 of 158 Notice to Proceed -A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization -When used in Section 2-3.1 -Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person -Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans -The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract-Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector -The Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal-See Bid. Reference Specifications-Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway-The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection -Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer-Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications -General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Reference Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard -The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans -Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 49 of 158 Standard Specifications-The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenback". State -State of California. Storm Drain -Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street-Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase -A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade -For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision -Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement -A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions -Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety-Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne-Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1 ,000 kilograms. Utility-Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Work-That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract ." \.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 50 of 158 Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. Abbreviation ..................................... Word or Words Abbreviation ..................................... Word or Words ABAN ............................................................. Abandon CSD ............................... Carlsbad Standard Drawings ABAND ....................................................... Abandoned CTB ............................................ Cement treated base ABS ........................ Acrylonitrile -butadiene-styrene CV ............................................................ Check valve AC .................................................... Asphalt Concrete CY ............................................................... Cubic yard ACP ........................................... Asbestos cement pipe D .............................................................. Load of pipe ACWS ..................... Asphalt concrete wearing surface dB ................................................................... Decibels AL T ................................................................ Alternate DBL .................................................................. Double APTS ................................. Apartment and Apartments OF ............................................................... Douglas fir AMER STD ................................... American Standard DIA ................................................................ Diameter AWG ............... American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) DIP ..................................................... Ductile iron pipe BC .................................................. Beginning of curve DL ................................................................ Dead load BCR ....................................... Beginning of curb return DR ...................................................... Dimension Ratio BDRY ............................................................ Boundary DT ................................................................. Drain Tile BF ..................................................... Bottom of footing DWG ............................................................... Drawing BLDG ........................................ Building and Buildings DWY .............................................................. Driveway BM ............................................................. Bench mark DWY APPR ................................... Driveway approach BVC .................................... Beginning of vertical curve E ....................................................................... Electric B/W ........................................................... Back of wall EA ........................................................................ Each C/C ..................................................... Center to center EC ............................................................ End of curve CAB ...................................... Crushed aggregate base ECR ................................................ End of curb return GAL/OSHA ............ California Occupational Safety and EF ................................................................ Each face Health Administration EG ......................................................... Edge of gutter CaiTrans ....... California Department of Transportation EGL .................................................. Energy grade line CAP .................................... Corrugated aluminum pipe El ................................................................... Elevation CB ............................................................. Catch Basin ELC ..................................... Electrolier lighting conduit Cb ........................................................................ Curb EL T ........................................................ Extra long ton CBP ............................... Catch Basin Connection Pipe ENGR ....................................... Engineer, Engineering CBR ....................................... California Bearing Ratio EP ................................................... Edge of pavement CCR ............................ California Code of Regulations ESMT ........................................................... Easement CCTV ............................................... Closed Circuit TV ETB .......................................... Emulsion-treated base CES .......................... Carlsbad Engineering Standards EVC ............................................... End of vertical curb CF ................................................................ Curb face EWA ............................... Encina Wastewater Authority CF ................................................................ Cubic foot EXC ............................................................ Excavation C&G .................................................... Curb and gutter EXP JT ................................................. Expansion joint CFR ................................ Code of Federal Regulations EXST ............................................................... Existing CFS ......................................... Cubic Feet per Second F .................................................................. Fahrenheit CIP ......................................................... Cast iron pipe F&C ................................................... Frame and cover CIPP ................................................ Cast-in place pipe F&l .................................................. Furnish and install CL ............................................. Clearance, center line FAB ............................................................... Fabricate CLF .................................................... Chain link fence FAS ............................................... Flashing arrow sign CMB ............................... Crushed miscellaneous base FD ............................................................... Floor drain CMC ......................................... Cement mortar-coated FDN ............................................................ Foundation CML ............................................ Cement mortar-lined FED SPEC ................................. Federal Specification CMWD .................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District FG ........................................................ Finished grade CO .................................................... Cleanout (Sewer) FH ............................................................. Fire hydrant COL .................................................................. Column FL ................................................................... Flow line COMM ....................................................... Commercial FS ...................................................... Finished surface GONG ........................................................... Concrete FT-LB ......................................................... Foot-pound CONN ........................................................ Connection FTG .................................................................. Footing CONST .................................. Construct, Construction FW ............................................................ Face of wall COORD ...................................................... Coordinate G ........................................................................... Gas CSP ............................................ Corrugated steel pipe GA ..................................................................... Gauge ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 51 of 158 GAL ............................................... Gallon and Gallons GAL V ......................................................... Galvanized GAR ........................................... Garage and Garages GIP .............................................. Galvanized iron pipe GL ........................................ Ground line or grade line GM .............................................................. Gas meter GNV ............................................... Ground Not Visible GP .................................................................. Guy pole GPM ................................................ gallons per minute GR ...................................................................... Grade GRTG ............................................................... Grating GSP ........................................... Galvanized steel pipe H ............................................................ High or height HB .................................................................. Hose bib HC ................................................... House connection HOWL ........................................................... Headwall HGL .............................................. Hydraulic grade line HORIZ .......................................................... Horizontal HP ............................................................. Horsepower HPG ................................................ High pressure gas HPS ................................ High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR ............................................................ Hydraulic IE ......................................................... Invert Elevation 10 ........................................................ Inside diameter INCL ............................................................... Including INSP ............................................................. Inspection INV ...................................................................... Invert IP .................................................................... Iron pipe JC ..................................................... Junction chamber JCT ................................................................. Junction JS ..................................................... Junction structure JT ......................................................................... Joint L ........................................................................ Length LAB ............................................................. Laboratory LA T ................................................................... Lateral LB ...................................................................... Pound LD ..................................................... Local depression LF ................................................................ Linear foot LH ............................................................... Lamp hole LL ................................................................... Live load LOL ............................................................. Layout line LONG ........................................................ Longitudinal LP ................................................................ Lamp post LPS ................................. Low pressure sodium (Light) LS ................................................................ Lump sum L TS .................................................... Lime treated soil LWD ............................... Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT ..................................................... Maintenance MAX ............................................................. Maximum MCR ............................................ Middle of curb return MEAS ............................................................. Measure MH ................................... Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC .................................... Military specification MISC ..................................................... Miscellaneous MOD ................................................... Modified, modify MON ............................................................ Monument MSL .. Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM ......................... Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT ............................................................... MuWp~ MUTCD ..... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL. .............................................. Mercury vapor light NCTD .............................. North County Transit District NRCP .............................. Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS ............................................................... Obsolete ., OC ................................................................ On center OD ..................................................... Outside diameter OE .............................................................. Outer edge OHE ................................................ Overhead Electric OMWD ................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP ............................................................... Opposite ORIG ................................................................ Original PB ................................................................... Pull box PC .................................................... Point of curvature PCC ....................... Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC ....................... Point of compound vertical curve PE ........................................................... Polyethylene Pl. ................................................. Point of intersection PL. ............................................................ Property line PMB ............................ Processed miscellaneous base POC ...................................................... Point on curve POT. ................................................... Point on tangent PP .............................................................. Power pole PRC .......................................... Point of reverse curve PRVC ............................ Point of reverse vertical curve PSI ......................................... Pounds per square inch PT .................................................... Point of tangency PVC .................................................. Polyvinyl chloride PVMT ........................................................... Pavement PVT R/W ....................................... Private right-of-way Q ........................ Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD ....................................... Quadrangle, Quadrant R ....................................................................... Radius R&O ......................................................... Rock and oil R/W .......................................................... Right-of-way RA ...................................................... Recycling agent RAC ................................... Recycled asphalt concrete RAP ................................ Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC ............................. Rubberized asphalt concrete RC ................................................ Reinforced concrete RCB ...................................... Reinforced concrete box RCE ...................................... Registered civil engineer RCP ..................................... Reinforced concrete pipe RCV ........................................... Remote control valve REF ............................................................. Reference REINF .............................. Reinforced or reinforcement RES ............................................................... Reservoir RGE ........................ Registered geotechnical engineer ROW ....................................................... Right-of-Way RR ................................................................... Railroad RSE .............................. Registered structural engineer RTE .................................... Registered traffic engineer S .................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP ............................... Steel cylinder concrete pipe SO ............................................................. Storm drain SDNR .............................. San Diego Northern Railway SDR ....... Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe 0.0. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD ......... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE ...................................................... Sand Equivalent SEC .................................................................. Section SF ............................................................. Square foot SFM ................................................ Sewer Force Main Sl. ...................... lnternational System of Units (Metric) SPEC ..................................................... Specifications SPPWC .......................................... Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC ............................. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction '-;; Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 52 of 158 ST HWY ................................................ State highway TSS ........................................... Traffic signal standard ST A ................................................................... Station TW .............................................................. Top of wall STD ............................................................... Standard TYP .................................................................. Typical STR .................................................................. Straight UE .............................................. Underground Electric STR GR ................................................ Straight grade USA .................................... Underground Service Alert STRUC .......................................... Structural/Structure VAR .................................................... .Varies, Variable SW ................................................................. Sidewalk VB ................................................................ Valve box SWD ...................................................... Sidewalk drain VC .......................................................... Vertical curve SY ............................................................ Square yard VCP ................................................... Vitrified clay pipe T .................................................................. Telephone VERT ............................................................... Vertical TAN ................................................................. Tangent VOL .................................................................. Volume TC .............................................................. Top of curb VWD ....................................... Vallecitos Water District TEL ............................................................. Telephone W ........................ Water, Wider or Width, as applicable TF ........................................................... Top of footing WATCH .............. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook TOPO ........................................................ Topography WI ............................................................ Wrought iron TR ........................................................................ Tract WM ........................................................... Water meter TRANS ......................................................... Transition WPJ .......................................... Weakened plane joint TS ......................... Traffic signal or transition structure XCONN ............................................ Cross connection TSC ............................................. Traffic signal conduit XSEC ..................................................... Cross section 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words MSHTO ............... American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC ................................................................. American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI ................................................................... American National Standards Institute API ................................................................................... American Petroleum Institute AREA ......................................................... American Railway Engineering Association ASTM ......................................................... American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA .............................................................. American Wood Preservers Association AWS ..................................................................................... American Welding Society AWWA. ................................................................... American Water Works Association FHWA ........................................................................... Federal Highway Administration GRI .............................................................................. Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA ...................................................... National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOM ............. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL. ................................................................................. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS .......................................................................... United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use Sl units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the Sl units shall control. S.l. units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the Sl system and a more extensive set of conversion factors . . , f..,-Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 53 of 158 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) 51 Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) ................................................................................. 25.4 micrometer (J..tm) 1 inch (in) ........................................................................................... 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) ........................................................................................... 2.54 centimeter (em) 1 foot (ft) ............................................................................................. 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) .......................................................................................... 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) .......................................................................................... 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft2) ............................................................................... 0.0929 square meter (m2) 1 square yard (yd2) ............................................................................ 0.8361 square meter (m2) 1 cubic foot (fP) .................................................................................. 0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) ............................................................................... 0.7646 cubic meter (m3) 1 acre ................................................................................................. 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) .............................................................................. 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) ........................................................................... 29.5735 millileter (ml) 1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois) ........................................................ 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) ............................................................................. 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois) ............................................................. 0.9072 Tonne(= 907 kg) 1 Poise ............................................................................................... 0.1 pascal · second (Pa · s) 1 centistoke ( cs) ................................................................................. 1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s) 1 pound force (lbf) ............................................................................. .4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) .......................................................... 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) ............................................................. 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) ................................................................... 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) ........................................... 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) ...................................................................... 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): .................................................................... .Degree Celsius ("C): OF= (1.8 X °C) + 32 ............................................................................ °C = ("F-32)/1.8 51 Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (lm) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes kilo (k) ................................................................................................ 1 03 centi (c) .............................................................................................. 1 o-2 milli (m) .............................................................................................. 10·3 micro (J..t) ............................................................................................. 1Q-6 nano (n) .............................................................................................. 10-9 pi co (p) ............................................................................................... 1 o-12 1-5 SYMBOLS 1'1 L. % ' I 0 PL CL SL Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Angle Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds Number per or (between words) Degree Property line Centerline Survey line or station line ., f.+r Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 54 of 158 SECTION 2-SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper with holdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000), whichever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 411 0 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the l'\ • .,-Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 55 of 158 sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: l' ·~ Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 56 of 158 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 1 0 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), Part 2 & 3, and the latest supplements thereto, current edition at the time of bid opening as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. The construction plans consist of one set designated as Pine Avenue Park Community Center and Gardens, City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 493-3A. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. {'\ •tr Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 57 of 158 Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2. Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3. Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 4. Contract 5. Carlsbad General Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Supplemental Provisions. 6. Plans. 7. Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. 8. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 9. Reference Specifications. 10. Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. l'\ • .., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 58 of 158 The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following: 1. Project title and Agency contract number. 2. Number of complete sets. 3. Contractor's certification statement. 4. Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5. Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6. Description of the contents of the submittal. 7. Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: ________________ _ Title: --------------- Date: ------------- Company Name: ________________________________________ _ 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 59 of 158 Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A} Item Section Title Subject Number 1 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Trench Shoring 2 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe 3 207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe 4 207-10.2.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe 5 300-3.2 Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill 6 303-1.6.1 General Falsework 7 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement 8 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction 9 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel 10 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel 11 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings 12 306-2.1 General Jacking Operations 13 306-3.1 General Tunneling Operations 14 306-3.4 Tunnel Supports Tunneling Operations 15 306-6 Remodeling Existing Sewer Polyethylene Liner Installation Facilities 16 306-8 Microtunneling Microtunneling Operations 17 307-4.3 Controller Cabinet Wiring Traffic Signal Construction Diagrams Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions and Technical Specifications. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. {'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 60 of 158 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (1 0) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by§§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 61 of 158 frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements. Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. Building Pad Certified Survey: In addition to the survey scope of work identified by the contractor and or specified by the contract documents, the contractor shall engage a Professional Land Surveyor to provide an additional fifteen ( 15) survey points at the Construction Managers or Engineer of Record discretion for building pad certification. The General contractor shall prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. Building Formwork Quality Control: In addition to the survey scope of work identified by the contractor and or specified by the contract documents, the contractor shall engage a Professional Land Surveyor to provide an additional fifty (50) survey points at the Construction Manager or Engineer of Record discretion for verification of formwork prior to placement of building foundation. Items for formwork line and grade verification include but not limited to finish floor elevation, building corners, curb heights, depressed slab elevations, and structural embedments. The General contractor shall prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. Final Property Survey: General Contractor shall engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 62 of 158 TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Lateral Setting Tolerance Description Spacing@,® Spacing Q), (Within) <D ® Street SDRS M-::;;1000', Street Intersections, Begin on street 0.02' Centerline 10 and end of curves, only when shown centerline Horizontal, also Monument on the plans see Section 2-9.2.1 herein Clearing Lath in lath -lntervisible, ::;; 50' on tangents at clearing 1' Horizontal soil, & ::;; 25' on curves, Painted line -line painted line continuous on PCC & AC surfaces Slope RP + lntervisible and::;; 50' Grade 0.1' Vertical & Marker Breaks & ::;; Horizontal Stake 25' Fence RP + ::;; 200' on tangents, ::;; 50' on curves N/A 0.1' Horizontal Marker when ( constant Stake R~ 1 000' & 25' on curves when R::;; offset) 1000' Rough Grade RP +::;;50' N/A 0.1' Vertical & Cuts or Fills ~ Marker Horizontal 10m (33') Stake Final Grade RP + ::;; 50' on tangents & curves when R~ ::;; 22' %"Horizontal & 1/4" (includes top Marker 1000'& Vertical of: Basement Stake, ::;; 25' on curves when R ::;; 1 000' soil, subbase Blue-top in and base) grading area Asphalt RP, paint ::;; 25' or as per the intersection grid edge of %"Horizontal & 1/4" Pavement on previous points shown on the plan whichever pavement, Vertical Finish Course course provides the denser information paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks Drainage RP + intervisible & ::;; 25', beginning and end, as %" Horizontal & 1// Structures, Marker BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, appropriate Vertical Pipes & similar Stake Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & Facilities CD, 0 similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines Curb RP +::;; 25', BC & EC, at %~. Y2~ & :y.~ on ( constant %"Horizontal & 1/4" Marker curb returns & at beginning & end offset) Vertical Stake Traffic Signal CD Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk ., f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 63 of 158 Feature Staked Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Lateral Setting Tolerance Description Spacing®, ® Spacing ®, (Within) (?) @ Signal Poles & RP + at each pole & controller location as 3/s" Horizontal & 1/4" Controller CD Marker appropriate Vertical Stake Junction Box CD RP + at each junction box location as 3/s" Horizontal & 1// Marker appropriate Vertical Stake Conduit CD RP + ::; 50' on tangents & curves when R~ as 3/s" Horizontal & Marker 1000'& appropriate when depth cannot Stake ::; 25' on curves when R ::; 1000' or be measured from where grade::; 0.30% existing pavement 1// Vertical Minor Structure RP + for catch basins: at centerline of box, as %"Horizontal & 1/4" CD Marker ends of box & wings & at each end of appropriate Vertical (when Stake + the local depression ~ vertical data Line Stake neededl Abutment Fill RP + ::; 50' & along end slopes & conic as 0.1' Vertical & Marker transitions appropriate Horizontal Stake + Line Stake Wall CD RP + ::; 50' and at beginning & end of: each as 1// Horizontal & 1/4" Marker wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, appropriate Vertical Stake + changes in footing dimensions &/or Line Point elevation & wall height +Guard Stake Major Structure ~ Footings, RP + 1 0' to 33' as required by the Engineer, as 3/s" Horizontal & 1/4" Bents, Marker BC & EC, transition points & at appropriate Vertical Abutments & Stake + beginning & end. Elevation points on Wingwalls Line Point footings at bottom of columns +Guard Stake Superstructure RP 1 0' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, as 3/s" Horizontal & 1// s BC & EC, transition points & at appropriate Vertical beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns Miscellaneous ~ Contour RP +::;50' along 0.1' Vertical & Grading CD Marker contour line Horizontal Stake Utilities CD, 0 RP + ::; 50' on tangents & curves when R~ as 3/s" Horizontal & 1// Marker 1000'& appropriate Vertical Stake ::; 25' on curves when R ::; 1000' or where grade::; 0.30% ., f.+i' Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 64 of 158 Feature Staked Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Lateral Setting Tolerance Description Spacing®,® Spacing Q) ' (Within) CD ® Channels, RP + intervisible & ~ 100', BC & EC of as 0.1' Horizontal & Dikes & Marker facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment appropriate 1/4" Vertical Ditches CD Stake breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities Signs CD RP + At sign location Line point 0.1' Vertical & Marker Horizontal Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake Subsurface RP + intervisible & ~ 50', BC & EC of as 0.1' Horizontal & Drains CD Marker facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment appropriate 1// Vertical Stake breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities Overs ide RP + longitudinal location At beginning 0.1' Horizontal & Drains CD Marker & end 1// Vertical Stake Markers CD RP + for asphalt street surfacing ~ 50' on At marker 1// Horizontal Marker tangents & curves when R2: 1 000' & ~ location(s) Stake 25' on curves when R ~ 1 000'. Railings & RP + At beginning & end and ~ 50' on at railing & 3fs" Horizontal & Barriers CD Marker tangents & curves when R 2: 1 000' & ~ barrier Vertical Stake 25' on curves when R < 1 000' location( s) AC Dikes CD RP + At beginning & end as 0.1' Horizontal & Marker appropriate Vertical Stake Box Culverts 1 0' to 33' as required by the Engineer, as 3fs" Horizontal & 1// BC & EC, transition points & at appropriate Vertical beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert Pavement RP 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when at pavement 1/4" Horizontal Markers CD R 2: 1 000' & 25' on curves when R ~ marker 1 000'. For PCC surfaced streets lane location( s) cold joints will suffice CD Stakmg for feature may be om1tted when adJacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table Gl Perpendicular to centerline. ® Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto ~ Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature ® ~means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. ~ means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. (j) The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. {'\ • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 65 of 158 All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) urvey a e o or o e or ons rue Jon a mg S St k C I C d f C t t" St k. Type of Stake Descrij:>_tion Color* Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference White/Red points, centerline, alignments, etc. Vertical Control Bench marks White/Oran ge Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Biac k Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour Yellow grading, final grade, etc. Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White Drainage, Sewer, Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer Blue Curb lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Right-of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yello w Miscellaneous Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange * Flagg1ng and mark1ng cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey. Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative . . , f.;; Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 66 of 158 The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection. Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. ., f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 67 of 158 SECTION 3-CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less {'\ ·~ Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 68 of 158 than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements . . , f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 69 of 158 The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the Contractor shall use CAL TRAN's latest Labor Surchargeand Equipment Rental Rate Manual for pricing equipment utilized on approved time and material extra work. Only equipment eligible and needed for the extra work will be accepted on the daily reports. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If during the project contract time the work is stopped by an unforeseen reason then the Contractor may be due compensation for idled equipment. The Contractor shall use idle time rates (delay factors) in the Caltrans's latest Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rate Manual for pricing equipment that was idled due to the changed condition that caused the work stoppage of that same equipment. The specified idle time rate in the manual is to be multiplied by the Caltrans's equipment rate for that same piece of equipment to determine the product, which will be considered the allowable idle time dollar amount acceptable to the City. (Example: delay factor = .1 0, equipment hourly rate = $50, allowable idle time dollar amount = $5/hr) All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required to perform the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Indirect expenditures such as lodging, meals, and mileage are excluded from extra work and considered included in the markup . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 70 of 158 Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ................................... 10 2) Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 3) Equipment Rental ................... 10 4) Other Items and Expenditures . . 10 5) Sales tax .................................. 0 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. Contractor markup shall fully compensate Contractor for all General Conditions expenses, direct and indirect Overhead, and Profit. No additional charges will be made for project management, estimating, or supervision. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 71 of 158 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: ----------------------------- Date: ____________________________ __ Company Name: ________________________________________________________ __ ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 72 of 158 The Contractor's estimate of costs may b1e updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work.. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct thH contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 201 04) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOlUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 73 of 158 (b)( 1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 91 0) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code . . , f.~ Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 74 of 158 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)( 1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 11141.1 0) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title ~~ of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.1 0) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. l' ·~ Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 75 of 158 SECTION 4-CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 76 of 158 of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract.. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may b~3 obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne lby the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 77 of 158 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in ." '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 78 of 158 the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or ., f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 79 of 158 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work . . , f.;; Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 80 of 158 SECTION 5-UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection {'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 81 of 158 system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 301-1.6, 2015 Edition, and any supplements thereto. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 82 of 158 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. It is the Contractor's responsibility to be aware of all existing field conditions prior to bidding. Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate all construction activities with utility companies, special agencies, city departments, homeowner's associations, or other entities of any kind as may be required to facilitate the work herein. No additional compensation shall be requested by the Contractor, nor shall any be approved by the City related to this clause. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. {'\ • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 83 of 158 SECTION 6-PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.2.4 Schedule & Project Management Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the latest version of Microsoft Project and compatible with Windows 7 to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The City will also use Submittal Exchange project management software for these projects. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency all schedule and data files via Submittal Exchange with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by Windows 7 software programs and/or Microsoft Project. The Agency will use Microsoft Project for review of the Contractor's schedule. The Agency will coordinate one Submittal l' •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 84 of 158 Exchange training session for the Contractor if requested prior to submittal of the first baseline schedule. Any classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2. 7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the l'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 85 of 158 contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.1 0.1 through 6-1.2.1 0.3. 6-1.2.1 0.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.1 0.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6- 1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data files shall be submitted using approve project management software as described in section 6-1.2.4. "Schedule & Project Management Software". The schedule data files shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule & Project Management Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 86 of 158 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6- 1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1.4 ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 87 of 158 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes coordination with San Diego Gas & Electric to perform two phases of related electrical work. 6-2.2 SDG&E Construction Phasing 6-2.2.1 SDG&E Phase I. SDG&E Phase 1 consists of rerouting electrical service around the project site as shown in the Project Plans and Specifications to provide power to the adjacent Carlsbad Senior Center during construction. Contractor shall perform all necessary work at the beginning of the project to allow SDG&E to complete their Phase 1 work as directed by the Engineer. 6-2.2.2 SDG&E Phase II. SDG&E Phase 2 will occur near the end of the project and consists of SDG&E disconnecting power from the temporary facilities described in SDG&E Phase 1 and reconnecting to the new facilities shown in the Project Plans and Specifications. Contractor shall perform all necessary work to allow SDG&E to complete their Phase 2 work within the baseline schedule. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Owner, Architect and Contractor (OAC) Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. ·'l f.+r Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 88 of 158 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law . . , f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 89 of 158 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 90 of 158 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 250 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by Section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or ., f.fi' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 91 of 158 portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $2,000.00 per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 92 of 158 SECTION 7-RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution ., \.fi Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 93 of 158 of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. Resource agency permits for the Work are included in Appendix 'A' of these supplemental provisions. Resource agency permits pertaining to this project include: California Water Quality Control Board permit number CAS000002 issued July 1, 2010. California Water Quality Control Board Pine Avenue Park construction general permit WDID# 9 37C377134 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 94 of 158 The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. {'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 95 of 158 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPP) have been developed and certified for each park project. The Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation of each SWPPP and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB). All costs for implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the City and the RWQCB shall be included as part of the contract price bid. A Notice of Intent (NO I) shall be filed for each project SWPPP by the City of Carlsbad per requirements of the latest NPDES Construction Permit before a Notice to Proceed is issued. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 2009-09-DWQ. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Construction General Permit or CGP), and any subsequent amendments, where applicable. The revised Construction General Permit adopted on September 2, 2009 became effective on July 1, 2010 and applies to construction and land ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 96 of 158 disturbance activities including construction or demolition activity that results in a land disturbance of equal to or greater than one acre including but not limited to clearing, grading, grubbing or excavation as defined in the CGP. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements under the CGP as they apply to the construction site and maintain an updated Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) based on site conditions. 7-8.6.1 General. The Contractor shall designate a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) and a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) who has satisfied the certification requirements and received approval by the SWRCB as specified in the CGP. The QSD and QSP shall carry professional liability insurance in an amount not less than $1 ,000,000.00, evidence of such shall be provided to the Engineer and the Agency shall be named as additionally insured. The Contractor's QSD shall be certified in accordance with CGP requirements and qualified to amend the SWPPP for the project, and shall ensure adherence to the requirements in CGP when applicable. Responsible persons for SMARTS management and CGP items are listed in the table below. SMARTS d CGP R "bl P an espons1 e ersons SMAft'TS'imd":GGP ltenli ' t :Re$J)onaibte Person .··· .. 7. > Legally Responsible Person Agency Assigned Signato_ry Agency/Engineer Data Submitter Contractor Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) Contractor Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) Contractor Contractor will be provided the SWPPP in digital format to complete any required revisions. If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow five (5) days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the revised SWPPP, three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP are to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construction site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The Contractor shall implement and comply with all of the requirements in the final SWPPP. In accordance with the Construction General Permit, before project commencement, and until final acceptance of the Work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide all measures necessary to avoid erosion and adverse drainage conditions, in conformance with the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Number CAS000002 [State Water Resources Control Board Order Number 2009-0009-DWQ, which can be found on the Internet at: http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml The Contractor's QSP shall ensure that all Best Management Practices (BMPs) required by the CGP and noted in the SWPPP are implemented, all non-storm water and storm water visual observations are completed and all sampling and analysis is performed, including non-visible pollutant monitoring. {'\ • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 97 of 158 The Contractor's QSP shall also be responsible for overseeing any site grading operations and evaluating the effectiveness of the BMPs. The Contractor's QSP shall at a minimum maintain the following records and logs: 1. Daily inspection log 2. Printed or electronic version of NOAA weather forecast for each workday 3. Rain gauge log 4. Inspection forms 5. Photographs, of the project site and the BMPs, taken during required inspections performed before, during, and after storm events. 6. Water quality test results for any non-visible pollutant testing and any required storm water discharge sampling. The Contractor's QSP shall modify the BMPs as necessary to keep the site in compliance, oversee maintenance of the project's BMPs, and notify the Contractor's QSD to prepare amendments to the SWPPP. The Contractor's QSP, or QSP delegate overseen by the Contractor's QSP, shall be responsible for inspecting the BMPs and complying with all monitoring and reporting requirements as specified in the CGP. Any non-compliance reporting shall be the initial responsibility of the Contractor's QSP for the project and must be reported to the Contractor's QSD and the Engineer immediately and no later than 24 hours after being identified. The Contractor shall not violate any discharge prohibitions and shall comply with all the Special Provisions as described in the CGP as applicable. The Contractor's QSD shall submit a Notice of Termination (NOT) to the Engineer and shall prepare a report to satisfy all the requirements in the CGP to terminate coverage via the SWRCB SMART system. The NOT information and report shall be provided to the Engineer within 30 days of the Project Acceptance Date established by the Engineer. As part of the implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), the Contractor's QSD shall: Prepare, certify and submit for acceptance to the Engineer by July 15th of each year or within 30 days of the Completion Date whichever is sooner, the required Annual Report in accordance with the CGP Special Provisions and annual reporting requirements in Section XVI of the CGP. Preparation of the documentation necessary for the Agency to submit the Annual Report is the primary responsibility of the Contractor's QSD in conjunction with the Contractor's QSP listed in the SWPPP. All Annual Report documentation shall be provided by the Contractor's QSD to the Engineer for the prior reporting year (July 151 through June 301h, as applicable). Report all numeric effluent limit violations, numeric action level exceedances, or any other CGP violations to the Engineer no later than 24 hours after the violation is identified. Contractor's QSD shall be responsible for amending the SWPPP as needed. The Contractor shall sign and date all amendments, attach them directly to the SWPPP, and submit copies of all amendments to the Engineer. ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 98 of 158 K S PPP ey w I mpl ementat1on T k b p as s >Y Responsible erson Slliai?Prlfen ~, t;. ·,~,;,, ·. Responsible Person Notes NOT Preparation and Certification Contractor's QSD Submitted as part of Project Completion tasks NOT Submittal via SMARTS Agency/Engineer No later than 90 days after project completion Annual Report Preparation Contractor's QSD By July 15th for prior year period of July 151 through June 30th Annual Report Submittal via Agency/Engineer No later than September 1st SMARTS At least one copy of the final SWPPP shall be kept at the construction site and accessible to the Engineer. Contractor shall provide one electronic and one hardcopy of the SWPPP to the Engineer. Guidance on the preparation of the SWPPP is available in the "Construction Handbook (2009)" published by the California Storm Water Quality Association (CASQA) that can be downloaded from the CASQA web site at: http://www.cabmphandbooks.com The Contractor is responsible for payment of any fees to download the CASQA 2009 Construction Handbook. The Contractor shall make every effort to comply with the provisions of this subsection. However, should the Contractor violate any of the provisions of this subsection, or if pollution occurs in the work area for any reason, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. In addition the Contractor shall, within 24 hours, submit a written report to the Engineer describing the incident and corrective actions taken. If pollution, for whatever reason, is detected by the Engineer before notification by the Contractor, the required written report shall also include any explanation of why the Contractor had not notified the Engineer. 7-8.6.2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) The Contractor's QSD shall review the final SWPPP, and other permit registration documents, and address any questions or requests for information to the Engineer prior to any land disturbance activities by the Contractor. The Contractor's QSD shall amend and certify the SWPPP: Whenever there is a change in construction or operations which may affect the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater(s), or a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4); If any conditions of the CGP is violated or the general objective of reducing or eliminating pollutants in storm water discharges has not been achieved. If the RWQCB determines that a permit violation has occurred, the SWPPP shall be amended and implemented within 14 calendar days after notification by the RWQCB; Annually, prior to the defined rainy season, when required by the project's Special Provisions; and When deemed necessary by the Contractor's QSD, or by the Engineer in consultation with the Contractor's QSD. The Contractor's QSD shall include the following information in each amendment, and deliver the amendment report and information in the format specified in the SWPPP to the Engineer for review and approval: 1. Who requested the amendment? 2. The location of the proposed change. 3. The reason for the change . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 99 of 158 4. The original BMP proposed, if any. 5. The new BMP proposed. All amendments to the SWPPP shall be completed by the Contractor's QSD in a timely manner and provided to the Engineer within seven (7) calendar days. All amendments must be signed and dated by the Contractor's QSD and directly attached to the SWPPP once accepted by the Engineer. The SWPPP amendment log in the SWPPP shall be maintained by the Contractor's QSD. All Contractor implemented pollution control measures shall prevent the impounding of runoff, nuisance water, sediment movement, and debris movement from the construction site onto adjacent properties or from adjacent properties onto the construction site. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor's measures are not adequate, the Contractor shall provide whatever additional measures are required. The Contractor shall confirm that the SWPPP's erosion control plan or BMP exhibit properly implement all erosion and sediment control BMPs including locations for concrete washout, vehicle maintenance, staging, dispensing of fuel, and storage areas. The Contractor shall confirm pollutant control measures (BMPs) are implemented according to the SWPPP to confine construction waste in designated areas, including areas upland away from existing residences and storm drains or natural drainage courses, construction entrance stabilization and wheel-wash measures to reduce the tracking or deposition of sediment onto public and private roads. The Contractor's QSP shall implement the visual observations, inspections, and monitoring as described in the SWPPP and in accordance with the CGP. For the duration of the project, the Contractor shall submit, with each application for partial payment, the QSP's certification that all BMPs as identified within the SWPPP have been implemented and maintained in accordance with the GCP, inspection documentation that pollutant control measures were maintained, including detailed reports on daily routine work and special maintenance work that was performed, and a list of BMPs that were found to be inadequate and what corrective actions were taken. In general, the Contractor shall also: Provide a "standby emergency crew" that shall be alerted by the Contractor's QSP, Contractor's QSD, or Engineer to perform emergency repairs or replacement of inadequate, failing or damaged BMP or measures during rain events. The Contractor shall designate a QSP who is trained and competent in the use of BMPs and shall be on site daily to inspect the conditions of the site with respect to storm water pollution prevention. This person shall: Implement the conditions of the CGP, SWPPP and required BMPs, contract documents and local ordinances with respect to erosion and sediment control and other waste management regulations. Be responsible for monitoring the weather, implementation of any monitoring and reporting requirements and supervise the "standby emergency crew." Evaluate the effectiveness of the BMPs and modify them as necessary or as directed by the Engineer to maintain the site in compliance. Perform Daily BMP Site Inspections, and maintain a log of each inspection which shall be kept on-file within the SWPPP. A complete written checklist and digital photographs shall be completed for any ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 100 of 158 noted BMP deficiencies and associated corrective actions. Implement necessary repairs or BMP revisions identified within 72 hours. Perform BMP Site Inspections, document site conditions with a written inspection checklist and digital photographs before, during, and after each storm event. A full inspection of the BMPs shall be performed two (2) business days (48 hours) prior to a likely precipitation event (forecast of 50% or greater chance precipitation) and after a qualifying storm event (0.5 inches or greater in 48 hours) and once each twenty-four (24) hour period during extended storm events to identify BMP effectiveness. Document corrective actions required and implemented prior to forecast rain events. Implement necessary repairs or BMP revisions identified during rain event inspections as soon as they are safely feasible. Keep available for review at the Worksite copies of documents incorporated in the SWPPP, including plans or permits required by local, state, or federal agencies. 1. Retain records/copies of: 2. The Notice of Intent (NOI); 3. The SWPPP and all attachments and amendments; 4. Compliance certifications; 5. Notifications of a noncompliance; 6. Training; 7. Daily and other visual inspection logs or forms; Incident such as spills or other releases, including photographs as available; 8. Sampling and analysis of discharges discovered through visual monitoring; 9. All required reports and BMPs such as good housekeeping that have been implemented. Educate all subcontractors and employees about storm water pollution and mitigation measures needed during various construction activities to prevent the impacts originating from construction discharges. The Contractor shall implement any Construction General Permit Monitoring and Reporting Requirements as may be required in the CGP. 7-8.6.3 Payment for Water Pollution Control. Payments are based on the engineer's estimates for SWPPP/erosion control services ($12,000). Thirty percent (30%) will be paid upon completion of all work required to appoint a QSD and QSP, install all required construction phase BMPs, complete all required pre-construction SWPPP documentation and associated work to comply with the CGP. Fifty percent (50%) will be divided to be paid in progress payments. The remaining twenty percent (20%) will be retained and paid with the final SWPPP Close-out & NOT. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. l'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 101 of 158 The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right- of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 102 of 158 Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal company, Waste Management at 760-929-9400. The Carlsbad Senior Center and remaining areas of Pine Avenue Park will remain open to the public during the construction of this project. All equipment and tools shall not be a nuisance or hazard to the general public and contractor shall provide temporary fencing around the area to protect the site from other ongoing park operations and to ensure the safety and protection of the public. Contractor shall keep the work site picked up and free of litter, tools, equipment and all other construction related materials. Contractor will only be allowed to stock pile materials on site in fenced designated staging areas as directed by the Engineer. City will not be responsible for materials or equipment contractor stockpiles or leaves at the site unattended. Equipment left on the property overnight and unattended shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed andre-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 103 of 158 The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways. A suitable location inside the construction zone will be determined at the pre-construction conference. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations 6) North County Transit District 7) Waste Management (760) 602-7539 (858) 756-1126 (760) 931-2197 (760) 438-2980 {760) 602-2752 {760) 967-2828 (760) 929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 104 of 158 said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214- 5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CAL TRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than 6-feet, nor operate equipment within 2-feet from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the minimum acceptable shy distance, 2-feet shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 105 of 158 During the entire construction, a minimum of one paved traffic lane, not less than 12-feet wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2014 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) published by CAL TRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 1 06 of 158 project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2014 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) as published by CAL TRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. {'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 107 of 158 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 108 of 158 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYAL TIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." ., f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 109 of 158 SECTION 8-FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. All facilities provided for Agency personnel shall be at suitable locations approved by the Engineer. Such facilities must be in a room, building, or trailer provided for this purpose with acceptable means for locking. A Class "A" Field Office in accordance with Section 8-2.1 shall be provided at any offsite plant facility furnishing pipe subject to Agency inspection during manufacture. A Field Laboratory in accordance with Section 8-3.1 shall be provided at any offsite or project site plant facility furnishing Portland cement concrete or asphalt paving material. Any other facilities for Agency personnel shall be provided only when required by the Specifications. Offices and laboratories at plants may be used concurrently by inspection personnel of other agencies provided such use does not seriously conflict with Agency use. When facilities are shared in this manner, at least one locker provided with a hasp for a padlock must be available for the exclusive use of Agency inspectors. Otherwise any facilities furnished are for the exclusive use of Agency personnel. All facilities shall conform to the applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations of the local jurisdiction and of the State of California, and shall conform to current practice. The interior shall be paneled or suitably lined to provide a facility of good appearance. The Contractor shall provide janitorial and other maintenance services in all types of facilities provided. Such services shall include the supply of the appropriate paper products and dispensers. Trash receptacles shall be provided and emptied by the Contractor at weekly intervals or sooner as required. The trash shall be removed from the project site. All costs to furnish, maintain, service, and remove the specified facilities at the project site shall be included in the price bid for such facilities. If no bid item is provided in the proposal, costs shall be included in other items for which bids are entered. The first progress payment will not be approved until all facilities are in place and fully comply with the Specifications. 8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES. 8-2.1 Class "A" Field Office. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a "Class A" Field Office. This office shall have a minimum floor space of 175 SF, at least one door, and window area of not less than 22 SF. All doors and windows shall be provided with screens. Furniture and equipment shall be provided as follows: one plan table, one standard 1.5 m (5 feet) long double-pedestal desk with a drawer suitable for holding files, two chairs, one drafting stool, one plan rack, two 36"x48" Wall Mounted Dry-Erase Boards & Supplies and one 6' tall adjustable 5-shelf bookcase. Electric power shall be provided to include a minimum of four duplex convenience outlets. The office shall be illuminated at the tables and desk. An outdoor lighting fixture with a 300-watt bulb shall be installed. Provide a dedicated high speed Internet connection capable of 1 00 Mbps with wireless router for secure Wi-Fi connection. Include IT support for network/lnterneVprinter/wireless setup and service as required. Provide a multi-function laser color printer/copier/fax/scanner capable of printing 50 ppm color/55 B&W and ability to print on letter (8Yz"x11"), legal (8Yz"x14") and ledger (11"x17") size paper. Copy {'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 11 0 of 158 Resolution 1200 x 2400 dpi. Connectivity -Wireless Ethernet 802.11 b. Collating and stapling capabilities. Heating and air conditioning of sufficient capacity shall be provided at no expense to the Agency. The Contractor shall provide drinking water within the office and integral sanitary facilities directly adjoining. Sanitary facilities shall include a toilet and wash basin with hot and cold running water. Extended area, land-line telephone service shall be provided within the office area. The installation shall include sufficient extension cord to serve the plan table and desk. Provide weekly cleaning and service throughout duration of project. Access and one parking space for the exclusive use of the Engineer and his/her designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. The field office shall have a 24" by 36" sign affixed near the entry door. The sign text shall be proportioned as shown below. The Contractor shall affix a City seal to the sign in a centered location. The City seal will be supplied by the Engineer. CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING INSPECTION 8-5 REMOVAL OF FACILITIES. Field offices, laboratories, and bathhouse facilities at the project site shall be removed upon completion of the Work. Project site shall be returned to original working condition at the approval of the Engineer. Buildings and equipment furnished by the Contractor at the project site under the provisions of this section are the property of the Contractor. 8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. All costs incurred in furnishing, maintaining, servicing, and removing field offices laboratories, or bathhouse facilities required at the project site shall be included in the bid item for furnishing such facilities . . , f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 111 of 158 SECTION 9-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 112 of 158 Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten ( 1 0) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request ., f.., Revised 11/24/1 0 Contract No. 4603 Page 113 of 158 shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 1 0 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under l'\ •fi' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 114 of 158 any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule, and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal or the Schedule of Values. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 115 of 158 landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his expense . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 116 of 158 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200-ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(8). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(8). Sieve Sizes 50-mm (2") 37.5-mm {1 1/2") 19-mm CU') 12.5-mm Ch'') 9.5-mm Cia") 4.75-mm (No.4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 75-j..lm (no. 200) Sieve Sizes 25-mm (1") 19-mm _(_3//) 9.5-mm (%") 4. 75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 600-1.1m (No. 30) 300-IJm (No. 50) 75-IJm (no. 200) {'\ • .,-Revised 11/24/10 TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Percentage Passing Type A --- --- 100 95-100 70-100 0-55 0-10 0-3 TABLE 200-1.2.2(B) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Percentage Passing 100 90-100 40-100 25-40 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 Contract No. 4603 Type 8 100 95-100 50-100 --- 15-55 0-25 0-5 0-3 Page 117 of 158 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 1112'' Maximum Operating Sieve Sizes Range 2" 100 11/z" 90-100 1" 3/4" No.4 No. 30 No.200 50-85 25-45 10-25 2-9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. Operating Range 100 90-100 35-60 10-30 2-9 The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 118 of 158 If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. SECTION 201-CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) !3l PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction Concrete Class All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) 11l Trench Backfill Slurry 115-E-3 (190-E-400) Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments 330-C-23 ( 560-C-3250) Traffic Signal Foundations 350-C-27 (590-C-3750) Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 310-C-17 (520-C-2500P) Maximum Slump mm (Inches) (2) 200 (8") 100 (4") 100 (4") per Table 300-11.3.1 Except that concrete requ1red to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. As per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table. 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.4(a) Integral Colored Concrete. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the installation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete . . , f.fi Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 119 of 158 Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following: Color: As directed in Plans and Technical Specifications Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials. Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. Add the following: 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products. 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and natural concrete. Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the masonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer's directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Clear, non-yellowing Odor: Mild Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method) Specific Grav.: 1.03 Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours VOC Content: None (0 g/1) excluding water Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application . . , f.tr Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 120 of 158 Method of Application: Manufacturer: Airless sprayer. Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer's direction. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. {e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS 201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant {Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant}. Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a Yl" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment Type "A" as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non- sag, Type II. ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 121 of 158 Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPII"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield Lithoseal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polystyrene foam is not acceptable. 201-3.7 Type "D" Joint Sealant. Add the following: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 201-3.7(A). TABLE 201-3.7(A) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Measuring Standard (ASTM Results Conditions Designation) Cone Penetration ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max. 25°C, 150 g, 5 s Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max. Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C Softening Point, ASTM D 36 82 oc, min. Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25°C, 50 mm/min Flash Point, COC, oc ASTM D 92 288 oc, min. Viscosity, Brookfield ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa·s No. 27 Spindle, 20 Thermosel, rpm, 190°C, SECTION 203 -BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. ADD the following: 203-6.2.1 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +/-0.5% of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.3 (A) Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A) . . , f.+r Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 122 of 158 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG64-10-RAP for surface course, and B-PG64-10-RAP for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class 02-PG?0-1 0 for dikes and class E-PG?0-1 0 ditches. 203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accordance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability using: a. Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three individual Values or b. Marshall Stability1 in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. 10nly use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +/-5. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours, shall not be used in the work. 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C. SECTION 204-LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES 204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD TABLE 204-1.2(A) add the following: TABLE 204-1.2 A USES GRADES Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x Construction grade 1 00 mm 2"x4" treated construction or preservativE" las Fir l'\ •fi' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 123 of 158 Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 50 Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative mm x 100 mm 2"x4") treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir SECTION 206-MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Add the following section: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. 206-7.1 Roadside Signs. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special prov1s1ons. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame: PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, Name of the sign manufacturer, Month and year of fabrication, Type of retroreflective sheeting, and Manufacturer's identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1 /4-inch upper case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced plastic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign. 206-7.1.3 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation 8209. Sheet aluminium shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation 8449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage l'\ •tr Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 124 of 158 cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 1 0-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. 206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45. 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable signs. 206-7.2.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.2.2 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation 8209. Sheet aluminium shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation 8449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 1 0-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: 1) Wood posts shall not be used. 2) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. 3) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7'). 4) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. 5) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions. {'\ •tr Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 125 of 158 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m ( 12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 1 0-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated on all four faces with 11 mm (7 /16") holes on 25 mm ( 1 ") centers. Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011 ", -0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.01 0") applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16" in 3'). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64") radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 1 0-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1 m (1 0'). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64") on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(8). TABLE 206-8.2{A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE Nominal Outside Dimensions Putside Tolerance for All Sides at Corners mm inchesj mm inches) 25 X 25 (1 X 1) P.13 0.005 32 X 32 (1 1/4 X 11/4) p.15 ::1.006 38 X 38 (1 1hx1 1/2) P.15 ::1.006 44 x44 (1 3/4x 13/4) P.2o ::1.008 51 X 51 (2 X 2) P.2o 0.008 56 X 56 (23/16 X 23/16) p.25 0.010 ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 126 of 158 Nominal Outside Dimensions Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Corners mm inches) mm inches) 57 X 57 (21/4 X 21/4J Q_.25 [)_.010 64 X 64 (21h X 21h) 0.25 0.010 51 X 76 (2 X 3) [2.25 Q.010 TABLE 206-8.2(B} LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST Nominal Outside Dimension Squar eness(1) Twist Permissible in 900 mm (3") mm 'Inches) mm Inches) mm(2) lnches)(2) 25 X 25 It 1 X 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050 32 X 32 111-1/4 X 1-1/4) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050 38 X 38 111-1/2 X 1-1/2) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050 44 x44 111-3/4 X 1-3/4) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062 51 X 51 112 X 21 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062 56 X 56 112-3/16 X 2-3/16) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062 57 X 57 112-1/4 X 2-1/4) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062 64 X 64 112-1h X 2-1h) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075 51 X 76 112 X 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075 (1) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed. (2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate. Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel "pull-through" electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8") diameter head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200") to 0.90 mm (0.356"). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type Ill Add the following section: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN Add the following section: 206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20°C (-4°F) to +70°C (158°F) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer Add the following section: 206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by ., f.~ Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 127 of 158 persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete alphanumeric selection. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet. Add the following section: 206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the City (at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions of these specifications, including current registration. Add the following section: 206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. The contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location, and delivery of the signs to the City at the completion of the construction, in good working order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. SECTION 207 -PIPE 207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE. 207-2.5 Joints. Add the following: When watertight joints are indicated on the plans they shall be of the rubber-gasketed type meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard Specification designations C 361-95 and C 443-94. Pipe designated in the plans as "pressure pipe" or with a 1 00-year hydraulic grade line at or above the soffit shall be bell and groove spigot joint with "0" rings conforming to ASTM C-443 and C-361 for the limits shown on the plans. 207-9 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS l' • .,-Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 128 of 158 207-9.2.2 Pipe Joints Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all joints shall be the push-on type joint. Joints and accessories shall conform to the requirements and dimensions specified in ANSI A21.11, AWWA C111. Rubber gasket material shall conform to 208-1.2 and AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.11- 90. 207-9.2.3 Fittings. Add the following: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI 21.50, AWWA C150 and ANSI 21.51, AWWA C151, and shall be of the size and thickness classes shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise specified, size 4-inches through 6-inches DIP shall be thickness Class 52, while size 8-inches and larger shall be thickness Class 50. 207-9.2.4 Lining and Coating. Replace with the following: Unless otherwise specified, all iron pipe and fittings shall be lined with double thickness, cement motor lining with cement conforming to ASTM C150 Type II, AWWA C104/A21.4.90 and outside coating of bituminous coating a minimum of 2 mils. thick in accordance with AWWA C151 or C100. 207-10 STEEL PIPE add the following: 207-10.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe and Fittings shall conform in all respects to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition. 207-10.1.2 Submittals. The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals Shop Drawings. Submittals are required for the following: Shop Drawings Layout Drawings Manufacturer's tests Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports Fabrication Details Dimensional Checks Protective Coatings Welding Procedures/Certification for Field Welding Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. 207-10.1.3 Quality Assurance. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall submit a copy of their certification to the District prior to performing any field welding. Certifications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed. The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with "T.O.P." for easy identifications in the field. Plainly mark each length of pipe at the bell end to identify the proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule. 207-10.1.4 PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND LININGS. All steel pipe and fittings exposed within a vault or above ground shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and C602 and painted in accordance with CMWD Approved Materials List. All steel pipe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, C214 and C602 unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. Add the following section: 207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. {'\ • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 129 of 158 Add the following section: 207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-25 (B). TABLE 207-25.1 (A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Method Value Thickness ASTM 02103 0114 mm (0.0056") Tensile strength ASTM 0882 4500g/cm (25 lbs/inch) (5,500 PSI) Elongation ASTM 0882-88 <50 percent at break Printability ASTM 02578 >50 dynes/square centimeter Flexibility ASTM 0671-81 Pliable hand Inks Manufacturing specifications Heat-set Mylex Message repeat Manufacturing specifications Every 500 mm(20") Foil Manufacturing specifications Dead soft/annealed Top layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin PET Bottom layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin LOPE Adhesives Manufacturing specifications >30 percent, solid 1.5#/R Bond strength Boiling H20 at 100 degrees Celsius Five hours without peel Colors APWACode See Table 207-25.1 (B) TABLE 207-25.1(B) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Utility Marked Red Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Yellow Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Orange Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Blue Water systems. Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Brown Force mains. Purple Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the requirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321 (e). B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid petroleum pipelines -APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment-PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1 . . , f.+i' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 130 of 158 Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. SECTION 209 -ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 86, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications replaces Section 209, "Electrical Components", and Section 307, "Street Lighting and Traffic Signals", of the SSPWC, in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, materials and methods of construction of street lighting and traffic signals. Section 86 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications is unmodified excepted as specified herein. For electrical components provided and installed in systems NOT including street lighting and traffic signals, Section 209 SSPWC is unmodified except as specified in sections other than Section 209, herein. 86-6 LIGHTING SECTION 86 -SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Replace Section 86-6.01 with the following: 86-6.01 Luminaires for Street Lighting. Luminaires for street lighting shall be 5,500 pupil lumen (40 watt) or 13,700 pupil lumen (1 00 watt) high efficiency induction lamps . Street lighting luminaires shall be US Lighting Tech catalog number HA-120/277V-040W-5K-01 and HA-120/277V-100W-5K- 01 or approved equal. Replace Section 86-6.03 with the following: 86-6.03 Mission Bell Luminaires. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all components of the Mission Bell fixture and light standard in accordance to manufacturer's specifications and these special provisions. The Contractor's responsibility shall include, but is not limited to, mounting adaptor to mast arm, mounting bracket for use with photoelectric control and suspension method for conductors. Dissimilar metals shall not be used for mounting the Mission Bell to the fixture adapter (plumberizer). The 50 mm (2") diameter close aluminum nipples used between the plumberizer and Mission Bell casting shall be fabricated from bar stock aluminum conforming to ASTM designation 6061-T6 or 6063-T1 and shall be bored through along their central axis with a 25 mm (1 ") diameter hole to accommodate the lighting conductors. All aluminum incorporated in the fixture shall be clear anodized in accordance with Aluminum Association designation AA-M 12C22A41. The minimum anodic coating thickness shall be not less than 0.03 mm (1.0 mil). Mission Bell luminaires shall conform to the requirements of section 86-6.01 of these special provisions except as noted in this section (86-6.02). Mission bell luminaires shall use 100 watt high efficiency induction lamps featuring a color temperature of 5,000 Kelvin and shall be US Lighting Tech or approved equal. All Mission Bell luminaires from any source shall be modified as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the mounting design for approval by the Engineer prior to fabrication in accordance with Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings. Add the following: 86-6.07 Photoelectric Controls. Type IV photoelectric control shall be used unless otherwise shown on the plans or required by these special provisions and shall be installed in a receptacle integral with the luminaire. l'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 131 of 158 SECTION 210-PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 PAINT. 210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 21 0-1.5(A) TABLE 210-1.5 (A) Surface to be Painted Pre-reatment I Surface Preparation Primer Finish Coats Temporary Railing type (K) Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a None Two coats white Acrylic Roughened, Textured Appearance Emulsion Paint 11) (1) acrylic emulsion pamt des1gned for use on extenor masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Specification TT-P-19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint may be tinted by using "universal" or "all purpose" concentrates. 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CAL TRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to CAL TRANS Specification No. 801 0-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CAL TRANS Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). CAL TRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CAL TRANS Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916) 227-7000. 210-3 GALVANIZING. Add the following section: 210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1 /8") thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm ( 1 /8") thick or thicker shall be performed after fabrication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (1/8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 132 of 158 Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to remove all slab or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galvanizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overlapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210.1 "Paint". Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with two applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used. SECTION 212-LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS Note: This section shall be supplemented with related Technical Specifications. Add the following section: 212-1.2.6 Herbicides and Pesticides. Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict adherence to manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as Roundup Pro, Diquat, Montar, or approved equal. Preemergent herbicide for shrubs and groundcover areas planted from flats shall be Treflan, Surflan, Eptan, or approved equal. 212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. Add the following section: 212-2.4.1 Additional Equipment. Contractor shall provide the following items to the Engineer: 1) Two control valve keys. 2) Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head. 3) Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as 4) the coupling valve. 5) Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure. 212-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS. 212-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. 212-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wiring running from controller to the automatic control valves shall be no smaller than No. 14 solid single conductor, copper wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or equal, color l' • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 133 of 158 code wires to each valve. Neutral wires shall be white, no smaller than No. 12 solid single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm {60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial). SECTION 215 -FENCING Add the following section: 215-1 ENVIRONMENTAL FENCING Add the following section: 215-1.1 Materials. Environmental fence shall be mm1mum 4' high, orange colored plastic construction fencing installed prior to performing any work. Environmental fence shall be constructed of non-toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from -58F degrees to 194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6'-6" long, shall be spaced no more than 1 0' -0" apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2' -6" deep. Used materials may be installed providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose intended, as determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing the dimensions and sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes specified herein. Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and painting of steel items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 134 of 158 300-1 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 -EARTHWORK CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment. modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, and other utilities. 300-2.2.1 General. add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 135 of 158 300-2.2.1 General. add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accordance with section 300-2.2.1. 300-2.6 Surplus Material. add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.9 Payment. substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation shall be included in the contract lump sum price and no other payments will be made. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 300-4.8 and construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material and placing it in its final position shall be included in the contract lump sum price and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1 ') of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4 SSPWC. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, "Compaction", areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure 01557-91. 300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills. add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 900 mm (3') of fill placed in the project area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 136 of 158 compacted or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should insufficient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the upper 900 mm (3') of fill placed in the project. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Particles with dimensions greater than 75 mm (3") shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 460mm (18") shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 150 mm (6") in diameter shall not be placed in the upper 900 mm (3') of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water. add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557- 91. 300-4.7 Compaction. add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3') of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6") shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment. delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill" will be paid for as a part of the contract lump sum price, and no additional payment will be made therefore. 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table 300-5.2.1 (A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top 1 m (3') of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Rock included below the top 1 m (3') of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6"). Tests R-Value Expansion Index Plasticity Index Sieve Analysis ., f.+r Revised 11/24/10 TABLE 300-5.2.1 (A) IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES Test Method No. Requirements Calif. 301 40 Min. UBC Standard 18-2 10 Max. ASTM D 424 4 Max. ASTM D 422 Percent Passinq 75u (No. 200) 15 Max. Contract No. 4603 Page 137 of 158 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. MODIFY AS FOLLOWS: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be as shown in the project SWPPPs. Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-12.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equipment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-12.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 213-2, "Geotextiles," and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope protection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with overlapped joints or ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 138 of 158 stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24"). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover material is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm ( 1 ") of seam shall be 6 ± 1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3') for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300.12.3 Measurement and Payment. Payment for rock slope protection fabric will be included in the contract lump sum price and no additional payments will be made. 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Add the following section: 300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution prevention work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, hereafter referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the "Greenbook" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the California Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction ("Handbook"), the requirements of the Permit, the requirements in the plans and these supplemental provisions. 300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions. Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construction site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories: 1. Soil stabilization practices; 2. Sediment control practices; 3. Wind erosion control practices; and 4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 139 of 158 Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are contained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibilities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP: 1. Source Identification; 2. Erosion and Sediment Controls; 3. Non-Storm Water Management; 4. Waste Management and Disposal; 5. Maintenance, Inspection and Repair; 6. Training; 7. List of Contractors and Subcontractors; 8. Post-Construction Storm Water Management; 9. Preparer; 10. Copy of the local permit; 11. BMP Consideration Checklist; 12. SWPPP Checklist; 13. Schedule of Values; and 14. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit, or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised operations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non- compliance. Add the following section: 300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A site-specific draft document intended for use as a template for the required SWPPP document will be made available for use at the Contractor's option, at no cost to the Contractor. The document is available for review in Appendix B. The Contractor shall review the template and modify it as necessary to reflect the Contractor's operations. Add the following section: ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 140 of 158 300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of SWPPP shall be considered incidental to the items of work and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and maintaining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the "Handbook" and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season. The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water management and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor's cost, which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.1.5 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontinued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the "Handbook" shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspection record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection. During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows: 1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the construction site; 3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week. If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by a later date ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 141 of 158 and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City. SECTION 301 -TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading "150mm (6 inches)" to "300 mm (12")". 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12") of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 302-ROADWAY SURFACING Add the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for tree trimming along the curb line as noted in Section 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing -so as to provide a clear travel way during the construction of the roadway resurfacing. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made therefore. Public Convenience and Traffic Control. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Coast Waste Management at (760) 929-9400. At least two weeks prior to work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses within 500' of the work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the contractor's responsibility. Letters shall be as shown in bold type as follows, with the appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the brackets and italicized. (Name of Contractor) (Address of Contractor) (Contractor's License Number) (Date) ., f.;; Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 142 of 158 As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be (insert type of resurfacing), beginning in two or three weeks. This process requires that your street be closed for (X hours) starting at 7:00 a.m. and continuing until the Contractor removes the traffic control devices. You will be notified 72 hours in advance of the day your street will be closed by a brightly colored 3 W' x 8 W' card attached to your doorknob. You will also notice temporary no parking signs on your street with a specific no parking date written on it. A successful street maintenance program depends on your cooperation. Please do not drive, walk, play, skate or allow pets on the street until it is opened by the Contractor. Furthermore, please do not wash your car or turn on any sprinklers while you are waiting. If you don't plan to leave your home before 7:00 a.m. on the day your street will be surfaced, and you need to use your vehicle later in the day, please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that is not signed as a no parking zone. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly surfaced street or you may have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. The residue may damage some surfaces, may mark surfaces that you track it on, and may be very difficult to remove. (Name of Contractor) is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the City and you may call them at (24 hour per day attended telephone number in the 760 area code) for any questions you may have about the project. On the day your street is surfaced mail delivery may be delayed until the next day. You will not know the exact date your street will be closed until you receive the 3 W' x 8 W' card. If you have a moving company scheduled to come to your house within the next two weeks, please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which are not addressed by the Contractor, please call the City's Engineering Inspection Department at 602-2780. They will assist you in resolving the concerns. The City of Carlsbad has some of the finest streets in the county due to the concern and cooperation of citizens like you. Your cooperation is greatly appreciated." During operations, the Contractor's schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by a representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 143 of 158 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix "A", with the day of the week circled and appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the italicized font. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. Add the following: 302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30') minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. The Contractor shall provide an on-site backup paving during all paving operations. Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed. 302-5.6.1 General. modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures). delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor's operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-1 0. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances. Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications and plans. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat or sand blotter. ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 144 of 158 Add the following section: 302-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION Add the following section. 302-11.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1 h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein Add the following section. 302-11.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1 ') below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (1 ') of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1 h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 Llm2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to 0.1 Ogallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0') full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish surface and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. Add the following section. 302-11.3 Crack Sealing The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks designated to be sealed before installing hot poured rubber-asphalt joint sealant material. The sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 01190. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4oC (40°F). Containers of hot-melt sealant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer's name, the product designation and the manufacturer's batch number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pavement. Add the following section: 302-11.4. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as designated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Payment for resurfacing shall include post emergent herbicide treatment. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of constructing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw cutting and removing and disposing 300 mm (1 ') thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and ., f.tr Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 145 of 158 basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete, compaction of subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1 h asphalt emulsion and all other work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design. add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary bracing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework. The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a registered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include: 1) Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the falsework. 2) Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of the falsework. 3) Concrete placement sequence. 4) Erection and removal sequence. 5) Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection. Add the following section: 303-1.9.5 Surface Finish for Concrete Spillway. The Contractor shall provide a surface finish for concrete spillway to prevent the use of rollerblades, skateboards, and other rolling devices. Surface finish shall be a rough rake finish approved by the Engineer. 303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE. 303-2.1.1 General. add the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace stucco netting with 150mm x 150mm (6" x 6") by No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh. Add the following section: 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.5.2 Curb. add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3") high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A) ., f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 146 of 158 Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral lrri ation Water Lateral or Sleeve TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) Curb Face Markings Markin w s RW 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. 303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE. 303-6.1 General. Add the following: Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 with 6"x6"-10 guage wire mesh throughout. Add the following: 303-6.5 Medians-Use color application method "B" (integral color). Color shall be per Section 201- 1.2.4(a). The pattern shall be pattern as noted in the plans or approved equal. The pattern shall match the existing median condition adjacent to the proposed construction along the street. Add the following: 303-6.6 Measurement and Payment. Payment for colored, stamped concrete paving shall be paid under the contract unit price bid per square foot for median concrete paving. Said payment shall include compensation for all excavation, grading, backfill, permeable material, forming, mesh, reinforcing steel, concrete, integral color, texture sealers, and other material necessary to construct the specific paving. SECTION 306 -UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS Add the following section: 306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging -With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 1. Traffic volume and composition. 2) Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. 3) Size of the proposed excavation. 4) Weather conditions. {'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 147 of 158 The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: PS = [ ADT + EWL +DAYS+ 10 X WEEKEND+ 5 X NIGHTS+ 20 X WEATHER+ SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 1 00] X LANES 1000 8 PS = [ ADT + EWL +DAYS+ 10 X WEEKEND+ 5 X NIGHTS+ 20 X WEATHER+ SPEED (mph)+ SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 5 where: PS = plate score. ADT = average daily traffic as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement. EWL = equivalent wheel loads as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement. DAYS = total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. WEEKEND = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. NIGHTS = total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. WEATHER = total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. SPEED = the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. SLOPE = the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of the proposed steel plate bridging. LANES = the number of lanes where plates will be used. When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridging shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and ., f.+r Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 148 of 158 Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306-1.5. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2') beyond the edges of the trench. Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1 ")and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203- 5.2(8) and 203-5.3(A) . Method 2 (For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2") shorter than the width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6") of the beginning and end of the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter ( 12" x o/4") steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm ( 12") into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be completely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table 306-1.1.7.4(A) TABLE 306-1.1.7 .4(A) REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH Maximum Trench Width (1) Minimum Plate Thickness 0.3 m (10") 0.6 m (23") 0.8 m (31") 22 mm (7/a") 1.0m(41") 25 mm (1") 1.6 m (63") 32 mm (1 ~") l' •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 149 of 158 (1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (5'), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submitted to the Engineer for review and approval in accordance with section 2-5.3. Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CAL TRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid surface on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the CAL TRANS District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-1.2.1 Bedding. All installation of, and bedding for recycled water, or potable water mains shall conform to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for the Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition. 306.1.2.2 Pipe Laying. add the following: The Contractor shall place electrical conduit per project plans. 306-1.2.4 Field Jointing of Reinforced Concrete Pipe. add the following: The Contractor shall provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints) where indicated on plans. 306-1.3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground utility marking tape 230 mm x75 mm (9" x 3") above each or, in the case of bundled underground conduit of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of section 207-25 et seq. 306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements. delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall density trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in the top 300 mm (12") of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent. 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing. 306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials . . , f.tr Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 150 of 158 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-1.5.1, "Temporary Resurfacing," the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials. 306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installation. add the following: Payment for utilities undergrounding which includes the utility trench for CATV and SDG&E and conduit for SDG&E's electric conversion shall be made on the basis of contract lump sum price for utilities undergrounding and no other payments will be made. Cox Cable will supply and deliver conduits and fittings to be installed by the Contractor. Cox Cable will install enclosures. The Contractor will furnish and install 6.4 mm (%") nylon pull ropes in all conduit. 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION Note: This section shall be supplemented with related Technical Specifications. 308-7 GUARANTEE. Add following: The Contractor shall guarantee all plant materials installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guarantee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage: "Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For Pine Avenue Community Center and Community Gardens Project We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we furnished and installed for the Pine Avenue Community Park and Community Gardens project are free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work is complete in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency. This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after l' • ., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 151 of 158 receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Project: (Project Name) Location: (Legal Description of Project Property) Name of Contractor: Address: (Of Contractor) Telephone: (Of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Contractor in legal matters) Title: (Of said officer(s)) Signature(s) Date of Execution:" Add the following section: 308-7.1 Record Drawings. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. The Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible .pdf file drawings when the drawings are approved by the Engineer Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6") in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm Cia") in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all: 1. Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services 2. Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines 3. Backflow preventors 4. Ball, gate and check valves 5. Irrigation control valves. 6. Quick coupler valves 7. Routing of service wires 8. Routing of control wires 9. Electrical service equipment 10. Electrical junction boxes 11. Irrigation controllers 12. Sleeves for future connections 13. Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer). The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer's inspection at any time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record ., '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 152 of 158 construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall provide one set of electronic .pdf drawings and one set of electronic .dwg drawing files to the Engineer after submitting blueline prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. Add the following section: 308-7.2 Controller Chart. The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall provide one controller chart of the maximum size the controller door will allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor shall hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Add the following section: 308-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive material shall describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: 1. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number. 2. Duration of Guarantee period. 3. List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative. 4. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered. Add the following section: 308-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project, using the format shown: Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) Materials approval Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) Record drawings completed (received by, and date) Controller chart completed (received by, and date) Materials furnished (received by, and date) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) ., ~., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 153 of 158 308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. add the following: The lump-sum or unit prices set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or specified in the contract documents, including soils testing and recommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation equipment, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of "as-built" drawings, controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees. After completion of the project, the Engineer will retain $12,000 of the total contract amount, and will subsequently disburse the $12,000 to the Contractor on a monthly basis of $6,000 per month. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list submitted to the Contractor every month are completed. SECTION 310-PAINTING 310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES. 310-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 310-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3 mm Cia") in 3 m (1 0') when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm Cl/) in 3 m (1 0') when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. 310-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity l'\ •+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 154 of 158 water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10') thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted. 310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 1OOm (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 1 OOmm (1 I 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. 310-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. 310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the contract lump-sum price and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The lump sum prices bid and shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. Add the following Section: 310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING Add the following Section: 310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein. Add the following section: 310-7.2 Measurement And Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for permanent signing and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing permanent signing and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 155 of 158 SECTION 313 -TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Add the following section: 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING. Add the following section: 313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Add the following section: 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. Add the following section: Add the following section: 313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic control devices and temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are considered to be incidental to the work shall be field verified with the Engineer. All costs included with temporary traffic control devices shall be included in the contract lump sum price and no other payments will be made . . , '-+' Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 156 of 158 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 6, MODIFIED ASPHALTS, PAVEMENTS AND PROCESSES RUBBERIZED EMULSION -AGGREGATE SLURRY 600-3.2 Materials add the following: Aggregate for Rubberized Emulsion -Aggregate Slurry shall be Type I Slurry Aggregate. 600-3.4 Application of REAS add to the first paragraphs: No slurry shall be applied until the provisions of subsection 212-1.2.6, Herbicide Application, Section 302-11 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Crack Filling and Sealing, Section 312-3 Pavement Marker Removal have all been satisfied. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings, legends and striping, either permanent or temporary in those areas to be slurried. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. All cracks and areas between existing curb and gutter and edge of pavement that contain weeds or plant growth of any kind shall be treated with herbicides. Herbicides shall be applied at least 2(two) working days prior to sealing of street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Contractor shall remove any visible plant growth prior to placement of Herbicide. Full compensation for removal of striping and herbicide application shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work and shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 600-3.6 Public Convenience and Traffic Control modify the first line with the following: Public Convenience and traffic control shall conform to 302-4.4.4. There shall be no stockpiling of material allowed on City right-of-way . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 157 of 158 CITY OF CARLSBAD ROADWORK ABC CONTRACTORS OFFICE # (760)XXX-XXXX FIELD# (760)XXX-XXXX Dear resident: APPENDIX "A" As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be resurfaced with asphalt concrete over the existing roadway surface. This construction will require the closing of your street to through traffic for one day. Your street, from XYZ St. to OEF Ave. will be closed to through traffic and resurfaced on: MON. TUE. WED. THU. FRI. DATE: XX/XX/XX. _____ _ from 7:00A.M. to 5:00P.M. If you don't plan to leave your home by 7:00 A.M. on the above date please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that will not be resurfaced. Streets scheduled for resurfacing can be determined by calling either the Contractor or the City of Carlsbad's Project Inspector. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly overlaid street or you will have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. Please do not drive, walk on, walk pets, play, or skate on the newly overlaid asphalt. Also, please refrain from watering your lawns, washing cars, etc., approximately 6-8 hours after the asphalt is laid as running water will cause damage to the new surface. ABC is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the city and you may call them at the above phone number if you have any questions regarding the project. Resurfacing of your street will not occur on the day your trash is collected. Mail delivery may be delayed if the postman cannot reach the mailbox that day. If you have a moving company scheduled for that day please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which cannot be addressed by the Contractor, you may call the City's Project Inspector@ (xxx) xxx-xxxx. Thank you for your cooperation as we work to make a better City of Carlsbad . . , f.., Revised 11/24/10 Contract No. 4603 Page 158 of 158